# Commander Help Center

Quick, step-by-step help to resolve Verifone device issues for anyone.

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/zSf3HzJYK32GG6k13rwO" alt="" width="50"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<h2 align="center"><strong>Fix it fast. </strong><mark style="color:blue;"><strong>Get back to business.</strong></mark></h2>

<p align="center">Equipment down? Get <i class="fa-sparkle">:sparkle:</i> <mark style="color:$primary;">AI-powered</mark>, step-by-step fixes for pumps, POS, pinpads and more — fast.</p>

<p align="center"><button type="button" class="button primary" data-action="ask" data-icon="sparkle">Start here - Describe your issue or type your error message</button></p>

<p align="center"><i class="fa-circle-exclamation">:circle-exclamation:</i> <strong>Most </strong><em><strong>Common Issues</strong></em></p>

<p align="center"><button type="button" class="button secondary" data-action="ask" data-query="Show me clear, easy steps to resolve Please pay inside showing on my pumps" data-icon="gas-pump">Please Pay Inside</button><button type="button" class="button secondary" data-action="ask" data-query="&#x22;Sec. Alert: Pairing&#x22; on POS. Ask for exact message on screen and Show me clear, easy steps to resolve this based on exact error input " data-icon="display">POS pairing</button><button type="button" class="button secondary" data-action="ask" data-query="My pumps are offline. Show me clear, easy steps to resolve this. Also show other issues related to pumps." data-icon="gas-pump-slash">Pumps offline</button><button type="button" class="button secondary" data-action="ask" data-query="My Pinpad is stuck on Welcome screen. Show me clear, easy steps to fix this. " data-icon="dialpad">Card reader on Welcome</button></p>

***

## Stuck? We've got you

These are the most common fixes — don't see yours? <sub>**Ask**</sub> <i class="fa-sparkle">:sparkle:</i> <sub>**AI above**</sub> <sub>and get a guided answer instantly.</sub>

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><h4>POS says "Sec. Alert: Pairing" <strong>?</strong></h4><p>Reconnect in a few guided steps          <i class="fa-stopwatch">:stopwatch:</i> 7–12 min<a href="https://premier.verifone.com/verifone/traindev/verifone.cloud/PTSG-pos-pairing/index.html#/" class="button primary" data-icon="arrow-right">Show steps</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table>

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><h4>Pump says “Please Pay Inside”?</h4><p>Restore pay-at-pump fast                     <i class="fa-stopwatch">:stopwatch:</i> 8–10 min<a href="https://premier.verifone.com/verifone/traindev/verifone.cloud/PTSG-fuel-issues/content/index.html#/lessons/QEqmQQVELVnW0lAs8SfAOWnL3TVymuuL" class="button primary" data-icon="arrow-right">Show steps</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table>

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><h4>Pinpad not responding?</h4><p>Restart the Pinpad safely                        <i class="fa-stopwatch">:stopwatch:</i> 3–5 min<button type="button" class="button primary" data-action="ask" data-query="My Pinpad is stuck and not responding. Show me scope and How to fix it in clear and easy steps in separate lines with numbers." data-icon="arrow-right">Show steps</button></p></td></tr></tbody></table>

<table data-card-size="large" data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><h4>Fuel not dispensing?</h4><p>Find the issue. Follow the right fix          <i class="fa-stopwatch">:stopwatch:</i> 3–5 min<a href="https://premier.verifone.com/verifone/traindev/verifone.cloud/PTSG-fuel-issues/content/index.html#/" class="button primary" data-icon="arrow-right">Show steps</a></p></td></tr></tbody></table>

***

## <i class="fa-screwdriver-wrench">:screwdriver-wrench:</i> Devices Help

Choose a device category to browse troubleshooting guides for different device issues.

{% columns %}
{% column width="33.33333333333333%" %}
[<picture><source srcset="/files/Ki2emiMVIMc8aPGfyQfc" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/jwjBSRgtpHrD9qBPevgd" alt=""></picture>](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help)

[**DCR Help**](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help)
{% endcolumn %}

{% column width="33.33333333333334%" %}
[<picture><source srcset="/files/IkSWVEMGpUFEkvglBCOG" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/q9LfWP5KFfiwesR3Pnff" alt=""></picture>](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dispenser-help)

[**Fuel Help**](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dispenser-help)
{% endcolumn %}

{% column %}
[<picture><source srcset="/files/jSJvzojZQybQqc6ksZxt" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/yJKpn5SHCmImfwig9u6p" alt=""></picture>](/pos-help)

[**POS Help**](/pos-help)
{% endcolumn %}
{% endcolumns %}

{% columns %}
{% column width="16.666666666666664%" %}

{% endcolumn %}

{% column width="33.33333333333334%" %}

<p align="center"><a href="/spaces/NoQNp9kMBNTVYye7TDno/pages/xnKN7b6dJP7CpA2mbqGl"><picture><source srcset="/files/JiTfsPDoMutZ6IERyQdC" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/OXP0Ksx059NmRrDfWFjo" alt=""></picture></a></p>

<p align="center"><a href="/spaces/NoQNp9kMBNTVYye7TDno/pages/xnKN7b6dJP7CpA2mbqGl"><strong>Commander Help</strong></a></p>
{% endcolumn %}

{% column width="33.333333333333336%" %}

<p align="center"><a href="/spaces/KK6PWlHlECdSTtyCwIKX/pages/Ysy5RgKXHTbjFz1jKQZ8"><picture><source srcset="/files/fh5MfQaZ6gTAxSI3dadc" media="(prefers-color-scheme: dark)"><img src="/files/4J1enqk0hLeXPJ3IeZzd" alt=""></picture></a></p>

<p align="center"><a href="/spaces/KK6PWlHlECdSTtyCwIKX/pages/Ysy5RgKXHTbjFz1jKQZ8"><strong>Peripherals Help</strong></a></p>
{% endcolumn %}

{% column width="16.666666666666668%" %}

{% endcolumn %}
{% endcolumns %}

## <i class="fa-book-open-lines">:book-open-lines:</i> User Guides

#### [**User guides, general troubleshooting guides, installation manuals, software references, and general FAQs — all in one place.**](/general-help-guides)

***

### Portals

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th align="center"></th><th data-hidden data-card-cover data-type="image">Cover image</th><th data-hidden data-card-target data-type="content-ref"></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center"><strong>Premier Portal</strong><br>Order equipment, track serial numbers, download the latest software, and manage your POS assets and delivery schedule - all in one place</td><td><a href="/files/Reo7hTlqVvbLvFeR7D7A">/files/Reo7hTlqVvbLvFeR7D7A</a></td><td><a href="https://premier.verifone.com/verifone/vfi/bv/customerHome.do#myAnchor">https://premier.verifone.com/verifone/vfi/bv/customerHome.do#myAnchor</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Verifone Cloud</strong><br>Find documentation, software updates, and support resources for every Verifone device your business runs.</td><td><a href="/files/anorysJAmdHrT01LQPvt">/files/anorysJAmdHrT01LQPvt</a></td><td><a href="https://verifone.cloud/docs/petroleum-c-store-customer-documentation">https://verifone.cloud/docs/petroleum-c-store-customer-documentation</a></td></tr><tr><td align="center"><strong>Verifone Petroleum Training Videos</strong><br>Get your team up to speed with step-by-step training videos covering your Verifone equipment.</td><td><a href="/files/nZfE6jYQE84tQoTICCm9">/files/nZfE6jYQE84tQoTICCm9</a></td><td><a href="https://www.youtube.com/@VeriFoneTraining">https://www.youtube.com/@VeriFoneTraining</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Commander Troubleshooting Guides


# Password Reset

Choose the correct password reset guide for C-store / Config Client or Verifone Central based on the login you're trying to access.

## Choose your password reset type

Pick the login you’re trying to access. Then follow the matching reset guide.

<a href="/spaces/NoQNp9kMBNTVYye7TDno/pages/000fbc6e2c835ec829d2cdc3ab7d9ae550371a77" class="button primary" data-icon="key">Reset C-store / Config Client password</a> <a href="/spaces/NoQNp9kMBNTVYye7TDno/pages/BFNMu1bIx4Z4DuNHc5Xs" class="button primary" data-icon="arrows-to-circle">Reset Verifone Central password</a>

* **C-store / Config Client (Configuration Client):** On-site Config Client / C-store application login.
* **Verifone Central:** Web portal login (Verifone Central sign-in page).

***

### Not sure which one you need?

* If you’re on a **store back-office** machine and see a **Petroleum C-store** login screen, pick **C-store / Config Client**.
* If you’re on `us.live.verifone.cloud` (or a Verifone Central sign-in page), pick **Verifone Central**.


# C-store Password Reset

Set up security (challenge) questions and reset a forgotten C-store Config Client password using “Forgot Password” (security questions) or an administrator override.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Secure user and password guidelines**

#### Important Secure User Information

* By default, the ‘manager’ user is the first secure user.
* **Do not remove** the manager role from the manager user.
* **Do not change** the minimum and maximum password length requirements.
* **Password length must** always be exactly **7 characters.**
* Additional **Secure Users** **can and should be added** as only a **Secure User** can create, edit, or remove another secure user.
  {% endhint %}

***

### How to reset your C-store/Config Client Password

Use this page for **C-store Configuration Client (Config Client)** logins.

This page covers two **C-store** reset paths:

* **Password Reset:** Use the "Forgot Password" option on login page and answer your **security questions**.
* **Secure User reset:** **Secure user** can reset when unable to reset the password with Challenge/Security questions.

<details>

<summary><sub><strong>Keywords</strong></sub></summary>

***Also called:*** C-store password reset, Config Client password reset, forgot password C-store, can't log into config client, secure user reset\
**Keywords:** C-store, Config Client, Configuration Client, password reset, forgot password, security questions, challenge questions, secure user, manager password, locked out, account lockout, six invalid attempts

</details>

***

### Setting Up Security Questions

Security questions help reset your password if you forget it. You can set them up using two methods shown below.

{% tabs fullWidth="false" %}
{% tab title="METHOD 1" %}

#### Prompt during first login

1. If you have not set up challenge questions, you will be prompted upon logging into the Configuration Client.&#x20;

<div align="center" data-full-width="true" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/QnrPYMMpPUwF9fQDeDXO" alt=""><figcaption><p>Challenge Questions setup prompt</p></figcaption></figure></div>

1. Click **OK** to go to the setup page.
   {% endtab %}

{% tab title="METHOD 2" %}

#### Set up after login

1. **Navigate to*****:***

   Config Client → Security → My Profile → Setup Challenge Questions
2. Choose questions from the drop-down menus and provide answers.

   Answer Requirements:

   * Minimum **5** characters and Maximum **40** characters
   * Answers are **not Case-Sensitive**
3. Click **Save** when done.
   {% endtab %}
   {% endtabs %}

***

### Resetting Config Client Password Using Security Questions

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### **On the login page, click Forgot Password.**

<div align="center" data-full-width="true" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/xPy5VRQeGMoUCIpQFiW3" alt=""><figcaption><p>Petroleum C-store login page</p></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Enter username

Enter your **username** and click **Submit**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Answer your security questions

Two of your security questions will be displayed. Answer both correctly.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Create a new password

You will be prompted to create a new password.

* ***New Password:*** Enter your new password
* ***Confirm Password:*** Re-enter the new password to confirm
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

***

### Password Guidelines

* Passwords must be **exactly 7 characters long**
* Must contain at least **one (1) letter** and **one (1) digit**
* No leading or trailing spaces
* **Expiration:** Passwords expire at least every **90 days** (may be sooner depending on configuration).
* **Password history:** You cannot reuse your last **four passwords**.
* **Account lockout:** Six consecutive invalid login attempts will **deactivate your account**.
* **Admin override:** The Administrator can assign a password that allows immediate login.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Tip:**

For efficient cashier login for C-store, choose passwords with:

* **Uppercase letters and Numbers** for quick entry.
* Minimal use of **Lowercase letters and Special Characters**.
  {% endhint %}

***

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# Verifone Central Password Reset

Reset or change a Verifone Central password using “Forgot password?” (email link). Includes password rules, expiration policy, and login security details.

Reset or change your Verifone Central password. This includes password rules, expiration, and the **Forgot password?** email flow.

### Which password are you resetting?

Use this page for **Verifone Central** logins only.

If you’re resetting a **C-store Config Client (ConfigClient)** login, use [C-store Config Client Password Setup & Reset](/commander-help/commander-troubleshooting-guides/password-reset/c-store-password-reset).

{% hint style="info" %}
**Login security measures**

* You’ll be logged out after **30 minutes** of inactivity.
* Verifone Central uses **Google reCaptcha** to block malicious login attempts.
* Minimum password length is **14 characters** for enhanced security.
  {% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called**: Verifone Central password reset, forgot password Verifone Central, can't log into Verifone Central, reset portal password

**Keywords:** Verifone Central, us.live.verifone.cloud, forgot password, password reset, password expired, reset link expired, change password, My Account, Edit user, login lockout

</details>

### Password rules

* Minimum length: **14 characters**

{% hint style="info" %}
Use a passphrase. Example pattern: `four-random-words-plus-a-number`.
{% endhint %}

### Password expiration policy

* Change your password every 90 days. Otherwise, it will expire.
* You'll receive email reminders 14, 7, 3, and 1 day before your password expires. Each email contains a password reset link.

If your password has expired, log in with your current credentials. After logging in, you will be prompted to create a new password on the **Reset Password** screen. After updating, use the new password for future logins.

### Reset your password (Forgot password?)

Use this flow if you can’t sign in or forgot your password.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Open the sign-in page

Go to [*Sign in to your Verifone Central*](https://us.live.verifone.cloud/).
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Start the reset

Select **Forgot password?**

<div data-with-frame="true"><img src="/files/2iS4myhLSRwHzjcZM59H" alt="Verifone Central login page with email and password tabs and Forgot Password" width="415"></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Use the email link (expires in 72 hours)

You’ll receive a reset email. Use the link to set a new password.

The link expires in **72 hours**.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Change your password while signed in

Use this flow if you still know your current password and are logged in.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Open your account settings

Go to **My Account**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Edit your user profile

Select **Edit user**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Change your password

Select **Change password**, then enter your current password and the new password.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Troubleshooting

* **No reset email arrived:** Check spam/junk. Verify you’re using the right email address. Then try **Forgot password?** again.
* **Reset link expired:** Start the reset again to get a new link.


# VRSD Software Upgrade Request Procedure

Request a VRSD software upgrade using the Support form. Includes prerequisites, required site details, network requirements, and multi-site request steps.

Request a **VRSD (Verifone Remote Software Delivery)** software upgrade using the Support form.

You’ll need your **Service ID**, your **current app version**, and the **requested app name/version**.

### Verifone Remote Software Delivery (VRSD) Upgrade Request Requirements

#### Prerequisites

* Site is **enabled for VRSD**.
* Site has an active **Site Solution Contract (ASM)**.

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** VRSD upgrade request, software upgrade request, request POS software update, upgrade Buypass version, upgrade Shell version

**Keywords:** VRSD, Verifone Remote Software Delivery, software upgrade, upgrade request, current app version, requested app version, Support form, multi-site upgrade

</details>

#### Info you’ll need for the request

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Site Service ID

Preferred: pull it from the POS.

1. On the POS, go to **CSR Functions > Maintenance > 12. Check for VRSD updates**.
2. Find the **Service ID**.

Alternative: look it up in the Verifone eStore portal.

1. Go to [Verifone eStore](https://estore.verifone.com/verifone/customer/home.do).
2. Select **Buy Now.**
3. Select **Utilities.**
4. Select **Lost Registration Lookup.**
5. Enter your site information and the **Service ID** will be returned.

{% hint style="info" %}
You won’t purchase anything in eStore. This is just a lookup tool.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Current application version

Follow these steps on any **Verifone register (POS)** to find the current application version:

1. Select **CSR Functions**
2. Select **Help > About**
3. Locate the **Suite name** and **Version**.

Example: `Buypass 3.00.xx` or `Shell 55.00.xx`.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Requested application (name/version)

Use the [Current VRSD Software List](https://verifone.cloud/docs/petroleum-c-store-customer-documentation/software-updates-vrsd/current-vrsd-production) to pick the latest target.

Copy the **exact**:

* Application / suite name
* Version

If you’re unsure which build fits your brand, include your **brand** in the request. Support can confirm.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Network requirements

Ensure connectivity meets these suggested minimums:

* Download: **>= 1.5 Mbps**
* Upload: **>= 768 Kbps**
* Latency: **<= 500 ms**
* Packet loss: **0%**
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

### Procedure for Upgrade Request

Once you have the details above, submit the request using the steps below.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Open the VRSD Upgrade Request form

Click the button below to open/launch the VRSD Upgrade Request Form.

<a href="https://support.verifone.com/s/supportbyemail?categoryselect=Petro%20and%20Convenience&#x26;reasonselect=VRSD%20Upgrade%20Request" class="button primary" data-icon="cloud-arrow-up">Upgrade Request Form</a>

<figure><img src="/files/ecpH8giZh3FTOojWrjoK" alt="VRSD upgrade request form link button on the Support by Email page"><figcaption><p>Open the Support by Email form.</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Fill in the form fields

Enter the **required information** in the **fields** that appear.

{% hint style="info" %}
Use the **Service ID** you collected above.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/4nMOzzs64tg4zhV0fmsd" alt="Support case form fields including the Service ID input"><figcaption><p>Enter your Service ID and other required fields.</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Paste details and submit

Enter the following under **Detailed Description**, then select **Submit**:

* Brand
* Current application (suite name + version)
* Requested application (suite name + version)

{% hint style="info" %}
Your current app version is on the POS under **Help > About**.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/XrAyKxqYyBHNFWjvj4CA" alt="Detailed Description field in the VRSD upgrade request form"><figcaption><p>Add your brand and version details, then submit.</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Multiple locations (optional)

For multiple locations, complete the **VRSD Upgrade Request Spreadsheet** and attach it to your request:

Enter the first location’s **Service ID** in the mandatory **Service ID** field (Step 2).

{% file src="/files/ujTFzrs7XPYiNfmRbtIW" %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

<figure><img src="/files/ww8onrtZUr8BFlhnQ68m" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example of Bulk VRSD Request Form</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### After you submit

You should receive:

* An **automated confirmation email** right away.
* A **status email within 48–72 hours** with next steps and upgrade instructions.
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If you don’t receive an automated confirmation email, check spam/junk first. Then resubmit.
{% endhint %}

### What to Expect After Submitting a Request

After you select **Submit**, you should receive:

* An **automated confirmation email** right away.
* A **status email within 48–72 hours** with next steps and upgrade instructions.

<details>

<summary>Example confirmation email</summary>

This is a system generated email to confirm your request for VRSD Software Upgrade has been received.

You will receive another email within 48-72 hours providing a status of your request.

Thank you for choosing Verifone.

Verifone Support Team

</details>


# Loyalty Guides


# General loyalty

Troubleshoot general loyalty issues by checking host status, running a card table download, initializing PIN pads and DCRs, and testing the result.

Use this flow when loyalty is not working.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Check loyalty host status

In Configuration Client, go to **Tools → Helpdesk Diagnostics → Payment → Loyalty Status**.

a. If status is **Online**, continue to Step 2.

<figure><img src="/files/himisKxabfcq3W3mlwDE" alt="" width="491"><figcaption><p>Loyalty status Online screen</p></figcaption></figure>

b. If status is **Offline**, contact your loyalty provider.

* Ask them to confirm communication are active and configuration is correct.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Run a card table download (trigger pull)

Run a card table download so the site pulls the latest loyalty card configurations.

To complete this process, please see the documentation on “[Performing Card Table Downloads / Trigger Pulls](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/card-table-download-trigger-pull)”
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before Initializing Pinpads and all DCRs

### Before performing **Initialize EMV/POP Init on indoor Pinpad,** confirm:

* Register is clear of **Active sale.**

This prevents Initialization errors and sale discrepancies.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Initialize Pinpads and DCRs (EMV Initialization)

Run EMV initialization for **all PIN pads** and **all DCRs**.

Follow <button type="button" class="button primary" data-action="ask" data-query="Give me clear steps for EMV Initialization for all my pinpads and DCRs. Show Screenshots." data-icon="right-long">EMV Initialization</button>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### 4) Test loyalty

Run the same loyalty test on both device types:

* an indoor PIN pad
* a DCR (outdoor)

#### If the test works

No further action needed. Monitor for repeat issues.

#### If the test fails

Capture the **exact on-screen message** (or response code), plus **date/time** and **register/pump**.

1. Contact the loyalty program owner (brand / 3rd-party loyalty provider).
2. Ask them to confirm host-side eligibility and configuration for the site.

If they direct you to investigate the available loyalty configurations or LAN configurations contact Verifone Helpdesk:

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}


# BP(Earnify) Loyalty Guides


# Verifone POS or NCR POS

Configurations for setting up Earnify at site with Verifone POS or NCR POS with Commander setup.

Set up Earnify on **Verifone** POS or **NCR** POS sites running **Commander**.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Applies only to **VeriFone POS** or **NCR POS** sites with Commander.\
Do not use these steps for **Gilbarco** sites.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
For Gilbarco sites, use [Earnify Configuration for Gilbarco](/commander-help/commander-troubleshooting-guides/loyalty-guides/bp-earnify-loyalty-guides/gilbarco-pos).
{% endhint %}

### Before you start (inputs you need)

* `Merchant ID`: site-specific **6-digit Buypass MID** (assigned by Fiserv / Payment Host).
* `Site SVB`: site-specific **7-digit SVB** (used to build the Store ID).
* `Site Address`: copy from the top of a site receipt.
* Config Client access: **Manager** (or higher).

{% hint style="info" %}
If you do not know the Buypass MID, contact the BP HelpDesk to retrieve it.
{% endhint %}

### 1) Log into Commander Config Client

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Verifone POS" %}

1. Select **CSR Function** (bottom-right).
2. Select **Configuration Manager**.
3. Sign in to **Config Client** with Manager user credentials.
   {% endtab %}

{% tab title="NCR POS" %}
Config Client is not available directly on the POS.

1. From the **RSM PC** (or **back-office PC**), open Config Client using the **local POS IP** in the URL.
   * Enter the Config Client URL and use the local POS IP.
2. Sign in to **Commander Config Client** with Manager (or higher level access).
   {% endtab %}
   {% endtabs %}

![Commander Config Client sign-in screen](/files/0dab8059760bade89d90fa5913fdc834e8e1af79)

### 2) Mobile Payment Configuration

1. Go to **Payment Controller → Mobile Payment Configuration**.

![Mobile Payment Configuration menu](/files/d04f80fdbe6aff916af7384aa52ccdc2a24ca4ac)

2. Open the **Site Mobile Configuration** tab and set the below fields:

* `Accept Mobile Payments`: **Enabled** (checked)
* **Site Configuration**
  * `Site Name`: `BP MOBILE`
  * `Welcome Message`: `Welcome to BP Mobile`
* **Miscellaneous Configuration**
  * `Data Storage Time (In Secs)`: `30`
  * `Site Address`: (`site address from top of receipt)`

2. Select <kbd>**Save**</kbd> button at the top right side of the screen. To save the configuration, Message box will appear to enter OTP, follow the step below to generate the OTP.

![Site Mobile Configuration settings](/files/d985beeb41e1c9a511f673a138e70efbe6fed0d6)

<details>

<summary>OTP generation steps (for OTP Prompt shown when saving some changes)</summary>

If an OTP prompt appears when you select **Save**:

1. Select `Generate OTP`.
2. Read the **4-digit** code from the Commander device display.
3. Enter it into `One-Time Password`.
4. Select `OK`.

![One-Time Password prompt](/files/a253a8ed4f67088998fef042f4ce451e0ca3b84e)

</details>

### 3) Mobile Host Configuration

1. In **Payment Controller → Mobile Payment Configuration**, open the **Host Configuration** tab.
2. Select **Add**.
3. **Enable Host** (check the enable box).
4. Under **Host Configuration**, enter **this field first**:
   * `Site Terminal ID`: Enter `002`

{% hint style="warning" %}
Enter `Site Terminal ID` **first**. Then enter the remaining values.
{% endhint %}

5. Complete the remaining fields:
   * `Adapter`: Select `VFI Mobile v1` from dropdown
   * `Program Name`: `BP MOBILE` (all caps/capital letters)
   * `Merchant ID`: `<6-digit Buypass MID>`
     * Note<mark style="color:$primary;">:</mark> Site-specific value, assigned by Fiserv (Payment Host).
     * If unknown, contact BP HelpDesk to retrieve.
   * `Authentication type`: `Scan Token`
   * `Store ID`: `bppap` + `<7-digit Site SVB>`
     * Example: `bppap1234567`
     * <mark style="color:$primary;">Note:</mark> `bppap` must be in lower case & no space before SVB
6. Leave these fields blank:
   * `Settlement Employee number`
   * `Settlement Passcode`
   * `Phone number`
   * `Send Loyalty Details`
7. Under **Network Configuration**, complete the following:
   * `Address (Ipv4 Format/Domain Name)`: `vfn6.na-rscs.bpglobal.com`
     * If needed, you can use `vfn1` , `vfn2` , `vfn3` `vfn4` `vfn5` instead of `vfn6`.
   * `Port`: `8499`
   * `TLS Enabled`: **Checked**
   * `Heartbeat Frequency`: `45` or `90`
   * `Heartbeat Time Unit`: `Seconds`
8. Under **Misc Configurations**, complete the following:
   * `Outdoor Pre-authorization Timeout (In Secs)`: `90`
   * `Site Initiated Loyalty`: `Allow Site Entry i.e., Swipe Loyalty Card`
9. Select **Save** (OTP maybe required. OTP can be generated by following [OTP generation](#otp-generation-steps-for-otp-prompt-shown-when-saving-some-changes) steps give above).

![Mobile Host Configuration settings](/files/6d2b6d2969e9941a80b54b8ca8be555de81937db)

### 4) Mobile MOP Configuration

1. Go to **Store Operations → Payment**.

![Store Operations Payment menu](/files/4956828686f243d3da9491a100079160775b6834)

2. In **Payment Manager**, open the **MOP** tab.

![Payment Manager MOP tab](/files/173d9cb3fb728987c137b33bf22623b8f9fb4499)

3. Confirm a **`MOBILE`** MOP is setup.

![MOBILE payment method](/files/4f8fe3c1424e72376a21ff6a5a61b7c4845a7ee4)

4. Confirm the MOP code is set to:
   * `28 - MOBILE`

![MOBILE MOP code 28](/files/b294b5fccfd36b354ce2a1f4034110c4b3ea3e96)

5. Confirm the additional options match the picture below.

![MOBILE MOP additional options](/files/e58ce77879e553086948285390a988c457c4daf2)

### 5) Car wash product + department setup

If the site has Car wash available, confirm Product and Department codes are set up correctly.

1. Go to **Store Operations → Merchandise → Product Codes**.
2. Confirm Car wash uses Product code `0102`

![Car wash product code 0102](/files/2b31e00c01ba933c019be8f623e218ec4cc8367d)

3. Go to **Store Operations → Merchandise → Departments**.
4. Confirm the department is associated with Product code `0102`

![Car wash department product code association](/files/5facfe0fbef2b557be1a8c626f16db8a94f29137)

***

### 6) POS loyalty configuration

1. Go to **Payment Controller → POS Configuration**.

![POS Configuration menu](/files/d010d6819cd069560fb5bb1082252c80a9f21a75)

2. Open the **POS** tab. Complete the following configuration:
3. Under **Batch**, complete the following:
   * `Batch Close Period`: `Day`
4. Under **Loyalty**, complete the following:
   * `Loyalty Enabled` - must be checked
   * `Multiple Loyalty Discounts in same Transaction` - must be checked
   * `Auth on Total` - must be checked
   * `EPS PPG precedes POS PPG` - must be checked
5. Select <kbd>**Save**</kbd> button (OTP may be required. OTP can be generated by following [OTP generation](#otp-generation-steps-for-otp-prompt-shown-when-saving-some-changes) steps give above).

![POS loyalty configuration settings](/files/077c60379860205afef6d7e38b843f3f7a365630)

### 7) EPS Global Configuration

1. Go to **Payment Controller → EPS Configuration → EPS Global Configuration**.

![EPS Global Configuration menu](/files/77bad0b0a1f310b4c242f5bdb66bc0505ee60642)

2. Open the **Loyalty** tab.
3. Under **Loyalty Configuration Parameters**, enable:
   * `Enable Alternate ID` - must be checked
   * `Display Host Messages` - must be checked
4. Select **Save** (OTP may be required. OTP can be generated by following [OTP generation](#otp-generation-steps-for-otp-prompt-shown-when-saving-some-changes) steps given above).

![EPS Global Loyalty Configuration settings](/files/da800e175895b4ebac5d57c5f91b66098f6abe9b)

### 8) Loyalty Card Configuration (only if local loyalty is present)

If the site has another **PCATS (Local Loyalty)** configured in Commander, following steps must be completed to add the Earnify FEP.

1. Go to **Payment Controller → EPS Configuration → Loyalty Card Configuration**.

![Loyalty Card Configuration menu](/files/e882e31acb39d2057f9bdf5b95e9e9087c8164df)

2. Open the **Loyalty Card Configuration** tab.
3. Under **Supported FEPs**, select **Add**.
4. Enter `VCMG` in the box.
5. Select **Save** (OTP may be required. OTP can be generated by following [OTP generation](#otp-generation-steps-for-otp-prompt-shown-when-saving-some-changes) steps give above).

![Supported FEPs VCMG entry](/files/2ab2bc398dbb1eb4cfce8d4e263f6f02e509c6a1)

### 9) Disable swipe-ahead (Commander Base 55)

On Commander Base 55 sites:

1. Go to **CSR Function → Maintenance → Device Configuration → PINPAD Configuration**.
2. Select **EPS PINPAD – With swipe-ahead disabled**.

### 10) Datalogic scanner setup (VeriFone POS only)

This does not apply to NCR POS.

1. Go to **CSR Function → Maintenance → Device Config → Scanner Config**.
2. Set `Installed Scanner` to `2D Scanner – Com8`.
3. Reboot the POS (required).

### 11) Test barcode scan

Scan the barcode below. Then test with an Earnify app barcode **after reward is claimed**.

![Earnify test barcode](/files/dd49c253305ffa3aecabd07375778094f5f3da40)

### Technical Support

For additional technical support, issues or any queries related to Earnify, contact <kbd>(888) 274-3578</kbd>, Option <kbd>3</kbd>, <kbd>1</kbd>.


# Gilbarco POS

Set up Earnify on Gilbarco PassPort sites with Commander. Includes mobile payment settings, pricebook discount flags, Commander loyalty settings, and verification steps.

Set up Earnify for site on **Gilbarco PassPort + Commander**.

<details>

<summary><strong>Keywords</strong></summary>

**Also called:** BP Mobile setup, Earnify loyalty setup, Gilbarco POS Earnify configuration, PassPort Earnify configuration, Commander mobile payment configuration

**Keywords:** Earnify, BP Mobile, Gilbarco POS, Gilbarco PassPort, PassPort, Commander,\
Manager Workstation, MWS, Mobile Payment Configuration, POS loyalty configuration, EPS Global Configuration, Datalogic scanner, Buypass MID, Site SVB

</details>

{% hint style="warning" %}
Applies only to **Gilbarco POS sites with Commander**.\
Do not use these steps for **VeriFone** or **NCR** sites.
{% endhint %}

### Before you start (inputs you need)

* `Merchant ID`: site-specific **6-digit Buypass MID** (assigned by Fiserv / Payment Host).
* `Site SVB`: site-specific **7-digit SVB** (used to build the Site ID).

{% hint style="info" %}
If you do not know the Buypass MID, contact the BP HelpDesk to retrieve it.
{% endhint %}

### 1) Sign in to Manager Workstation (MWS)

1. On the POS, select **Tools**.

<figure><img src="/files/40c3715227ad65d002e4d319838fdfc3cc742f4e" alt="MWS Menu with Tools option on the button"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select **Manager Workstation**.

<figure><img src="/files/6c580e763955b9a8c776a1fbbe1b603c760dd3aa" alt="Manager workstation button screen"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Select **Sign On**.

<figure><img src="/files/9a1be80de14822b2068eac876837852edaa685c9" alt="sign on"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Enter manager credentials.
5. Select **Sign On**.

<figure><img src="/files/5877d484c712b33956c3385c931397d6205e38f5" alt="Operator ID and Password lines"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 2) Configure Mobile Payment (PassPort)

1. In Manager Work Station(MWS), go to **Set up → Network → Mobile Payment → Mobile Payment Configuration**.
2. Open the **General** tab.
3. Complete the following field entries

* **`Mobile Provider Name`**: `Mobile Payment`
* **`Enabled`**: `Yes`
* **`Merchant ID`**: `<6-digit Buypass MID>`
  * <mark style="color:$primary;">Note:</mark> Site-specific value, assigned by Fiserv (Payment Host).
  * If unknown, contact BP HelpDesk to retrieve.
* **`Site ID`**: `bppap` + `<7-digit Site SVB>`
  * <mark style="color:$primary;">Note:</mark> `bppap` must be in lower case & no space before SVB
  * Example: `bppap1234567`
* **`Host Address`**: `glb1.na-rsca.bpglobal.com`
* **`Port Number`**: `8495`
* **`Use TLS`**: `Yes`
* **`OCSP Mode`**: `None`
* **`TLS Certificate Name`**: `na-rscs.bpglobal.com`
* **`Host Offline Alert Enabled`**: `No`

4. Select <kbd>**Save**</kbd> button at the top

<figure><img src="/files/3deaee247f6503f1d9b50e5af7c5715f2614b9c5" alt="Mobile payment configuration with options" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="success" %}
Save should complete without errors.\
You will verify **Online** status later.
{% endhint %}

### 3) PassPort – Manager Work Station(MWS) Pricebook configuration

#### Pricebook: set Discountable flags (required for discounts)

Earnify reward **discounts** apply only to **loyalty-eligible merchandise** that is also flagged **Discountable**.

{% hint style="info" %}
If the **Discountable** flag is not enabled, items will still **earn points**, but they will **not be discounted**.\
Validate that every department containing discountable merchandise has **Discountable** enabled.\
If a department contains discountable merchandise, the **department discount flag must be set up** (not just the item).\
Merchandise departments typically do not include **Lottery** or **gift cards**.
{% endhint %}

#### Select Department Maintenance (in MWS)

1. Go to **MWS →** **Set Up → Store → Department Maintenance**.

<figure><img src="/files/cd0ba161bc3b7f058abdbacfb49c923a200406fb" alt="On MWS, Set Up, Store, Department Maintenance buttons" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select a department.
3. Double-click it, or select **Change**.

<figure><img src="/files/24e212de9985fd8770c244ba44a896f95a8ed57d" alt="Department list" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Check the **Discountable** box.
5. Click on **Save** button.
6. Repeat steps 2-5 for each department with discountable merchandise, except for products that may not be promoted on the app, such as lottery, propane etc.

<figure><img src="/files/dc71f228b77af33246e2c163269a1332bb79d838" alt="Discountable option under Department Maintenance. Save button." width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### If your Pricebook is managed through Back-Office

Mark eligible UPC codes as **Discountable** through the price-book software/tool.

#### Item check (in MWS)

1. Go to **Pricing → Items**.
2. Open the item.
3. Confirm **Discountable** is enabled under **Options**.

### 4) Open Commander Configuration (from MWS)

1. In MWS, go to **Set up → Network → BP**.
2. Select **Commander Interface**.

<figure><img src="/files/09a6167e92dc92eee5083088ca5e0d4c98eb2074" alt="BP and Commander Interface"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

3. Select **Commander Configuration** from the menu.

<figure><img src="/files/b865ad379fe55d6cf0c0cb8f5bd823ca474bb4a6" alt="Commander Configuration in Commander interface menu"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Sign into **Commander Config Client** using PassPort Manager credentials

<figure><img src="/files/63174edfc9ef19b24dc32a7c7f04c6e92f4f3aeb" alt="Petroleum C-store login screen"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 5) Commander: POS loyalty configuration

1. In Commander Configuration, go to **Payment Controller → POS Configuration**.

<figure><img src="/files/499ae5cf2e7c8237838b71f6b47f72a32c9e949a" alt="Payment controller and POS configuration"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Open the **POS** tab.
3. Under **Batch** section, set `Batch Close Period` to `Day`.
4. Under **Loyalty** section, enable all options below:
   * `Loyalty Enabled` must be checked
   * `Multiple Loyalty Discounts in same Transaction` must be checked
   * `Auth on Total` must be checked
   * `EPS PPG precedes POS PPG` must be checked

<figure><img src="/files/394a9c7b5bfded1278f226f3aa29cfb2d15b3292" alt="POS option under POS config and Save button" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

5. Select **Save**.

<details>

<summary>OTP prompt will appear when you click <kbd>Save</kbd></summary>

If an OTP prompt appears when you select **Save**:

1. Select `Generate OTP`.
2. Read the **4-digit** code from the Commander device display.
3. Enter it into `One-Time Password`.
4. Select `OK`.

</details>

<figure><img src="/files/98023b33c585177e2093adfad7368009425682fc" alt="OTP prompt screen" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 6) EPS Global configuration

1. Go to **Payment Controller → EPS Configuration → EPS Global Configuration**.

<figure><img src="/files/6689446c86c5349ca9552cc9795a11bf8957556c" alt="Payment Controller, EPS Configuration and EPS Global Configuration options" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Open the **Loyalty** tab.
3. Under **Loyalty Configuration Parameters**, enable:
   * `Enable Alternate ID`
   * `Display Host Messages`
4. Select **Save**.
5. OTP prompt may appear, complete the OTP flow shown above to get the OTP and save the config.

<figure><img src="/files/d67a2b34151f37d01a55eb870b92275bbd501fd4" alt="option under Loyalty and Save button" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 7) Verify: PassPort Mobile Payment status is Online

1. On the PassPort POS, sign in to **Cashier Workstation (CWS)**.
2. Go to **Network**.
3. Select **Mobile Payment**.
4. Confirm `Network Status` is **Online**.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If status is **Offline**, contact BP Technical Support.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/985e203fc1244e91e6e6be23502cc5c5d6562915" alt="Mobile payment status screen(Online or Offline)"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### 8) Datalogic scanner issues

Scan the barcode below. Then test with an Earnify app barcode after a reward is claimed.

![](/files/d9680b7bf20bc8933570db6f850dc01cf01a9711)

### Technical Support

For Earnify issues, contact `(888) 274-3578`, option `3`, then `1`.


# Remote service is down

Troubleshoot “Remote Services Down” between Topaz, Ruby2, or C18 POS and Commander. Includes quick triage for single-register, site-wide, and network gear issues.

## What this means

“Remote Services Down” usually means the POS lost comms to **Commander**.

This can be:

* a single-register LAN issue (cable, port, switch)
* a site-wide LAN issue (EZR/MNSP, switch, zone router)
* a Commander issue (down, booting, or unhealthy)

<details>

<summary><strong>Keywords</strong></summary>

**Also called:** remote services down, RSD, remote services error, register offline, register lost comms, register not talking to Commander, POS offline, till offline, register disconnected, register can't connect, comms down, services down, register down, cards not working,\
**Keywords:** Remote Services Down error on screen, register showing remote services, red banner on register, prepay fuel not working, can't authorise prepay, card declined at register, card processing failed, helpdesk login token fails, token not generating, enable helpdesk login greyed out, please call to register your system message, Commander not responding, Commander offline, Commander status not A9, DCR cards declining at pump, pumps not authorising, switch port no link light, Ethernet cable loose, EZR no power, MNSP offline, zone router rebooting, why is my register showing remote services down, how do I fix remote services down, register lost connection to Commander

</details>

<figure><img src="/files/dbc1ef687cf8ca509eeb141ba5ca8127a8299378" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example alarm banner at the top of the register screen</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/c00f6ae3b79ee32e89048f5cf3e1af124fbd5c0e" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example alarm banner at the bottom of the register screen</p></figcaption></figure>

## Network Topology diagram

<figure><img src="/files/wvHntVevfx9QIzCQW1pD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Applies to

* Topaz POS
* Ruby2 POS
* C18 POS
* Zone router
* Switch / EZR / MNSP (site network gear between POS and Commander)

## Symptoms you might see (even without the banner)

* **Helpdesk login token fails**.
* **Prepay fuel fails**.
* **Card processing fails** at the register.
* Message: **“Please Call To Register Your System”**.
  * This can be registration-only.
  * Do not assume it is Remote Services Down.

## Info to collect first (makes troubleshooting faster)

Have these ready before you make changes:

* How many registers exist.
* Is the issue on **one register** or **all registers**.
* Are **outside card transactions at DCRs** working right now.
* Commander status (if you can see it).
  * Commander typically shows **A9** when healthy.
* Exact on-screen wording and when it started.
* Anything changed today (power event, network change, ISP work).

## Quick triage flow (symptom → next check)

Use this if you only have symptoms:

* **Only one register impacted** → likely register-to-switch path.
* **All registers impacted** → likely Commander or shared network gear.
* **DCR card sales failing** → treat as Commander-down or forecourt comms issue first.
* **Helpdesk token fails** → strong signal of broken comms./communication to Commander.

## Troubleshooting steps

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Determine if pumps are still working on cards (DCR test)

Confirm whether customers can still run **card sales at the pump** (DCR).

* If a customer is **actively fueling on a card**, confirm it is progressing normally.
* If **no customer is actively using a card**, attempt a **card transaction at a DCR** now.

#### If DCR card sales work

Commander is likely up. Continue to Step 2.

#### If DCR card sales do not work

Treat as site-wide. Jump to Step 4 (All registers path).

{% hint style="info" %}
DCRs typically will decline cards if Commander is down or not fully booted.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Determine the scope (one register vs all)

Check whether “Remote Services Down” is showing on more than one register.

If it is present on **all registers** (at a site with more than one register), the issue is likely **Commander** or Commander’s **connection to the switch/EZR/MNSP**.

#### If only one register is impacted

Go to Step 3 (Single register path).

#### If all registers are impacted

Go to Step 4 (All registers path).
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Single register path (most common: cable/port/switch)

### 3.1 Generate a Helpdesk login token (comms. test)

On the impacted register:

* **CSR Function → Maintenance → Enable Helpdesk Login → Yes**

If a token displays as in picture below, communication from Register to Commander is working.

<figure><img src="/files/c88ebdd4e7849fc7b770f43a4d79272e8e379f66" alt=""><figcaption><p>Example: helpdesk login token successful</p></figcaption></figure>

If it fails, continue below to next step.

### 3.2 Reseat cabling end-to-end

1. Reseat Ethernet at the register.
2. Trace the same cable to the switch/EZR/MNSP port.
3. Reseat Ethernet at the network device.

Retest the Helpdesk token. If it **succeeds,** register↔Commander **comms. are good.** If it fails, continue to the next step.

### 3.3 Check link lights and try another port

* Check for a **link light** on the **EZR/MNSP** port where the register is plugged in.
* If no light, move the register cable to a different known-good LAN port.

Retest the Helpdesk token. If it **succeeds,** register↔Commander **comms. are good.** If it fails, continue to the next step.

### 3.4 Power cycle the impacted register

Power cycle the single Topaz/Ruby2.

Retest the Helpdesk token. If it **succeeds,** register↔Commander **comms. are good.** If it fails, continue to the next step.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### All registers impacted path - Check power and status

Check the Power and Status of all equipment.

Commander/RubyCi > Status should be powered on and Status **A9**.

#### If there is **no power on Commander**

* Try a **known-good outlet**.
* Confirm the **battery backup/UPS** is **On**.
* If the **UPS** is the issue (won’t power on / no output), **bypass** the **UPS** and plug Commander directly into a **wall outlet**.
* If Commander still **will not power On** from a known-good wall outlet, call a **VASC technician** to **check** and **troubleshoot the Commander**.
* Once powered, repeat **Step 3.1** (generate a Helpdesk token) to confirm communication.

#### If power on Commander is **OK**

* Reseat the **Ethernet** between **Commander** and the **switch/EZR/MNSP**.
* Confirm **link/activity lights** on that port.

If status shows **A9**, move to Step 5.

<figure><img src="https://lh4.googleusercontent.com/D6ULAFdhRtHwPLY18OAuFo4a8b6Yo_g74tqC7H-ChI9qCZtkCqx84ouwk_s8bH0lTkmb5UdJcO7IERzR-00sH6vPsQOJWHPaAkSdf2H3iSMf4wZTuMfOcZ-ltTGB92cQNAbIbukynN-kSkCd8_pvJEY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Check EZR/MNSP and any switch linking registers to EZR/MNSP for power.

* If no power, attempt to restore power
* If cannot restore power, contact your MNSP(e.g. Cybera, Paysafe, etc.)
* Once the power is back up, repeat step 2.
* If power exists, move to step 6.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Power down EZR/MNSP device as well as all registers.

{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Power up the zone router

Once lights on the router have returned to normal status, power up the registers one at a time.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### If issue persists after trying all the above steps,

Call a **VASC technician** for on-site troubleshooting.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# Commander Fleet Enrollment

Enroll your site in Commander Fleet and complete setup for live fleet card transactions.

Getting started with Commander Fleet is simple. Review the site requirements below, then follow the steps to enroll and complete setup.

## Before You Enroll

Before starting enrollment, please confirm that your site meets the following requirements.

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** enroll in Commander Fleet, sign up for fleet cards, WEX enrollment, Comdata enrollment

**Keywords:** Commander Fleet, Commander Central, , CSITE fleet card, WEX, Comdata, MID, MNSP, enrollment, commercial fleet, fleet transaction setup

</details>

### Information You’ll Need

* Your business name and primary contact information
* Billing details for payment and invoicing
* Access to Commander Central (C‑Site) for configuration
* Site information for the location you are enrolling

### Site Prerequisites

Commander Fleet requires that your site is technically ready to support fleet card transactions.

Before enrolling, please ensure that:

* **Commander Software**: Your site is running a supported version of Commander software (version **56.02 or higher**).
* **Commander Central (C‑Site)**: You have access to **Commander Central (C‑Site)**, which is required to complete setup and download the Commander Fleet license.
* **Network Connectivity**: Your site has active IP/network connectivity to DCR/Dispensers to support fleet processing at the pump.
* **Site Hardware**: Your site hardware supports fleet transactions, including required key entry (for example, alphanumeric or on-screen keyboards where applicable).
* **Fleet Card Setup**: You have, or are prepared to obtain, the required fleet card credentials (such as WEX and/or Comdata) for your site. You need an MID from each fleet card provider. If you have an existing MID, you must notify the service provider you intend to use Commander Fleet.
* **Contact your MNSP to ensure connectivity is enabled.** You will need to tell them that you intend to accept Fleet payments through Commander.

If you are unsure whether your site meets these requirements, support can help confirm readiness before you enroll.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

## Step 1: Enroll Online

Start your enrollment by visiting **Commander Central (Formerly CSITE)**

During enrollment, you will:

* Review options for enrollment in Commander Fleet
* Enter your business and billing information if applicable
* Complete checkout and submit your enrollment

{% hint style="info" %}
**Special Note:** If you already have payment terms established with Verifone, you will not enroll in online recurring billing. Please contact your sales representative directly to complete your enrollment.
{% endhint %}

**Commander Fleet Ordering Steps:**

1. **Select** Administration
2. **Select** Services under Site Management
3. **Choose** Commander Fleet Service
4. **Review** Site list
5. **Select** Sign up for the site you wish to enroll in
6. **Acknowledge** Pre-requisites, Site Address, and Terms & Conditions
   * (You must open the Terms to proceed.)
7. **Select** Purchase Now
8. **Enter** Card details & Billing Information
9. **Select** Place Order
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}

## Step 2: Complete Configuration in C‑Site

After enrolling, you will complete setup in **Commander Central (C‑Site).**

In C‑Site, you will:

* Complete required configuration steps
* Confirm site-specific settings
* Prepare your location for activation

**C‑Site Configuration Steps:**

1. **Select** Payment Operations
2. **Select** Commercial Fleet
3. **View Tab** for Comdata and Wex OTR
4. **Enter** Merchant ID from host provider
5. **Enter** IP/Host from MNSP
6. **Enter** Port from host provider
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}

## Step 3: Test Your Configuration

Confirm transaction success in your production retail environment.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

## Need Help?

Support is available if you have questions or need assistance at any point.

Contact Verifone Help Desk for:

* Enrollment or checkout questions
* Commander Central (C‑Site) access or configuration assistance
* Commander Fleet setup and support


# Fuel/DCR Help

Start here to triage and troubleshoot Fuel/Dispenser and DCR issues.

Use this page to quickly route **Fuel/Dispenser** and **DCR** issues.

Search terms: **fuel help**, **dispenser help**, **DCR help**, **pump offline**, **Please Pay Inside**, **Poll Error**.

### Start here

Separate the issue first:

* **Fuel/Dispenser only**: pumps are offline, auth fails, fuel will not dispense, or price changes did not reach the dispensers.
* **DCR only**: DCRs show **Please Pay Inside**, **See Cashier**, **E01**, blank screen, frozen screen, or keypad issues.
* **Both Fuel and DCR**: treat it as a broader **forecourt/controller communication** issue first.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Avoid broad initialization first. If only **1–2** pumps or DCRs are impacted, start with those positions.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If all DCRs show a non-default screen but the site can still **prepay and dispense**, treat it as a **DCR-only** issue.
{% endhint %}

***

### Choose the right path

#### Fuel/Dispenser issues

Start here for:

* Pumps **Offline** or greyed out
* **Pump Auth Fail**
* Pumps will not dispense fuel
* Fuel prices changed at POS but not at dispensers
* Preset issues after **AEOD**

Go to [Fuel/Dispenser Help](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dispenser-help).

#### DCR issues

Start here for:

* **Please Pay Inside**
* **Currently only indoor payment is allowed**
* **Please Pay Inside E01**
* **See Cashier**
* Blank or frozen DCR screen
* Keypad not responding
* DCR configuration or receipt line updates

Go to [DCR Help](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help).

***

### Common starting points

* [DCR General Information](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/dcr-general-information)
* [Please Pay Inside E01 (Poll Error)](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/please-pay-inside-e01-poll-error)
* [DCRs over Ethernet(OEMV) or Serial](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/dcrs-over-ethernet-oemv-or-serial)
* [Fuel/Dispenser General Troubleshooting Guides](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dispenser-help/dispenser-troubleshooting-guides)
* [Preset Not Allowed after AEOD](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dispenser-help/preset-not-allowed-after-aeod)

***

### If both Fuel and DCR are failing

Use this logic:

1. Confirm whether the issue affects **one position**, **several positions**, or **all positions**.
2. Confirm whether the pumps, the DCRs, or both stopped responding.
3. If **all pumps and all DCRs** are impacted, suspect a shared **Commander / forecourt communication** issue.
4. Use the Fuel and DCR guides above to narrow the next step.

If the site has a clear **power**, **network**, or **hardware** failure, route to the appropriate on-site support after basic checks.


# DCR Help

Start here to troubleshoot DCR issues including Please Pay Inside, E01, frozen screens, keypad failures, and DCR communication problems.

Use this page to jump to the right **DCR** troubleshooting path fast.

Search terms: **DCR help**, **Please Pay Inside**, **E01**, **Poll Error**, **frozen DCR**, **keypad not responding**, **CRIND BIOS**.

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th>Issue:</th><th data-card-target data-type="content-ref">Open:</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>DCR General Information</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/iBeAuyKU8NHN15RhGjCY">/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/iBeAuyKU8NHN15RhGjCY</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Please Pay Inside / E01</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/nUsugFBsWrvIYdmlNVYU">/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/nUsugFBsWrvIYdmlNVYU</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>OEMV or Serial DCRs</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/pZCasI9Qggz8NQJ1dFSG">/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/pZCasI9Qggz8NQJ1dFSG</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Frozen DCR screen</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/xgkbJEdt0wSOkO907T2k">/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/xgkbJEdt0wSOkO907T2k</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>CRIND BIOS Errors</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/DXDVI8v2x25pj0GZR8KF">/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/DXDVI8v2x25pj0GZR8KF</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# DCR General Information

Quickly separate Fuel vs DCR issues, push configurations safely, and confirm dispenser/DCR comms using Forecourt Diagnostics.

Use this page when you need to quickly separate **Fuel vs DCR** issues, or push **DCR configuration** safely.

Search terms: **Refresh Configuration**, **Initialize DCR Driver**, **Download to DCRs**, **DCR offline/not located**, **receipt address lines**.

### Fuel vs DCR: quick triage

* Fuel issues and DCR issues can happen separately or together.
* Best practice is to identify if the issue is **Fuel only**, **DCRs only**, or **Both**.
* If **all DCRs** show a **non-default screen**, but you can still **prepay and dispense**, treat it as a **DCR-only issue**.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Avoid **high-impact** actions first.\
If only **1–2 DCRs** are impacted, do not start with **Initialize Fuel & All DCRs**.
{% endhint %}

***

### Least intrusive: when to use **Refresh Configuration**

* Use **Refresh Configuration** as your first attempt for minor **Display** or **Configuration** updates.

It is the **least intrusive** option because it updates DCR configuration **without clearing all fueling positions (pumps)** and without forcing a full graphics reload.

It will **not** fix a DCR that is **offline/not communicating**.

### Use Refresh Configuration for:

**Refresh Configuration** can send the following configurations to DCRs. Use it instead of **Initialize DCR Driver** or **Download to DCRs**, which require waiting for full graphics to load.

* POP Discount configuration
* DCR Keypad configuration
* DCR Idle Screen configuration
* Car Wash configuration (including PLU updates)

{% hint style="info" %}
If the change is not listed above, or the issue persists after \~1 minute, run the full sequence given below.
{% endhint %}

***

## For all other DCR configuration changes

To implement other **DCR configuration** changes, it is best practice to perform all three data push methods in sequence:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Refresh Configuration

In **Configuration Client**: <kbd>Tools</kbd> → <kbd>Refresh Configuration</kbd>

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/QW7JcSnJf4A7uxuqaFnx" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before **Initialize DCR Driver**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle**
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Initialize DCR Driver

This restarts the DCR service.\
DCR screens may reboot and be unusable for a few minutes.

Run this only during low traffic.\
Confirm no one is actively using the pumps.

In **Configuration Client**: <kbd>Forecourt</kbd> → <kbd>Initialization</kbd> → <kbd>DCR Driver</kbd>

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/gwG8Yh1y5MtwymGcKoQE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before **Downloading to All DCRs** or **Initializing All DCRs**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Download to DCRs

This reloads the graphics on the DCRs.\
DCR screens may reboot and be unusable for a few minutes.

In **Configuration Client**: <kbd>Forecourt</kbd> → <kbd>Initialization</kbd> → <kbd>DCR</kbd> → enter **0** (zero) or choose **All**

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/3Pspny2ioeMDat9oUCfs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

## Special case: Receipt Address lines on DCRs

Receipt address lines require a **three-step** process:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Refresh Configuration

This makes the DCR service aware of the updated receipt address lines.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before **Initialize DCR Driver**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle**
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Initialize DCR Driver

This forces the receipt lines to download to the DCRs.

In **Configuration Client**: <kbd>Forecourt</kbd> → <kbd>Initialization</kbd> → <kbd>DCR Driver</kbd>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Base 50+ Forecourt Fuel/DCR status tool

Use this to determine if an issue is related to **Fuel/Dispenser**, **DCR**, or **Both**.

{% hint style="success" %}

### **Forecourt status (OEMV / Ethernet)**

Use this to confirm whether each **DCR** is communicating with the **Site Controller (Commander)**.

In **Config Client**, go to: &#x20;

<kbd>Tools</kbd> → <kbd>Helpdesk Diagnostics</kbd> → <kbd>Forecourt</kbd>

For each **DCR**, confirm:

* **Located** → shows the **DCR number**.
* **Status** → shows **Online** (communicating).

If the DCR is missing, not located, or shows **Offline**, the DCR is not communicating.&#x20;

{% endhint %}

<div align="left" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/9OloEGW9wpVSGhIynaCk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Forecourt Status</p></figcaption></figure></div>

#### How to use the results

* **Only 1–2 DCRs show Offline/not located**: troubleshoot those positions first.
* **All DCRs show Offline/not located**: troubleshoot the shared path first (DCR Driver/config, OEMV network (MNSP), Commander). Then use [DCRs over Ethernet (OEMV) or Serial](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/dcrs-over-ethernet-oemv-or-serial).
* **Pumps and DCRs both show issues**: treat it as a broader forecourt (FCI) comms / controller (Commander) issue.

{% hint style="info" %}
If diagnostics show DCRs are not communicating and symptoms match (E01, See Cashier, blank screen), use [Poll Error Troubleshooting Guide](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/please-pay-inside-e01-poll-error).
{% endhint %}

### Related guides

* For pump/DCR screens like “Please Pay Inside”, “E01”, or “See Cashier”: [Currently only indoor payment is allowed / Please Pay Inside (Poll Error)](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/please-pay-inside-e01-poll-error)
* If all DCRs are down and you need to split OEMV vs Serial: [DCRs over Ethernet(OEMV) or Serial](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/dcrs-over-ethernet-oemv-or-serial)
* If screens are frozen or keypad won’t respond: [DCR frozen screen / keypad not responding](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/dcr-screen-frozen-keypad-not-responding)


# Please Pay Inside E01 (Poll Error)

Fix Poll Errors and "Please Pay Inside" on DCR (E01, See Cashier, "Currently only indoor payment is allowed")

Use this guide when DCRs show “Poll Errors” and are not responding.

### Error: "Currently only indoor payment is allowed" / "Please Pay Inside"

If you see this message at the pump, start here.

It’s a DCR communication symptom. It’s in the same bucket as:

* “Please Pay Inside”
* “Please Pay Inside E01”
* “See Cashier”
* “Pay Inside loading”
* Blank DCR screen
* “Currently only indoor payment is allowed”

Search terms: **Please Pay Inside**, **Pay Inside**, **Pay Inside E01**, **See Cashier**, **Currently only indoor payment is allowed**, **Poll Error**, **Poll errors**, **DCR offline**, **DCR not located**.

**“Please Pay Inside” on the pump/DCR is not the same thing as POS “PayIn/Payout”.**

This prompt usually means the **dispenser card reader (DCR)** is **not communicating** with the **Site Controller (Commander)**.

{% hint style="success" %}
Start here if the pump/DCR shows any of these:

* “Currently only indoor payment is allowed”
* “Please Pay Inside” / “Please Pay Inside E01”
* “See Cashier”
* “Pay Inside loading”
* Blank screen

Or if the POS shows **“Poll error”** / **“Poll errors”**.
{% endhint %}

### Common symptoms at DCRs

* **Poll Error**
* **Please Pay Inside E01**
* **See Cashier**
* **Please Pay Inside**
* **Pay Inside loading**
* **Blank screen**
* **Currently only indoor payment is allowed**

These usually mean the **DCRs** and the **Site Controller (Commander)** are **not communicating**.

***

### Wayne DCRs stuck on "Loading started"

1. Confirm the site is using **Wayne DCRs**.
2. Confirm whether your Wayne DCRs have a **contactless reader**.
3. If they **do not** have contactless, please contact the **Helpdesk** for assistance.

If they **do** have contactless, continue with standard DCR troubleshooting below.

***

## Standard DCR troubleshooting

### Start here if impacting only one or a few DCRs

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Identify affected pumps

* Confirm how many DCRs are impacted.
* If only **1–2** are impacted, troubleshoot those positions first.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Verify the message on the affected DCR screens

Examples: **Please Pay Inside**, **Currently only indoor payment is allowed**, **E01**, **See Cashier**, or **Blank screen**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Verify debit encryption (when applicable)

In Configuration Client:

<kbd>Tools</kbd> → <kbd>Managed Modules</kbd> → <kbd>Current Configuration</kbd> → <kbd>sitecontroller</kbd> → <kbd>DCR Driver</kbd> → <kbd>Advanced Settings</kbd> → <kbd>Debit Encrypt Type</kbd>

{% hint style="info" %}
If the site does **not** process debit and is on **Base 53.40+**, this may be allowed to remain **NONE**.
{% endhint %}

Set to **DUKPT** if the site processes debit.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Before Initializing the DCRs

### **Before Initializing the impacted DCRs which is Downloading to one or few DCRs, confirm:**

* The impacted pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers on those impacted pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

### Before **Downloading to All DCRs** or **Initializing All DCRs**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Initialize the impacted DCRs

From the register:

<kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Download to DCRs</kbd>

* Enter the affected **DCR number**.
* Enter **0** to download to **All** DCRs.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Confirm whether DCRs respond

Have the site watch at least one affected DCR during the download.

* **Any screen change** (Downloading/Loading, reboot, new prompt) usually means the DCR is receiving data from the Site Controller (Commander).
* **No change at all** (same message, no flicker) usually means it’s **not** communicating with the Commander.

{% hint style="success" %}

### **Forecourt status (OEMV / Ethernet)**

Use this to confirm whether each **DCR** is communicating with the **Site Controller (Commander)**.

In **Config Client**, go to: &#x20;

<kbd>Tools</kbd> → <kbd>Helpdesk Diagnostics</kbd> → <kbd>Forecourt</kbd>

For each **DCR**, confirm:

* **Located** → shows the **DCR number**.
* **Status** → shows **Online** (communicating).

If the DCR is missing, not located, or shows **Offline**, the DCR is not communicating.&#x20;

{% endhint %}

<div align="left" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/9OloEGW9wpVSGhIynaCk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Forecourt Status</p></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Start here if impacting **all** DCRs

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Wayne-only check (if applicable)

If your site has **Wayne DCRs** showing **E01** on **all DCRs**, first confirm **Debit Encrypt Type** is set to **DUKPT**.

The screenshots below show the options to check the Debit Encrypt type:

<figure><img src="/files/QRwQaKCTPqOLzQ2sj4cJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/ZThKtTbRcWu8lSAuyDqZ" alt="" width="345"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/H6ct1LE7pvSxZNIMYFyj" alt="" width="468"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/Gc3kr03Gu2DxLSDf0i6i" alt="" width="468"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Confirm connection type (OEMV/Ethernet or Serial/FCI)

In **Configuration Client**:

<kbd>Tools</kbd> → <kbd>Managed Modules</kbd> → <kbd>sitecontroller</kbd> → <kbd>DCR Driver</kbd> → <kbd>DCR Channel 01</kbd> → <kbd>Advanced Settings</kbd>

* **IP Enabled** checked = **Ethernet (OEMV)**
* **Enabled** checked + **Port Name** present + **IP Enabled** unchecked = **Serial (FCI)**

<figure><img src="/files/ZThKtTbRcWu8lSAuyDqZ" alt="" width="345"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/H6ct1LE7pvSxZNIMYFyj" alt="" width="468"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before **Downloading to All DCRs** or **Initializing All DCRs**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Initialize all DCRs

Use either method:

* **On the register**: <kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Download to DCRs</kbd> → enter **0**
* **Configuration Client**: <kbd>Forecourt</kbd> → <kbd>Initialization</kbd> → <kbd>DCR</kbd> → **All**

<div align="center"><img src="/files/1gyZwfFP0w9HiEwOoF0w" alt=""></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Watch DCR screens during the Initialization

* **Any screen change** usually means the Site Controller (Commander) is communicating with the DCRs.
* **No change at all** usually means a communication issue.

If there’s **no change**, go to the [DCRs over Ethernet (OEMV) or Serial](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/dcrs-over-ethernet-oemv-or-serial) guide.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}


# DCRs over Ethernet(OEMV) or Serial

Identify and fix DCR errors based on whether DCRs are over OEMV(Ethernet) or Serial(using FCI).

If **DCRs** remain unresponsive after [Poll Error Troubleshooting](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/please-pay-inside-e01-poll-error), use the flow below based on channel type.

{% hint style="info" %}
If you still need to confirm OEMV vs Serial, follow the **connection type** checks in [Poll Error Troubleshooting Guide](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/please-pay-inside-e01-poll-error).
{% endhint %}

***

### If DCRs are over Ethernet (OEMV)

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Check Online/Offline state in Forecourt Diagnostics

Use Forecourt Diagnostics to confirm whether DCRs are **Online** or **Offline/Not located**.

{% hint style="success" %}

### **Forecourt status (OEMV / Ethernet)**

Use this to confirm whether each **DCR** is communicating with the **Site Controller (Commander)**.

In **Config Client**, go to: &#x20;

<kbd>Tools</kbd> → <kbd>Helpdesk Diagnostics</kbd> → <kbd>Forecourt</kbd>

For each **DCR**, confirm:

* **Located** → shows the **DCR number**.
* **Status** → shows **Online** (communicating).

If the DCR is missing, not located, or shows **Offline**, the DCR is not communicating.&#x20;

{% endhint %}

<div align="left" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/9OloEGW9wpVSGhIynaCk" alt=""><figcaption><p>Forecourt Status</p></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Confirm the DCR channel is IP Enabled

* In **Configuration Client**: Select <kbd>Tools</kbd> → <kbd>Managed Modules</kbd> →

<kbd>Host Names: sitecontroller</kbd>→ <kbd>Select Module: DCR Driver</kbd> → <kbd>DCR Channel 01</kbd>

* Navigate to <kbd>Advanced Settings</kbd> and verify that **IP Enabled** is selected.

<div align="left"><img src="/files/7PSPuQfyzr7ejs71bFaI" alt="" width="345"></div>

<div align="left"><img src="/files/7DzxPPCp3PQKJPHlNkEz" alt="" width="468"></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Confirm OEMV was previously working

Ensure that the DCRs operated correctly after enabling Ethernet/OEMV.

For a new OEMV transition, ensure OEMV settings are verified first.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before Initializing EMV/EMV Init

### Before performing **Initialize EMV/EMV Init**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle**
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Initialize EMV or Init EMV (only if DCR POP IDs exist) <a href="#initialize-emv-dcrs" id="initialize-emv-dcrs"></a>

**EMV Initialization Process**

1. Check that all **DCR POP IDs** are included in the Available POP List by doing the following:
2. If your site is **Tesoro/ARCO**, see [**Note**](#note) below prior to **Initializing EMV**
3. Login to **Config Client**, Go to:

<kbd>Payment Controller</kbd> > <kbd>EPS Configuration</kbd> > <kbd>EPS Global Configuration</kbd> >

<kbd>EMV Initialization</kbd>

{% hint style="info" %}
In the DCR POP list:

* IDs starting with **0** are Indoor Pinpads.
* IDs starting with **1** are DCRs(Dispenser Card Readers).
  {% endhint %}

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/W41VHCfM1RkGi9MXWyZC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

3. Select the affected DCRs from the <kbd>Available POP list</kbd>(e.g., enter 101 for DCR#1, 102 for DCR#2, etc.) and press <kbd>Add</kbd> to add it under <kbd>Selected POP List</kbd> and <kbd>Save</kbd>
4. When <kbd>Save</kbd> is pressed, there will be a prompt to enter the OTP
5. To obtain the OTP, go to : <kbd>CSR Function</kbd> > <kbd>Maintenance Menu</kbd> > <kbd>Generate Config OTP</kbd>
6. Enter the OTP and the EMV Initialization will start.

Follow these steps to ensure proper configuration and operation of the DCR units.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Push DCR data in order

Run the pushes in this order:

### Before **Initialize DCR Driver**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle**
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

#### **1. Initialize DCR Driver**

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/gwG8Yh1y5MtwymGcKoQE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

### Before **Downloading to All DCRs** or **Initializing All DCRs**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

#### **2. Download to DCRs**

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/3Pspny2ioeMDat9oUCfs" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

After any configuration change, run **Refresh Configuration,** **Download to DCRs** and Run **Initialize Fuel** only if needed. This pushes the updates to all fueling positions.

#### **1. Refresh Configuration:**

* Navigate to <kbd><mark style="color:green;">**Tools**<mark style="color:green;"></kbd> , then select **Refresh Configuration**.

### Before **Downloading to All DCRs** or **Initializing All DCRs**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

#### **2. Initialize DCRs (All):**

* In Config Client: <kbd>Forecourt</kbd> → <kbd>Initialization</kbd> → <kbd>DCR</kbd>&#x20;

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/qFw1Xvte2kwl2M346gdJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

* Enter `0` (All) or select **All**.

### Before **Initializing Fuel,** confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

#### **3.Initialize Fuel (if necessary):**

* In Config Client: <kbd>Forecourt</kbd> → <kbd>Initialization</kbd> → <kbd>Fuel</kbd>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/6qX2IbnxpWuEAaaFzwjR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="warning" %}
If **all DCRs** are affected, there could be a network issue at your site. Check the on-site **firewall/MNSP** path. Contact your site’s **MNSP provider**(Ex: Cybera, Hughes, Mako, Sagenet, etc.) to confirm the **DCR network** path is up and online.
{% endhint %}

### <mark style="background-color:yellow;">Note:</mark> <a href="#note" id="note"></a>

<details>

<summary><mark style="color:$primary;"><strong>Tesoro / Arco :</strong></mark> <mark style="color:$primary;"><strong>Before Initializing EMV</strong></mark></summary>

1. Contact the Payment host to verify the site is configured for **OEMV** outside **on their end**.
2. Confirm with Payment host, the **Trigger pull & EMV tables** are flagged for download.
3. Run [**Trigger Pull**](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/card-table-download-trigger-pull#tesoro-arco), then [**EMV PDL**](#tesoro-arco-before-initializing-emv).
4. Only then [**Initialize EMV**](#initialize-emv-dcrs) to the **DCR POPs.**

</details>

***

### If DCRs are over Serial (Legacy) — Base 53.27 and below

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Verify power to the FCI

Remove the thumb screws on the **FCI box** (FCI) and check for lit LEDs inside.

**FCI images (LED examples):** use these as a visual reference for what “powered” looks like.

<figure><img src="/files/eIVEs7P4d46BzHV79Fra" alt="FCI Image power LED"><figcaption><p>FCI image — LEDs example 1</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/CnNSg9qbVmLvalnoTDFv" alt="FCI Box image"><figcaption><p>FCI image — LEDs example 2</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/MUIHmUzE6sNu7tE1HT27" alt="FCI Box Image"><figcaption><p>FCI image — LEDs example 3</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reseat power if needed

If no LEDs, reseat power and try a known-good outlet.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before **Downloading to All DCRs** or **Initializing All DCRs**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Run Download to DCRs

Login to Config Client:

Select <kbd>Forecourt</kbd> → <kbd>Initialization</kbd> → **DCR(All)**

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/qFw1Xvte2kwl2M346gdJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

If DCRs still show **No change** after Initialization attempts, Contact the Verifone Helpdesk.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# DCR screen frozen / keypad not responding

Troubleshoot dispenser card reader (DCR) screen freezes, keypad issues, slow softkeys, Gilbarco “One Moment” lockups, and card reader loading issues.

<details>

<summary><i class="fa-square-check">:square-check:</i> Quick triage for "frozen screen"</summary>

If the report only says **"frozen screen,"** first confirm **where** the screen is frozen.

**Is the frozen screen on the register/POS, or on the DCR at the pump?**

Use this guide only for **DCR/pump-side** frozen screens.

If the issue is on the **register/POS**, do **not** use this guide. Use [**Register/POS frozen screen**](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pos-register-screen-is-frozen) instead.

</details>

Use this page only if the issue is on a **DCR** and you see **any one** of the symptoms below.

#### Common symptoms

Any **single** symptom in this list is enough to use these steps.

* DCR/pump screen is frozen / stuck prompt
* Keypad presses do nothing
* Slow response after selecting a softkey
* “One Moment” (Gilbarco)
* Card reader stuck loading
* DCR stuck loading
* Dispenser or pump screen stuck loading

***

### Troubleshooting steps (in order)

{% hint style="warning" %}
If only **1–2 DCRs** are impacted, do not initialize **everything** first. Start with the affected positions.
{% endhint %}

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Confirm scope and what’s stuck

* Check how many DCRs are impacted.
* Note the exact screen message (blank, “One Moment”, etc.)
* Confirm whether any **side buttons** or **keypad keys** respond.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Before Initializing the DCRs

### **Before Initializing the impacted DCRs which is Downloading to one or few DCRs, confirm:**

* The impacted pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers on those impacted pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Initialize impacted DCRs

Use either method below.

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="From the register" %}
From the register:

<kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Download to DCRs</kbd>

1. Enter **1** if the impacted DCR number is **1**, **2** if it’s **2**, and so on.
2. Enter **0** for **All** (only if **all** DCRs/pumps are impacted).

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/RbMs1RXFat3heZR5vGGE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/7Mv4JhOSB62SWTSCXq52" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<figure><img src="/files/fvuWomRkHHyYTC0SPTFY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="From Configuration Client ( On POS or Back Office Computer)" %}
In **Configuration Client**:

<kbd>Forecourt</kbd> → <kbd>Initialization</kbd> → <kbd>DCR</kbd>

* Choose the number of the impacted DCRs(1,2,etc.)or **All**(if all DCRs are impacted)

<figure><img src="/files/qFw1Xvte2kwl2M346gdJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

**Expected result:** the impacted DCR should show **any screen change** (Downloading/Loading, reboot, new prompt).
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Wayne: DCR lag between Prompts and Softkey selection

In Wayne DCR software version 2.8.203.xx and later, a feature called "Softkey Mirroring" was introduced. This feature is not compatible with Commander, causing noticeable potential slowdowns.

If the site is running this version or higher and experiencing lag or slowdown, contact a **Pump Technician** to disable **Softkey Mirroring**.

***

### Gilbarco: stuck on “One Moment”

If **Primary Graphic Side** is set to **1**, it can cause Gilbarco DCRs to lock up and display **"One Moment"**\
If you are experiencing this issue, verify that their **Primary Graphic Side** is set to **0** for all individual positions.

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/PiF2ajnEanWlG926FgS1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# Gilbarco CRIND BIOS Errors

This guide assists in resolving Gilbarco CRIND BIOS errors that lead to Card Transaction failures and DCR reboots.

Use this page when card transactions fail and/or DCRs reboot with a CRIND-related error.

#### Symptoms

* CRIND BIOS error on the dispenser
* DCRs rebooting
* Card transactions failing

{% hint style="warning" %}
Before you run **Download to DCRs (Initialize DCRs)** or **Reset Controller**:

* If you target **one DCR**, make sure that **pump/fueling position is Idle**.
* If you target **All DCRs (0)**, make sure **all pumps/fueling positions are Idle**.
* Clear/finish any **Prepay**, **Post-pay**, **Pay-at-pump**, or **DCR** sales first.
  {% endhint %}

***

### Pick the correct path

1. **Firmware/version mismatch** (Base **55.02.04** or **56.01.0** + **Gilbarco M7**)
2. **General troubleshooting** (all other Bases and DCR types)

<details>

<summary><strong>1) Firmware/version mismatch (Base 55.02.04 / 56.01.0 + Gilbarco M7)</strong></summary>

Use this path when the site is on Base **55.02.04** or **56.01.0** and the impacted positions use **Gilbarco M7**.

To determine if your site's issues are caused by the Dispenser Firmware version, follow these steps:

1. Confirm your site is on Commander Base **55.02.04** or **56.01.0**.
2. Confirm the affected positions/pumps use **Gilbarco M7** DCRs.
3. For each affected position, check the dispenser firmware:
   1. Open `Configuration Client`
   2. Go to `Reporting` > `Site Asset Data` > `Dispenser Data`
   3. Select the affected position (pump #), Note the firmware version shown

Minimum versions reference screenshot:&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/PYM8lBadLXrrgGHxTQpg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/89KWJyNjJcEFoRk92ait" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

If firmware is **below the minimum required** shown above, contact a **Pump Technician** to update the firmware.

If firmware is **at or above the minimum required**, contact the [Helpdesk](https://support.verifone.com/s/) for further assistance.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If dispenser firmware is **below the minimum required version**:

* **Do not** continue to **General troubleshooting**.
* **Do not** use **Reset Controller**.
* Contact **Helpdesk** via **Chat** or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**.
  {% endhint %}

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>2) General troubleshooting</strong> (<strong>all other Bases / DCR types</strong>)</summary>

1. **Initialize the impacted DCRs (Download to DCRs)**

From the register:

<kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Download to DCRs</kbd>

* Enter the affected **DCR number**.
* Enter **0** to download to **All** DCRs.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If only **1–2** DCRs are impacted, target only those DCRs first. Avoid **All (0)** unless required.
{% endhint %}

**Expected result:** the impacted DCR should show **any screen change** (Downloading/Loading, reboot, new prompt).

2. **Verify there are no stuck fuel sales**

* Check and clear any stuck fuel sales on the affected pumps.

3. **Check for changes after resolving stuck sales**

* After clearing stuck sales, verify whether the impacted DCRs clear the error or show any screen change.

4. **If the error persists: Reset the Controller**

* If the error remains, press option **8. Reset Controller**

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/pV9jMjtgXzTCROie2HHX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

5. **Contact Pump Technician**

* If the steps above do not resolve the issue, consult a Pump Technician for on‑site hardware diagnostics and repair.

{% hint style="info" %}
For Technicians, When escalating, note the information given below:

* Commander Base version
* DCR type (M7 vs other)
* Affected pump/DCR numbers
* Dispenser firmware version(s) (if M7)
* Exact dispenser/DCR message text
  {% endhint %}

</details>

***


# Fuel/Dispenser Help

Start here to troubleshoot fuel and dispenser issues including pumps offline, auth failures, dispensing failures, and AEOD-related preset issues.

Use this page to jump to the right **fuel/dispenser** troubleshooting path fast.

Search terms: **fuel help**, **dispenser help**, **pump offline**, **Pump Auth Fail**, **fuel not dispensing**, **Preset Not Allowed**, **AEOD**.

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th>Issue:</th><th data-card-target data-type="content-ref">Open:</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Dispenser Troubleshooting Guides</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/a017ee72268b40f94303e5718e5cd3b41f3dadc2">/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/a017ee72268b40f94303e5718e5cd3b41f3dadc2</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Preset Not Allowed after AEOD</strong></td><td><a href="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/0aDpqlDLdW1TABCfwTjU">/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/0aDpqlDLdW1TABCfwTjU</a></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Dispenser Troubleshooting Guides

Troubleshoot common fuel and dispenser/pump issues including pumps offline, auth failures, dispensing failures, fuel price updates, and AEOD-related preset issues.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If the issue started after **Auto End of Day (AEOD)**, see [**Preset Not Allowed after AEOD**](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dispenser-help/preset-not-allowed-after-aeod).
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary><strong>Also Called:</strong></summary>

Fuel/Dispenser issues, pump issues, fuel pump troubleshooting, dispenser offline, pump offline, Pump Auth Fail, fuel not dispensing, price change did not reach dispenser, Preset Not Allowed.

**Search terms:** dispenser troubleshooting, fuel troubleshooting, pump offline, offline pump, Pump Auth Fail, Preset Not Allowed, fuel not dispensing, change fuel prices, Initialize Fuel, Fuel Site Pause.

</details>

### **Issue:** Preset Not Allowed displays for only one Pump or All Pumps.

**Action:**

1. Check the status of all pumps.
2. Clear all fuel positions (FPs) to **Idle**.
3. Ensure no **Prepay**, **Post-pay**, or **DCR** sales are set, in progress, or completing.

### Before **Initializing Fuel,** confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

4. Initialize Fuel:

<p align="center"><kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> > <kbd>Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> > <kbd>1. Initialize Fuel</kbd></p>

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/hkx01q9YtiTcfdXnJ7pj" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### **Issue:** Pump Auth Fail

**Action:**

1. Ensure **Fuel Site Pause** is not active.
2. Check fuel prices:

* Ensure the **Credit** price is **not lower** than the **Cash** price.

### Before **Initializing Fuel,** confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

3. If anything was corrected, run **Initialize Fuel**:

<p align="center"><kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> > <kbd>Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> > <kbd>1. Initialize Fuel</kbd></p>

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/hkx01q9YtiTcfdXnJ7pj" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

4. Run a small test **Prepay** on an impacted pump to confirm normal operation.

***

### Pumps Offline

#### Offline Pump Causes

* **Offline Pump(s)** means the Commander is not communicating with one or more dispensers. On the register, the impacted pumps typically appear **greyed out** or unavailable. Common causes include a pressed **Emergency Stop**, **no power** at the dispenser, or a **tripped breaker**.

#### **Action:**

1. Confirm which pumps are Offline.
2. Check the Offline pumps:
   * Look for **Price Per Gallon (PPG)** and DCR screen activity.
   * No PPG display usually means **no power** to the dispenser.
3. Verify the **Emergency Stop** has not been pressed.
   * If pressed, ensure the button is fully released (not still compressed).
4. If Emergency Stop is released and power is still off, it may be caused by a **Tripped Breaker.**
   * Breaker checks/resets are the **site’s responsibility**.
5. If the steps above are confirmed and the pumps are still Offline, schedule an **on-site pump technician**.
   * On-site service is typically required to restore dispenser power/communications.

***

### Pumps Not Dispensing Fuel

#### Symptoms

* Pump is **Online/available**, but the dispenser **won’t dispense**.
* Nozzle lifted + grade selected, but **no fuel dispenses**.
* Sale **resets to $0.00** then stops (often a dispenser-side fault).
* Impacts **all pumps** vs **one pump/one grade** only.

#### **Action:**

1. Confirm how many FPs are impacted.
2. Confirm if it affects specific grades only or all grades.
   * Verify the site is not out of Fuel or waiting on delivery.
3. Confirm the impacted pumps are not **Offline/greyed out**.
   * If pumps are **Offline**, troubleshoot [**Pumps Offline**](#pumps-offline) first.
4. At the dispenser, lift the nozzle and select a grade (or run a small test **Prepay** and watch the dispenser).
   * If the sale amount **resets to zero** but **no fuel dispenses**, this is typically a **dispenser/hardware** issue. A **pump technician** is required.
   * If the dispenser shows **“Please pay inside / See cashier”**, follow the site’s **Poll Error / DCR communication** troubleshooting.
   * If the sale amount **does not reset to zero** (no start), it could be a POS/fuel-controller(FCI) issue.

***

### Changing Fuel Prices from POS

**Action:**

1. Touch <kbd>CSR Function</kbd> > <kbd>Fuel Manager</kbd> > <kbd>Fuel Price Configuration</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/iTkHAuXL3Rkt6zE8jisR" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select a Product in Fuel Price configuration list.

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/et8zd2Re1uVrHoRq5OSE" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Select a price level (example: Cash or Credit).

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/VghyM2R64wNbvqfJdqBz" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Key the new price and touch <kbd>OK</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/b4LcVq7IE5EL8eUGJ0Hp" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Do one of the following:

* Touch <kbd>Previous Menu</kbd> twice to return to the <kbd>Fuel Price Configuration</kbd> list

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/pI1rsB4wQd2xlsrn4dN6" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Touch <kbd>Save Changes</kbd> to return to the <kbd>Fuel Manager menu</kbd>

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/qfPpdCf9Rv8OWofu22lt" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

2. Push the updated prices to dispensers.
   * Run <kbd>Download Fuel Prices</kbd> if available.

### Before **Initializing Fuel,** confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

* Or run <kbd>Initialize Fuel</kbd> (also sends updated prices).

<figure><img src="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/files/NOI589A1xKMA7rtbUj79" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Fuel prices change at the **POS** first. Dispensers update only after **Fuel Prices Download** or **Initialize Fuel**.
{% endhint %}


# Preset Not Allowed after AEOD

Resolve "Preset Not Allowed" errors after AEOD by confirming pumps are idle, running Full Fuel Initialization, and checking Fuel Site Pause.

Use this guide if the error started right after **Day Close/AEOD.**

<details>

<summary><strong>Also Called:</strong><br><strong>Preset Not Allowed, Preset/Prepay not allowed, AEOD, Auto End of Day, Day Close, Fuel Site Pause, Disable fuel, Full Fuel Initialization.</strong></summary>

</details>

{% hint style="success" %}
Start here if this began right after **Day Close / AEOD** and the site now gets:

* **Preset Not Allowed**
* Failed **Preset** or **Prepay** after close
* One or more pumps that will not allow a new sale after AEOD
  {% endhint %}

If it started at another time, start with the general checks in [Fuel/Dispenser Troubleshooting](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dispenser-help/dispenser-troubleshooting-guides).

### Why this happens

**AEOD** can temporarily Disable fuel. If fueling stays disabled after AEOD completes, the site may still be paused (or pumps may not be fully idle).

***

### How to restore fueling after AEOD

{% hint style="warning" %}
Do this only when it’s safe to stop fueling. Make sure all pumps are **clear of sales** (no sales **Starting**, **In progress**, or **Finishing**).
{% endhint %}

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Before **Initializing Fuel,** confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Run a Full-Fuel Initialization

Perform a **Full Fuel Initialization**. Do not start initialization unless **every** pump is idle (**no customer is using it**).
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Check the Fuel Site Pause setting (after AEOD)

If you use **Automatic End Of Day (AEOD)**, the option to Disable fuel during the close might have been enabled. If **Preset Not Allowed** continues after AEOD finishes, confirm **Fuel Site Pause** is not enabled:

If you use **Automatic End Of Day (AEOD)**, the option to **Disable fuel**(refer image below) during closing might be active, causing **Fuel Site Pause** to be activated.

<div align="center"><img src="/files/GPFLmO2UZDB3zNX3Jajg" alt=""></div>

If **Preset Not Allowed** issue persists after AEOD completes, ensure **Fuel Site Pause** is not active. If Active, set **Fuel Site Pause** to **Disabled / False** (Refer Images below)

<p align="center"><kbd>CSR Function</kbd> > <kbd>3.Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> > <kbd>9.Fuel Site Pause</kbd></p>

<figure><img src="/files/vfDZ0eiw8AKwugoFOO3p" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/QOhHI567KNVPvuoFV6bZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/jLxBlyCxOyebmZKw2XXK" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/pJLiRyfSATQ1JtE8Bx6s" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Re-test fueling

Attempt a small Preset/Prepay on any of the pumps. If the Preset/Prepay works, normal operation can resume.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Contact Helpdesk, if still failing

If the error persists, contact the **Helpdesk**. Share the following information:

* When **Day Close / AEOD** finished
* Whether **Fuel Site Pause** was Enabled
* Whether a **Full-Fuel Initialization** completed **successfully**

Contact **Helpdesk** via **Chat** or Call at **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)** for next steps.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}


# POS Help


# POS Pairing

This guide provides the pairing message displayed on the register, outlines the requirements for pairing, and details the step-by-step process for successfully pairing your register.

What is the **exact Security Alert / pairing message** shown on the register?

Reply with the exact message you see on your POS/Register, for example:

* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING`
* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING REQUIRED`
* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING INVALID`

***

**Another Scenario: Register was already rebooted (POS Pairing prompt)**

* **When you’ll see this:** After reboot, before pairing is completed.
* **What it means:** The register stays closed until pairing finishes.

**On-screen message**

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/IXyKrhymjCyDHWvyTtJy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### What is POS Pairing?

POS pairing securely connects each **POS (register)** to the **Commander**.

Here are some links to help you complete the process quickly and efficiently:

1. Confirm [Requirements to Pair your Register](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/requirements-to-pair-your-register).
2. Match the POS message to the right step in [Pairing Message Displayed on Register](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/pairing-message-displayed-on-register).
3. Follow [How to Pair a Register](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/how-to-pair-a-register).

{% hint style="warning" %}
If you have only **One register** and **No Back-office PC**, you will need to contact the **Verifone Helpdesk** via **Chat or phone** at **1.800.VERIFONE(837.4366)** for **Pairing your register.**
{% endhint %}

### Video walkthrough

Check out the [**POS Pairing Tutorial**](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eAkBW4qD4Zw) video below

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eAkBW4qD4Zw>" %}


# Requirements to Pair your Register

This page gives or shows you the Prerequisites for pairing a POS register

What is the **exact Security Alert / pairing message** shown on the register?

Reply with the exact message you see on your POS/Register, for example:

* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING`
* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING REQUIRED`
* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING INVALID`

***

**Another Scenario: Register was already rebooted (POS Pairing prompt)**

* **When you’ll see this:** After reboot, before pairing is completed.
* **What it means:** The register stays closed until pairing finishes.

**On-screen message**

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/IXyKrhymjCyDHWvyTtJy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Requirements to Pair your Register <a href="#requirements" id="requirements"></a>

**You need the Configuration Client to complete these steps. You can do this in one of two ways:**

1. Use a **second POS (register)** terminal. Alternatively,
2. Use your **Back-office PC**, but the Configuration Client must be installed on it.

{% hint style="warning" %}
If you have only **One register** and **No Back-office PC**, you will need to contact the **Verifone Helpdesk** via **Chat or phone** at **1.800.VERIFONE(837.4366)** for **Pairing your register.**
{% endhint %}


# Pairing Message Displayed on Register

This page explains the Pairing-related Security Alerts shown on the register and which action to take.

What is the **exact Security Alert / pairing message** shown on the register?

Reply with the exact message you see on your POS/Register, for example:

* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING`
* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING REQUIRED`
* `SEC. ALERT – PAIRING INVALID`

***

**Another Scenario: Register was already rebooted (POS Pairing prompt)**

* **When you’ll see this:** After reboot, before pairing is completed.
* **What it means:** The register stays closed until pairing finishes.

**On-screen message**

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/IXyKrhymjCyDHWvyTtJy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
**NOTE:** If you are a **Circle K** site, please contact [Helpdesk](https://support.verifone.com/s/) as site managers/cashiers do not have security access on Config Client.
{% endhint %}

***

### Message Displayed on Register <a href="#message-displayed-on-register" id="message-displayed-on-register"></a>

**The tabs below display the various Pairing messages shown when pairing is required**

{% tabs fullWidth="true" %}
{% tab title="SEC. ALERT – PAIRING / PAIRING REQUIRED" %}
If you have received one of these two, follow the POS pairing steps on [**How to Pair a Register**](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/how-to-pair-a-register).

* <kbd>SEC. ALERT – PAIRING</kbd>

<figure><img src="/files/Vyyq5HTDseV7JcfjU34C" alt="" width="494"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* <kbd>SEC. ALERT – PAIRING REQUIRED</kbd>

<figure><img src="/files/nVj0izsc0gEvC3Yy7UiE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="SEC ALERT PAIRING INVALID" %}
If you have received the following message, then follow the steps given below.&#x20;

* &#x20;<kbd>SEC. ALERT- PAIRING INVALID</kbd>

<div align="center"><figure><img src="/files/yQRXILn2BHyMlYlGaMXr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

1. [**Pair the Register**](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/how-to-pair-a-register) if **any** of the following events occurred recently:
   * New POS installation
   * VRSD/Commander Software Upgrade
   * POS software reload
2. **Contact** the **Verifone Helpdesk** via [Helpdesk](https://support.verifone.com/s/) or phone at **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)** if **none** of the above happened and:
   * The POS was already paired within the last **52 weeks**, or
   * You are **not sure** when it was last paired
     {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Perform POS Pairing" %}
If you see the following message on your POS,&#x20;

* <kbd>Perform POS pairing</kbd>

<figure><img src="/files/LZYi6stuEvByJCErOLbl" alt="POS screen showing Perform POS Pairing which happens after the register is rebooted following the POS pairing security Alert"><figcaption><p>POS screen showing Perform POS Pairing </p></figcaption></figure>

Follow the instruction from **Step 3** on [Steps to Pair a Register](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/how-to-pair-a-register) to complete the pairing process and return to sales screen on the POS/register.
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

{% hint style="info" %}
It is crucial to follow this process exactly to ensure a successful pairing.
{% endhint %}

This guide explains how to securely connect your **Point of Sale (POS)** system to the **Commander** for smooth transaction processing. Follow these steps closely to avoid errors or complications. Use [**How to Pair a Register**](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/how-to-pair-a-register) to complete the pairing process efficiently.

***

### **Examples Screenshots of Pairing Security Alerts that you may see on your POS:**

<figure><img src="/files/hoXVyQnu1FXL9U40a73x" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
If you have only **One register** and **No Back-office PC**, you will need to contact the **Verifone Helpdesk** via **Chat or phone** at **1.800.VERIFONE(837.4366)** for **Pairing your register.**
{% endhint %}

\* To clear these messages, the POS pairing process needs to be completed.


# How to Pair a Register

This page shows the steps to Pair your Register when you receive a Pair POS message on your register.

Use steps on [#steps-to-pair-a-register](#steps-to-pair-a-register "mention") when a register displays one of the below pairing messages and cannot use the register due to this message.

* <kbd>SEC. ALERT – PAIRING</kbd> &#x20;
* <kbd>SEC. ALERT – PAIRING REQUIRED</kbd> &#x20;

Use steps from Step 3, which is  [#open-site-security-in-configuration-client](#open-site-security-in-configuration-client "mention") **on** [#steps-to-pair-a-register](#steps-to-pair-a-register "mention")

* <kbd>Perform POS Pairing</kbd>&#x20;

***

### Before you begin:

* Confirm you meet the [Requirements to Pair your Register](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/requirements-to-pair-your-register).
* If you see a different security message, review [Pairing Message Displayed on Register](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing/pairing-message-displayed-on-register).

### Steps to Pair a Register with Commander <a href="#steps-to-pair-a-register" id="steps-to-pair-a-register"></a>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### **Start pairing from the register**

From the POS (register), navigate to:

**CSR Functions > Maintenance > Option 23: “Perform POS Pairing”**

<div data-full-width="true"><figure><img src="/files/c1911R2xcHe64dYkCVVb" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Confirm and reboot into the pairing screen

Select **Yes** at the prompt.

A message **“Rebooting to start the pairing process...”** briefly displays. The POS reboots and then the **Pair POS** screen displays.

<figure><img src="/files/mUNNtr2Ev6VaIiF2NIgD" alt="" width="431"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Open Site Security in Configuration Client**

In **Configuration Client**, navigate to:

**Security > Site Security**

<figure><img src="/files/k1UFNggtl1fi4AeHxIux" alt="" width="236"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When the **One-Time Password** dialog displays:

* Select **Generate OTP** (read the OTP from the Commander’s status display), **or**
* Generate the OTP from another register using **Maintenance > Option 10**.

Enter the **4-digit OTP** and select **OK**
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Start the Pairing Service

Select **Start Pairing Service**.

A confirmation message displays: **“Pairing service is started”**.

<figure><img src="/files/Pox1zsaBBhMLIZQQP8wW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="warning" %}
After the **Pairing Service** starts, you have a limited amount of time to begin pairing at the register. If you wait too long, you’ll need to start the Pairing Service again.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Begin pairing on the register

On the **Pair POS** screen, select the blue **Pair POS** button.

A **Pairing OTP** keypad/dialog displays on the POS.

<figure><img src="/files/oEy6GqxJIMlrCv7Lul1N" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/aeKMHUf2xdY1aVMJ3fZA" alt="" width="218"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Retrieve the pairing session OTP

In **Configuration Client**, select **Retrieve Pairing OTP** and note the **6-digit** pairing session OTP.

<figure><img src="/files/vhyBSdDuqR2SBY0kjdby" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Enter the OTP and complete pairing

Enter the **6-digit Pairing Session OTP** on the POS and select **OK**.

<figure><img src="/files/uWBEbsCOqRAPoDgGr9Xl" alt="" width="208"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Notes:

* The **OK** button is not active until **6 digits** are entered.
* If the OTP is entered incorrectly, retrieve a **new** pairing session OTP.
* If **“Unable to pair, please try again”** displays, select **Pair POS** again within **2 minutes**. Otherwise, restart the **Pairing Service**.

The message **“Processing, please wait...”** displays and then **“Successfully Paired”** displays. Select **OK** to close the message.

{% hint style="success" %}
The POS should now be successfully paired with the Commander.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/OmpVXhsyZd0Jzut4E2fF" alt="" width="321"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
Repeat these steps on **each** POS (register) if you have multiple registers.
{% endhint %}


# Clearing Stuck Fuel Sales


# Unable to Clear Stuck Fuel Sales.

If you encounter a Fuel sale on a pump that you cannot clear from the register, or if you are unable to Prepay due to an Unclaimed previous sale, follow these simple steps to resolve the issue.

### Resolving Stuck Fuel Issues

This article is specifically designed for sites using the <mark style="color:yellow;">**Topaz**</mark>, <mark style="color:yellow;">**Ruby2**</mark> and <mark style="color:yellow;">**C18**</mark> registers.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Third-party registers**

On third-party registers, this issue typically appears as **Unable to Preset Pump**. . This means the register indicates the pump is **idle** but **cannot accept a New Sale/Preset**.

**Steps to Resolve:**

1. Retrieve the sale details from the register.
2. Manually clear the sale history on the register. Refer to the register's manual or consult your register provider for guidance.

For further assistance, reach out to the [Verifone Helpdesk](https://support.verifone.com/s/).
{% endhint %}

***

### Procedure for Clearing a "Stuck" Fuel Sale on Topaz, Ruby2 or C18 registers

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### **Identify the Pump Status**

From the register, identify the status of the pump or pumps in question. Is it **IDLE**, **RESERVED**, **HOLD**, **STOPPED**, **NEW**, **Authorizing** or **In use**?

<figure><img src="/files/KTdiss8DgblGK6SkduDQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Identify the Sale Type**

Determine whether the amount on that pump is the **CURRENT** or **STACKED** sale. Then, identify if that sale is showing as **SOLD** or **DUE**.

<figure><img src="/files/8eQj6GA0sOlxyzyU1l8i" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Resolve the Issue**

**Check if the pump is :**

**a. &#x20;**<mark style="color:yellow;">**On HOLD**</mark> **:** Go to

<p align="center"><kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> <strong>></strong> <kbd>3. Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> <strong>></strong> <kbd>7. Clear Pump on Hold</kbd></p>

**b. &#x20;**<mark style="color:yellow;">**RESERVED**</mark>**&#x20;:** Select the <kbd>Pump#</kbd> **>** <kbd>Prepay</kbd> **>** <kbd>Stop</kbd> to clear reserve (if reserve does not clear, you may need to [Initialize Fuel](#user-content-fn-1)[^1])

### Before **Initializing Fuel,** confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

### **To Initialize Fuel**

1. Ensure all Pumps are Idle **(no one fueling),** then run **Initialize Fuel** using the steps below.
2. On the register, go to:

<kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> > <kbd>3. Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> > <kbd>1. Initialize Fuel</kbd>

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/7vtpDkEhQVlJo9ZdjjuF" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**c.&#x20;**<mark style="color:yellow;">**STOPPED**</mark> : Select the <kbd>Pump#</kbd> **>** <kbd>Approve</kbd>&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
**Please note:**

If the pump has a dollar amount that is not clearing or gives an error when attempting to Claim, the pump status is **IDLE** and the sale is **DUE** **contact the** [**Verifone Helpdesk**](https://support.verifone.com/s/)**.**
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<details>

<summary><strong>If this issue happens frequently, consider the following steps</strong></summary>

As a preventive measure the **Fuel Product Configuration** should be checked for the following corrections:

* If the unused products all share a common name (such as UNUSED), change them to unique names (UNUSED1, UNUSED2, etc.).
* All products should also contain Unique Product Codes, whether the product is in use or not. Verify the products are attached to at least the Manual Fuel department or a custom Fuel Department of your choosing.

</details>

If you need further assistance, contact the [Verifone Helpdesk](https://support.verifone.com/s/).

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

[^1]: To **Initialize Fuel ->** first ensure NONE of the pumps are in use, then access ***CSR Functions*** > ***Fuel Manager*** ***Menu*** > ***#1) Initialize Fuel***


# Reserved Pump with Dollar amount in Green

Steps to clear a pump stuck in RESERVED with a green dollar amount

### If the Pump is in <mark style="color:yellow;">**Reserve**</mark> — Dollar amount in <mark style="color:green;">**Green**</mark>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Symptoms" %}

* The pump shows **RESERVED / Reserve**.
* A G**reen** dollar amount remains on the pump.
* The sale won’t clear normally from the screen.
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Common Causes" %}

* The **POS** rebooted while a **prepaid fuel sale** was A**ctive**.
* The prepay/reserve flow was interrupted (for example: a brief register-to-fuel communication glitch).
  {% endtab %}
  {% endtabs %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
This must be cleared **at the Register**. The **Helpdesk** cannot clear it Remotely.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
This issue often occurs alongside the "**Preset Not Allowed**" error discussed in the **"**[**Error: Preset Not Allowed**](/pos-help/pos-help/clearing-stuck-fuel-sales/error-preset-not-allowed)**"** article. The prepay issue must be addressed before being able to remove the Green sale via a Prepay.
{% endhint %}

### **To Clear, perform the following steps:**

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Before **Initializing Fuel,** confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Initialize Fuel**

Initialize Fuel clears the pump’s Reserve State.

### **To Initialize Fuel**

1. Ensure all Pumps are Idle **(no one fueling),** then run **Initialize Fuel** using the steps below.
2. On the register, go to:

<kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> > <kbd>3. Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> > <kbd>1. Initialize Fuel</kbd>

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/7vtpDkEhQVlJo9ZdjjuF" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Perform a Prepay on the pump**

* If the sale is **STACKED**, it will roll off the register.
* If the sale is **CURRENT**, it will roll down to **STACKED**. Perform **another prepay** and it will roll off.
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}


# Stuck Prepay on Pump with Dollar amount in Green

How to clear a pump stuck in Prepay with a green dollar amount on Topaz and Ruby2/C18 registers (Stop Fuel and tender out or cash out the fuel sale).

#### If the Pump is <mark style="color:yellow;">Stuck in Prepay</mark> — Dollar Amount is in <mark style="color:green;">Green</mark>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Symptoms" %}

* The pump is stuck in a **Prepay** state.
* A **Green** dollar amount remains on the pump.
* The sale will not Clear normally (even after attempting to Stop/Cancel the Prepay).
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Common Causes" %}

* The prepay flow was interrupted (for example: register/pump communication glitch).
  {% endtab %}
  {% endtabs %}

**To Clear, perform the following steps:**

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
**For Topaz register**

* Press <kbd>Pump#</kbd> > press <kbd>Prepay</kbd> (do not enter amount) > press <kbd>Stop</kbd>
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}
**For Ruby2/C18 register**

* Look for a <kbd>Stop Fuel</kbd> button on the touchscreen.
* If there isn’t one, it needs to be added to the touchscreen.
* Once added: Tap <kbd>Pump#</kbd> > tap <kbd>Prepay</kbd> (do not enter amount) > tap <kbd>Stop Fuel</kbd>
* Go to the sales screen and tender out the sale.
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}


# Pump Underrun or Overrun with Dollar amount in Red

Fix a fuel prepay underrun/overrun showing a red dollar amount as a DUE sale by re-running Prepaid MOP (credit/debit) so the network completes payment.

### Overrun or Underrun Prepay — Dollar amount in <mark style="color:red;">Red</mark>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Symptoms" %}

* The pump shows a <mark style="color:red;">**RED**</mark> dollar amount.
* The Prepay appears as a **DUE** sale (often after a Reserve Stop / interrupted Prepay).
  {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Common Causes" %}

* The customer **did not dispense the full Prepay amount** (Underrun).
* The customer **dispensed more than the Prepay amount** (Overrun).

> **Example:** Customer prepays **$20.00** but dispenses **$22.35**.
>
> The extra **$2.35** becomes a **DUE** amount that must be completed correctly so the site gets paid.

* The transaction was **Stopped/Refunded due to a Reserve Stop**, leaving a **Due** amount.
  {% endtab %}
  {% endtabs %}

{% hint style="danger" %}
**Do not** cash out the sale or use **Manual Credit** to clear the sale.

The network does not receive either of these tenders as a completion, which can result in the site **NOT getting Paid** for the transaction.
{% endhint %}

#### To get Credit (paid) for Overrun/Underrun Prepay sales, perform the following steps:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Re-run the Prepaid Method of Payment(Credit/Debit) on the pump

On the register, select:

* <kbd>Pump#</kbd> > <kbd>Fuel</kbd> > <kbd>Prepaid MOP</kbd> (Credit or Debit)

The transaction is processed through the **Network**, resulting in one of the following scenarios:

1. ***Network complete:***

> The Due amount completes Successfully.

2. ***Prompt to Present the Card again:***

> If prompted, have the Customer use the Card again
>
> * **Debit:** Have the customer **Swipe/Insert/Tap** again.
> * **Credit:** Have the customer run the Card again or enter it Manually (Expiration Date may be required).
>   {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### If the sale still will not clear

1. Check the **journal tape:**&#x20;

> If the **Account number** and **Expiration Date** are present, you can safely cash out the sale using **Cash** or **Manual Credit.**

2. Then, Ring the sale back up, preferably under the **Manual Fuel Department**.

> Select the **Pump#** and the **Grade of Fuel** the customer dispensed on.

This sends the transaction amount to the **Network** for completion, so your site gets paid.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}


# Error: Preset Not Allowed

This page explains how to resolve the above error.

#### Resolving the "Preset Not Allowed" Error with Prepaid Fueling

If you encounter the **"Preset Not Allowed"** error affecting one or more fueling points while attempting to Prepay, follow these steps to resolve the issue:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### **Check AEOD (Auto End of Day):**

During **Automatic End of Day (AEOD)**, some sites are configured to **disable fuel** while day close is processing. When this is enabled, prepays/presets can be rejected with **"Preset Not Allowed"**.

1. In **Config Client**, go to **Reporting > Report Configuration > Auto End of Day (AEOD)**.
2. Check whether the option to **Disable fuel during AEOD/day close** is enabled.
   * If enabled, **wait for AEOD to complete**, then retry the Prepay.

If the error continues **after AEOD is complete**, continue to the next step.

![A screenshot of a computer AI-generated content may be incorrect.](/files/yKBVZOQNs6pcJlqO9aZT)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Fuel Site Pause:**

Fuel Site Pause prevents the site from authorizing/presetting fuel. Confirm it is **not enabled**.

On the register, go to:

**CSR FUNC -> 3. FUEL MANAGER MENU -> 9. FUEL SITE PAUSE**

* **Expected setting:** **Disabled** / **False**
* If it shows **Enabled** / **True**, set it to **Disabled**, then retry the Prepay.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before **Initializing Fuel,** confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Initialize Fuel

Follow the steps given below to Initialize Fuel.

### **To Initialize Fuel**

1. Ensure all Pumps are Idle **(no one fueling),** then run **Initialize Fuel** using the steps below.
2. On the register, go to:

<kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> > <kbd>3. Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> > <kbd>1. Initialize Fuel</kbd>

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/7vtpDkEhQVlJo9ZdjjuF" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

If the above steps do not resolve the issue, please contact the **Helpdesk**&#x20;

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# Register touchscreen not responding

Fix a POS touchscreen that is not responding on Ruby2, Topaz XL, or C18. Follow quick checks, safe cleaning steps, and next actions if it still fails.

## POS touchscreen not responding (Ruby2, Topaz XL, C18)

Use this guide if you can see the regular POS or register screen, but touch isn’t working right:

* Taps don’t register anywhere.
* Touches register in the wrong spot.
* Only one edge (often the bottom) won’t respond.
* Touch worked before, then stopped after cleaning or moving.
* The screen “clicks by itself” or behaves randomly.

{% hint style="info" %}

### Find your register model first. Ruby2 and Topaz XL use infrared touch. C18 uses a standard touchscreen. The fix depends on the model.

{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** Register touch not working | Register not responding to touch | Touchscreen not working | Touch screen not responding | Touch not registering | Touch registers wrong spot | Ghost touches | Frozen touch | Dead touch

**Keywords:** POS touchscreen not responding, register touch not working, touch screen not responding, touch not registering, touch registers wrong spot, ghost touches, frozen touch, dead touch, Ruby2 touchscreen not working, Topaz XL touch not working, C18 touchscreen not working, infrared touchscreen not working, bezel edge blocked, direct sunlight infrared touch, clean touchscreen edges, microfiber cloth

</details>

### Before you start (30 seconds)

* Confirm the register is **powered on** and the display is lit.
* If you’re mid-sale, finish the sale first if you can.
* Don’t unplug random cables.
* Only move cables if a step tells you to.

{% hint style="success" %}
Most touchscreen issues are fixed by clearing the edges, avoiding direct sunlight, and cleaning the screen with a dry, clean, soft cloth.
{% endhint %}

***

### How to fix Register Touchscreen not responding

Pick your model. Then follow the steps in order.

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Ruby2 / Topaz XL" %}
{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Clear the screen edges

Remove anything touching the screen(ex: stick notes, other stickers, etc.).

Clear the inner edges of the screen, mainly the bottom edge first.

Test touch on 2–3 buttons.

If touch works now, stop here.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Get out of direct sunlight

Reposition the register to be away from direct sunlight.

Bright sunlight can blind infrared sensors.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Clean with a dry microfiber cloth

Wipe the screen and the full perimeter.

Focus on corners and edges.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Don’t spray liquid onto the screen. Don’t use paper towels.
{% endhint %}

Test touch again.

If touch works now, stop here.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reboot the register

Reboot the register by unplugging the power.

Keep it off for 5mins.

Power the register back On and Test.

If touch works now, stop here.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Still not working?

If touch still fails, contact support.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

Have this ready to save time:

* Model (Ruby2 or Topaz XL or C18)
* Symptom (no touch vs one edge vs ghost touches)
* Lighting (direct sun vs shaded)
* What you tried (edges, sunlight, cleaning, restart)
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

<details>

<summary>Why edges and sunlight matter on Ruby2 / Topaz XL</summary>

These models use infrared sensors along the bezel.\
Anything blocking the edge, or strong sunlight, can break touch detection.

</details>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="C18" %}
{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Clean the screen (slightly damp cloth)

Use a soft, clean cloth that is damp, not dripping.

Wipe the screen. Then dry it with a clean, dry cloth.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Too much water can seep into the edges. Keep the cloth only slightly damp.
{% endhint %}

Test touch again.

If touch works now, stop here.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Test corners and edges

Tap each corner and the middle.

Watch for one “dead” area.

If touch works normally, stop here.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reboot the register

Reboot the register by unplugging the power.

Keep it off for 5mins.

Power the register back On and Test.

If touch works now, stop here.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Still not working?

If touch still fails, contact support.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

Have this ready:

* Model (C18)
* Which areas don’t respond
* What you tried (cleaning, corner test, restart)
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}
  {% endtab %}
  {% endtabs %}

***

### Common questions

<details>

<summary>Why would a sticky note stop my touchscreen from working?</summary>

On Ruby2 and Topaz XL, the bezel has infrared sensors.\
Anything touching the edge can block them.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can sunlight really make my touchscreen stop working?</summary>

Yes on Ruby2 and Topaz XL.\
Bright sunlight can “blind” infrared sensors and kill touch.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Why can't I use a damp cloth on the Ruby2 or Topaz XL?</summary>

These models have sensors along the bezel edges.\
Moisture near the edges can damage hardware. Use a dry cloth only.

</details>

<details>

<summary>My screen works sometimes but not other times — what causes that?</summary>

Ruby2/Topaz XL: it’s usually shifting sunlight, something touching the bezel or something stuck on screen like some dirt or residue.\
C18: it’s often moisture/residue, or a developing hardware fault.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Does this troubleshooting apply to the C18 touchscreen being too sensitive or registering ghost touches?</summary>

Cleaning often resolves ghost touches caused by grease or moisture residue.\
If it persists on a clean screen, it’s usually hardware.

</details>


# POS date or time is wrong

Fix a POS or register showing the wrong date or time. Update it in Config Client and check for a network time override if it changes back.

## POS date or time is wrong

Use this when the POS shows the wrong date or time.

This also applies when you correct the time, but it changes back later.

{% hint style="info" %}
Change the date and time in **Config Client** first. If it reverts, a network time source is likely overriding the POS setting.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** wrong time on POS, incorrect register date, POS clock wrong, register time wrong, time not updating

**Keywords:** change POS time, update POS date, Config Client time, POS time keeps reverting, wrong date on register, wrong time on register, network time override, NTP time source

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of these:

* The POS shows the wrong date.
* The POS shows the wrong time.
* The time is corrected, then changes back.
* The clock is wrong after a daylight saving change.

### Before you start

* Confirm the store’s correct date, time, and time zone.
* Make sure you can sign in to **Config Client**.
* If the time already changed back once, expect a network time issue.

***

### How to fix the issue

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Open Config Client

Sign in to **Config Client** from the back office or the POS.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Update the date and time

Set the correct **date** and **time**.

Save the changes.

If the time stays correct, stop here.

Continue to Step 3 if the time reverts back to wrong time.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Check for a network time override

If the time reverts, the network time source is likely overriding the POS setting.

Contact the network team or network Helpdesk to correct the time on their end.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Still showing the wrong time?

If the time is still wrong after these steps, contact the **Verifone Helpdesk**.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details open>

<summary>Where do I change the date and time?</summary>

Change it in **Config Client**.

</details>

<details open>

<summary>Why does the time keep changing back?</summary>

A network time source is likely overwriting the manual setting.

</details>

<details open>

<summary>Can I fix the network time override from the POS?</summary>

No. The network team must correct that source.

</details>


# Peripherals Help


# Pinpads Help


# Mx915


# Mx9XX Pinpad shows “Label 1” instead of the loyalty prompt

### **Symptoms** <a href="#symptoms" id="symptoms"></a>

> The MX9XX Pinpad shows **“Label 1”** where the **loyalty prompt** should appear. You will usually see this on the idle or swipe screen.

{% hint style="info" %}
Collect these before making changes. It keeps troubleshooting fast and consistent.

* Pinpad model: **MX915 / MX925 / other**
* Where it shows **“Label 1”**: **Idle** screen or **Swipe** screen (or both)
* Site type: **NBS** or **Non‑NBS**
* Loyalty prompt configuration:
  * Is the loyalty message configured for **4 lines or fewer**?
* EPS Global Configuration → **PINPAD Message**:
  * **PINPAD Idle Message** lines populated? Which lines?
  * **PINPAD Swipe Message** lines populated? Which lines?
* After changes:
  * Did you run **EMV Initialization**?
  * Did registers **log out/in** after initialization?

If the issue persists, capture the following information:

* The register number(101, 102) of the Pinpad showing **“Label 1”**
* The message on **PINPAD Idle/Swipe Message** line configuration
  {% endhint %}

<details>

<summary>Copy/paste script (for Helpdesk chat or emails)</summary>

* Model (MX915/MX925/other):
* “Label 1” appears on: Idle / Swipe / both:
* NBS or Non‑NBS:
* Loyalty prompt is 4 lines or fewer? Y/N:
* PINPAD Message config:
  * Idle lines populated (which lines + text):
  * Swipe lines populated (which lines + text):
* After changes: EMV Initialization done? Y/N. Logged out/in to the register? Y/N.

</details>

### Cause <a href="#cause" id="cause"></a>

> The Pinpad is being sent **more than 4 lines** of display text from Card table. ViperPay only supports **4 lines max**. If the display has more than 4 lines, the Pinpad uses generic labels like **“Label 1”**.

### Fix <a href="#fix" id="fix"></a>

{% hint style="info" %}
**Goal:** Keep the Loyalty prompt + any configured Pinpad messages to **4 lines or fewer**.
{% endhint %}

#### NBS locations <a href="#nbs-locations" id="nbs-locations"></a>

* This is controlled by the NBS Card table. Ask NBS to rebuild the card tables and perform a Table download.
* Confirm the Loyalty prompt is configured for **4 lines or fewer**.

#### Non-NBS locations <a href="#non-nbs-locations" id="non-nbs-locations"></a>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### **Open PINPAD Message configuration in Configuration Client**

If on the POS:

* Select <kbd>CSR FUNC</kbd> > <kbd>Configuration Manager</kbd> > Log into your **Manager account**
* Go to <kbd>Payment Controller</kbd> > <kbd>EPS Configuration</kbd> >
* <kbd>EPS Global Configuration</kbd> > <kbd>PINPAD Message</kbd> tab

If on a back office PC:

* Open **Configuration Client** > Log into your **Manager account**
* Select <kbd>Payment Controller</kbd> > <kbd>EPS Configuration</kbd> >
* <kbd>EPS Global Configuration</kbd> > <kbd>PINPAD Message</kbd> tab
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Review PINPAD messages**

Check these sections:

* **PINPAD Idle Message** Lines
* **PINPAD Swipe Message** Lines
* In most cases, **Line 2** is the extra line causing overflow. Clear any configured text on Line 2 in both sections. Leave only the lines you need.

{% hint style="info" %}
Example of correct configuration is given in picture below
{% endhint %}

<div align="center" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/scP7YenFzvu1xinWw9af" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% hint style="warning" %}
If your site uses a 4-line loyalty prompt from the card table, any extra “idle/swipe message” line can trigger this.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Initialize the pinpads**

After correcting the PINPAD Messages section, run an **EMV Initialization** for the indoor pinpads.

<button type="button" class="button primary" data-action="ask" data-query=" Give a step-by-step procedure (use a stepper) to run EMV Initialization for indoor pinpads. Include all steps. Keep it concise. If the user is on a back office PC, include the back office path too. If any detail is missing, ask 1 clarifying question at a time. Render screenshots where available." data-icon="gitbook-assistant">Steps to Initialize Indoor Pinpads</button>

Prefer the full walkthrough with screenshots:

* [EMV initialization(for indoor Pinpads)](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/emv-initialization-for-indoor-pinpads)

After Initializing, Logout and back into the register and the Pinpads should reboot automatically.

If they do not reboot automatically, reboot the device manually by following the steps in the picture below.

<div align="center" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/gkrhVEzjj50MVnjCaPck" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<div align="center" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/vInImr3A8TXAdBcb8AvU" alt="" width="375"><figcaption><p>Pinpad Reboot screen after entering the Supervisor Password</p></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Test

* After rebooting, the Pinpads return to idle screen, test for the correct Loyalty prompt.
* If it still shows **“Label 1”**, capture the items listed in **Symptoms** above and contact the Helpdesk.
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If Pinpad is still displaying the incorrect **“Label 1”** message, then please contact the **Helpdesk** via our **Chat** platform or via **Phone** at **1-800-837-4366**.
{% endhint %}


# Mx915-24 Hour reboot

This page will help you with the Pinpad rebooting approximately every 24 hours where the default time is set to 12:00:00

### Symptoms

> The **MX915** restarts about **every 24 hours**.\
> The default reboot time is usually **12:00:00 (noon)**.

<button type="button" class="button primary" data-action="ask" data-query="Show me steps, each in a new line only where needed, to change the 24 Hour reboot setup with easy clear steps." data-icon="gitbook-assistant">Guided setup</button>

{% hint style="info" %}
Collect these before changing settings:

* Pinpad model: **MX915 / other**
* Your goal: **change reboot time** or **disable**
* Do you know the **Supervisor** password?
* What daily time do you want (24‑hour format `HH:MM:SS`)?
  {% endhint %}

### Cause

On **ViperPay 4.05.02+**, a **daily (24‑hour) reboot** is built into the software for **PCI 4.0** devices.

The Pinpad automatically restarts 24 hours after being turned on or last rebooted.

It usually restarts at noon, but you can change the time in System Mode using the steps below.

### Fix (change the reboot time)

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### **Enter System Mode**

On the Pinpad, press and hold keys **1**, **5**, and **9** at the same time.

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/TLedxwAt3z5e0uGNt21A" alt="" width="237"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

Select **Supervisor**.

Enter the password <kbd>166832</kbd>.

Press **Enter** to log in.

<figure><img src="/files/V8GDAZLGPJM4ZpAozodT" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Navigate to Date / Time**

Go to: <kbd>Administration</kbd> **→** <kbd>Date/Time</kbd>

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/6pRxro35KvNaWYI2fgGV" alt="" width="367"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/94h9bgrHT5LGlqu8iCbn" alt="" width="335"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Change the 24‑hour reboot time**

Select **Set 24 hour reboot time**.

Set the time to the **daily time you want the device to reboot** (24‑hour format `HH:MM:SS`).

The default is **12:00:00**.

**Example:** If you want the Pinpad to reboot every day at **2:30 AM** → set it to **02:30:00**
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Reboot**

Once the setting is saved, reboot the Pinpad for the change to take effect.

<figure><img src="/files/vInImr3A8TXAdBcb8AvU" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
The **24-hour** reboot feature is enabled by default in versions **ViperPay 4.05.02+** for **PCI 4.0** devices and continues in versions **4.05.03.xx** and newer.
{% endhint %}

### If you can’t log in as Supervisor

* Confirm you selected **Supervisor** (not Operator).
* If the password <kbd>166832</kbd> does not work, stop and contact your helpdesk.\
  Ask them to confirm the correct Supervisor password for your site.


# Mx915 Pinpad showing Failure After Pin

Check DUKPT debit key status to resolve “Failure After Pin” or “No Key Loaded” on MX915/MX925 pinpads.

### Symptoms

* Debit sale fails after PIN entry. The Pinpad shows **“Failure”**.
* The Pinpad shows **“No Key Loaded”**.

{% hint style="info" %}
Collect these before you start:

* Pinpad model: **MX915 / MX925 / other**
* Exact message: **“Failure” after PIN** or **“No Key Loaded”**
* Does **credit/tap** still work? **Y/N**
  {% endhint %}

### Likely cause

The device may be missing the **debit encryption key** (DUKPT).\
Use these steps on **MX915 / MX925**.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Do not add or attempt to load encryption keys yourself.\
If a key is missing, contact a **VASC Technician** or the **Helpdesk**.
{% endhint %}

### Check if the debit key (DUKPT 0) is present on your Pinpad

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Enter System Mode

On the Pinpad, press and hold **1**, **5**, and **9** keys at the same time for **5 seconds**.\
Wait about **30 seconds** for the menu to appear.

**a.** Select **Supervisor** and enter password <kbd>166832</kbd>.

<div align="center" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/aGR3M4Z4etaRHqYGdIfT" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

**b.** Press **Enter** (green key) on the Pinpad.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Open key status

Go to: <kbd>Security</kbd> → <kbd>Key Status</kbd> → <kbd>DUKPT</kbd>.\
You’ll see **DUKPT 0**, **DUKPT 1**, and **DUKPT 2** (as shown in the picture below).

<div align="center" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/lRasmHfcj0H9mN47npRN" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Check DUKPT 0

Check **DUKPT 0**

* **If Empty / no key:** the debit key is missing(similar to picture shown above).
* **If Empty / no key:** the debit key is missing (similar to the picture shown above).
  * **Next:** Contact a **VASC Technician** to load the Debit encryption key.
* **Key present:** the failure has another cause.
  * **Next:** [Reboot](#to-reboot-the-pinpad-and-return-to-the-welcome-screen) and retry the debit sale. If it still fails, contact the **Helpdesk**.
    {% endstep %}
    {% endstepper %}

### Next actions

#### If DUKPT 0 is empty

Contact a **VASC Technician** to load the debit encryption key.

#### If DUKPT 0 shows a key

[Reboot](#to-reboot-the-pinpad-and-return-to-the-welcome-screen) the Pinpad and Retry a debit sale.\
If it still fails, contact the **Helpdesk**:

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

Also check basic connectivity in [General Pinpad Troubleshooting](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/general-pinpad-troubleshooting).

### To Reboot the Pinpad and Return to the Welcome screen

1. Tap the **Home** icon → **Administration**.
2. Select **Reboot**.

<div align="center" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/vInImr3A8TXAdBcb8AvU" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>


# M400


# M400 Pinpad showing Failure After Pin

Check DUKPT debit key status to resolve “Failure After Pin” or “No Key Loaded” on M400 pinpads.

### Symptoms

* Debit sale fails after PIN entry. The Pinpad shows **“Failure”**.
* The Pinpad shows **“No Key Loaded”**.

### Likely cause

The device may be missing the **debit encryption key** (DUKPT).

{% hint style="warning" %}
Do not add or attempt to load encryption keys yourself.\
If a key is missing, contact a **VASC Technician** or the **Helpdesk**.
{% endhint %}

### Check if the debit key (DUKPT 0) is present on your Pinpad

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Enter System Mode

On the M400 Pinpad, press and hold **1, 5, 9** at the same time for **5 seconds**.\
Wait about **30 seconds** for the menu to appear.

1. Select <kbd>Supervisor</kbd>.
2. Enter password <kbd>1668321</kbd>.
3. Press **Enter** (green key).

<figure><img src="/files/Qj8yAFtXGyRJ2PzuhTMR" alt="Press 1 5 9 as shown on this screenshot" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/fczkl0WgIcBEzmYwYWxK" alt="Supervisor screen on pinpad" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Open key status

Go to: <kbd>Security</kbd> → <kbd>Key Status</kbd> → <kbd>DUKPT</kbd>.\
You’ll see **DUKPT 0**, **DUKPT 1**, and **DUKPT 2**.

<figure><img src="/files/YOqdU8Ig0yewN5W27W1x" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/eZSvrOgkIt6X7rLAAGNV" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Check DUKPT 0

Check **DUKPT 0**.

* **If Empty / no key:** the debit key is missing.
  * **Next:** Contact a **VASC Technician** to load the Debit encryption key.
* **Key present:** the failure has another cause.
  * **Next:** Reboot the Pinpad and retry the debit sale. If it still fails, contact the **Helpdesk**.
    {% endstep %}
    {% endstepper %}

### Next actions

#### If DUKPT 0 is empty

Contact a **VASC Technician** to load the Debit encryption key.

#### If DUKPT 0 shows a key

Reboot the Pinpad and retry the debit sale.\
If it still fails, contact the **Helpdesk**:

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

Also check basic connectivity in [General Pinpad Troubleshooting](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/general-pinpad-troubleshooting).

### To return to the Welcome screen (Reboot)

1. Tap the **Home** icon.
2. Select **Reboot**.

<figure><img src="/files/vInImr3A8TXAdBcb8AvU" alt="" width="375"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# General Pinpad Help


# Pinpad Hardware Troubleshooting

Troubleshoot your Verifone Pinpad (EMV chip, mag swipe, NFC/tap, touchscreen). Run hardware tests and choose reboot/config steps vs VASC replacement/helpdesk.

## Pinpad Hardware Troubleshooting

Jump to the symptom:

* [Chip insert issues](#issue-chip-insert-not-working)
* [Swipe issues](#issue-swipe-not-working)
* [Contactless / NFC issues](#issue-contactless-nfc-not-working)
* [Touchscreen issues](#issue-touchscreen-not-working)

***

## Pinpad Hardware Tests

{% hint style="info" %}
Run the Hardware test at least **3 times** to get a good sample.

If you run a test **3 times**:

* **2 or 3 failures(>50%)** → likely a **Hardware** issue. Plan to **replace** the device.
* **0 or 1 failure(49% or )** → likely a **Software/Configuration** issue. Contact the **helpdesk** for next steps Via **Chat** or **Phone** at **1-800-837-4366**
  {% endhint %}

***

### Issue: Chip Insert not working

Use this when:

* The card won’t insert fully.
* The card inserts, but the chip won’t read.

### Chip Card Hardware Test:

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/A6FO0bhayVDAXNPM4tTY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Hardware test: Successful" %}
If the Hardware Test result in the **Customer** column shows **"Pass"** or **"Successful"**, it means the test is successful. Upon success, proceed with the following steps:

1. Complete [Card Table Download (Trigger pull)](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/card-table-download-trigger-pull).
2. Complete [Initialize the Pinpad (EMV initialization)](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/emv-initialization-for-indoor-pinpads).
3. Test a **Chip insert** transaction.
4. If the Transaction is Successful, monitor.
5. If the Transaction Fails, follow the steps given below to resolve the issue:

   1. Ensure the Pinpad software is up-to-date by performing the following steps.

   <div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/yW2SbDi4OMIrAcOQqKjj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   2. Compare your Pinpad's version to the latest versions at [Verifone Software Updates](https://verifone.cloud/docs/petroleum-c-store-customer-documentation/software-updates-vrsd/current-vrsd-production)
   3. If outdated, contact a **VASC Technician** for a Pinpad software update.
   4. If the Pinpad has current version and the issue continues after following the above steps, contact Helpdesk via **Chat** or call **1-800-837-4366**.
      {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Hardware test: Failed" %}
If the Hardware Test result in the **Customer** column is **not "Pass" or "Successful,"** it indicates a hardware failure. Please contact a **VASC Technician** to inspect the Pinpad's EMV Insert slot.
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

***

### Issue: Swipe not working

Use this when the Pinpad won’t read mag stripe swipes.

### Magnetic Swipe Hardware Test

<div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/dvW1DhWKnk6vXW3RhYUG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Track 1 and 2: Good" %}
If both **Track 1** and **Track 2** display **“Good”** during the Swipe Hardware Test, this indicates a successful test. Upon success, follow the steps given below:

1. Complete [Card Table Download (Trigger pull)](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/card-table-download-trigger-pull).
2. Complete [Initialize the Pinpad (EMV initialization)](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/emv-initialization-for-indoor-pinpads).
3. Test a **Swipe** transaction.
4. If the Transaction is Successful, monitor.
5. If the Transaction Fails, follow the steps given below to resolve the issue:

   1. Ensure the Pinpad software is up-to-date by performing the following steps.

   <div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/yW2SbDi4OMIrAcOQqKjj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   2. Compare your Pinpad's version to the latest versions at [Verifone Software Updates](https://verifone.cloud/docs/petroleum-c-store-customer-documentation/software-updates-vrsd/current-vrsd-production)
   3. If outdated, contact a **VASC Technician** for a Pinpad software update.
   4. If the Pinpad has current version and the issue continues after following the above steps, contact Helpdesk via **Chat** or call **1-800-837-4366**.
      {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Track 1 and 2: Bad" %}
If the Hardware Test shows **Track 1** and **Track 2** as **Bad**, it indicates a hardware failure. Please contact a **VASC Technician** to inspect the Pinpad's **Magnetic Stripe Reader**.
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

***

### Issue: Contactless / NFC not working

Use this when Tap-to-Pay/Contactless transaction is failing or not detected.

### Contactless Reader Hardware Test

<details>

<summary><strong>MX9xx Pinpad:</strong></summary>

<div align="left"><figure><img src="/files/xeNwIMrwdHLN2WdqHIk5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>M4XX Pinpad:</strong></summary>

<div align="left" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/1hgEZho40gPJuXQiXCUH" alt="" width="451"><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

<div align="left" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/T7j9PxbKKEBd5YzPjKaJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

</details>

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Hardware test: Successful" %}
If the Hardware Test result on the Pinpad screen shows **"DataCount"** as a number or **"Test Success"**, it means the test is successful. Upon success, proceed with the following steps:

1. Complete [Card Table Download (Trigger pull)](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/card-table-download-trigger-pull).
2. Complete [Initialize the Pinpad (EMV initialization)](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/emv-initialization-for-indoor-pinpads).
3. Test a **contactless** transaction.
4. If the Transaction is Successful, monitor.
5. If the Transaction Fails, follow the steps given below to resolve the issue:

   1. Ensure the Pinpad software is up-to-date by performing the following steps.

   <div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/yW2SbDi4OMIrAcOQqKjj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   2. Compare your Pinpad's version to the latest versions at [Verifone Software Updates](https://verifone.cloud/docs/petroleum-c-store-customer-documentation/software-updates-vrsd/current-vrsd-production)
   3. If outdated, contact a **VASC Technician** for a Pinpad software update.
   4. If the Pinpad has current version and the issue continues after following the above steps, contact Helpdesk via **Chat** or call **1-800-837-4366**.
      {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Hardware test: Failed" %}
If the Hardware Test result on the Pinpad screen shows **"TIMEOUT"** or **"Test Failed"**, it indicates hardware failure. Contact a **VASC Technician** to inspect the **contactless/NFC reader**.
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

***

### Issue: Touchscreen not working

Use this when the Pinpad screen doesn’t respond to touch.

### Touchscreen Hardware Test

<figure><img src="/files/dMLvPnNpZKWomTt8txxW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
If the Pinpad does not respond to the above steps at all, please reboot/powercycle the Pinpad via the below steps.

* *If site has separate power and ethernet cables* disconnect the power.
* *If site has single black cable* trace it to multiport adapter and disconnect power cable

Wait 2 minutes and reconnect power. After Reboot, perform the Touchscreen Hardware Test again.
{% endhint %}

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Hardware test: Successful" %}
If the with each touch, the coordinates display on Pinpad screen, it indicates the Hardware test is successful. Upon success, proceed with the following steps:

1. Complete [Initialize the Pinpad (EMV initialization)](/peripherals-help/peripherals-help/pinpads-help/general-pinpad-help/emv-initialization-for-indoor-pinpads).
2. Test touch on Pinpad.
3. If touch works successfully, monitor.
4. If Pinpad still fails to respond to the touch, follow the steps given below to resolve the issue:

   1. Ensure the Pinpad software is up-to-date by performing the following steps.

   <div data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/yW2SbDi4OMIrAcOQqKjj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

   2. Compare your Pinpad's version to the latest versions at [Verifone Software Updates](https://verifone.cloud/docs/petroleum-c-store-customer-documentation/software-updates-vrsd/current-vrsd-production)
   3. If outdated, contact a **VASC Technician** for a Pinpad software update.
   4. If the Pinpad has current version and the issue continues after following the above steps, contact Helpdesk via **Chat** or call **1-800-837-4366**.
      {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Hardware test: Failed" %}
If still failing to respond to Touch, indicates a Hardware Failure. Contact a **VASC Technician** for replacement.
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}


# General Pinpad Troubleshooting

{% hint style="warning" %}
**Notice to Customers:**\
**MX8xx** units are current End of Life - Customers should upgrade to an MX9xx or MX4xx series Pinpad if their Commander is operating on software **Base 49** or higher.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary><strong>Common Issues Resolved by Rebooting:</strong></summary>

* Receiving the error **“Invalid Memory/ Invalid MKEY”**.
* Receiving the error **“Transaction Not Allowed”**.
* The Pinpad displaying **random character**s on the screen.
* Receiving the error **“Packet/Pinpad Error”**.
* Pinpad being **unresponsive**.
* Receiving the errors **“Entering Pin / Bad Pinpad / Connect Pinpad / No Pinpad / Bad Pin Response”**.
* Receiving the error **“No Certificate Found”**.

</details>

***

### To Reboot your Pinpad, please follow the instructions below.

<div data-full-width="false" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/Y7QH9OSNsT7ftgDc9Ugk" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>

***

### Maintenance Required UAT/UT

<details>

<summary><strong>What this means and what action is required?</strong></summary>

If your Pinpad displays the error "Maintenance Required UAT/UT," it is experiencing a "tamper" error, indicating a hardware issue. This typically results from mishandling, such as dropping the Pinpad, attempting to clean the interior of the device, or trying to open the device, etc. These errors will require that a VASC Technician is contacted to replace the device.

</details>

***

### LCD Cracked / Physical Damage to Pinpad

<details>

<summary><strong>What to do?</strong></summary>

Any physical damage to the Pinpad will require a **VASC Technician** to replace the device.

</details>

***

### Pinpad Screen Displaying “Welcome”, “Unable to log in to EPS”, or freezing:

The above error indicates that your Pinpad is not communicating with your POS/register. Follow the troubleshooting steps below to fix the issue.

{% hint style="info" %}
*If at any point during troubleshooting the **Pinpad returns to normal** (displaying site or brand name), you **do not need to proceed further**.*
{% endhint %}

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### **Register Log Out/In:**

* Log out of the register/POS, then log back in and verify if the Pinpad is functioning normally.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Pinpad Reboot:**

* [Reboot the Pinpad](#to-reboot-your-pinpad-please-follow-the-instructions-below).
* Once the Pinpad returns to Welcome screen, log out and log back in to the register/POS again.
* Check if the Pinpad is working normally.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Check the Pinpad cables (power + ethernet)

Look at the back of the Pinpad.

* **Single Black cable:** Follow it to the M**ultiport Adapter** where both the **power** and **ethernet** cables are connected.
* **Two cables:** These are the **power** and **ethernet** cables connected directly to the Pinpad.

Reseat both connections. Make sure the ethernet clicks into place.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before performing **Initialize EMV/POP Init on indoor Pinpad,** confirm:

* Register is clear of **Active sale.**

This prevents Initialization errors and sale discrepancies.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Run Diagnostic POP Init on POS/Register:**

* Go to <kbd>CSR Function</kbd> > <kbd>Network Menu</kbd> > <kbd>Diagnostic POP Init</kbd> on the POS. Check for a **Success** message and confirm if the Pinpad is working normally.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Initialize the Pinpad (EMV Initialization)&#x20;

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Using POS" %}
{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Open EMV initialization

Go to <kbd>CSR FUNC</kbd> **>** <kbd>Configuration Manager</kbd>.

Log in with your **Manager** account.

Navigate to:

<kbd>Payment Controller</kbd> **>** <kbd>EPS Configuration</kbd> **>** <kbd>EPS Global Configuration</kbd> **>** <kbd>EMV Initialization</kbd>

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/6exnxu0d8T0jFo2PM74D" alt="EPS Global Configuration screen" width="468"><figcaption><p>EMV initialization (EPS Global Configuration)</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Select all pinpads

Use <kbd>Add All</kbd> and move every device from **Available POP List** to **Selected POP List**.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/kcwrigFkJ7hsb273Eu5w" alt="Selected POP list after using Add All" width="563"><figcaption><p>After selecting <kbd>Add All</kbd></p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Save changes (OTP required)

Select <kbd>Save</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/N59g38ALfMha9lPJBIUy" alt="Save button on EMV initialization screen" width="563"><figcaption><p><kbd>Save</kbd> on the EMV initialization screen</p></figcaption></figure>

When prompted, enter the one-time password (OTP).

Get the OTP using either method:

1. Select <kbd>Generate OTP</kbd> (right side).\
   The OTP flashes on the Commander display in place of <kbd>A9</kbd>.
2. Or go to <kbd>CSR FUNC</kbd> **>** <kbd>Maintenance</kbd> **>** <kbd>10. Generate Config OTP</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/7DpDAjJMkoQHr3yzJgbE" alt="OTP prompt after saving EMV initialization" width="563"><figcaption><p>OTP prompt after saving</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Refresh configuration and restart POS sessions

Select <kbd>Tools</kbd> **>** <kbd>Refresh Configuration</kbd>.

Log out of **all** registers/POS.

Log back in.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Using BO PC" %}
{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Open EMV initialization

On the back-office computer, open **Configuration Client/C-store**.

Log in with your **Manager** account.

Navigate to:

<kbd>Payment Controller</kbd> **>** <kbd>EPS Configuration</kbd> **>** <kbd>EPS Global Configuration</kbd> **>** <kbd>EMV Initialization</kbd>

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/be7bS1C43QIctqqOFs5L" alt="EPS Global Configuration screen (back-office)" width="468"><figcaption><p>EMV initialization (back-office)</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Select all pinpads

Use <kbd>Add All</kbd> and move every device from **Available POP List** to **Selected POP List**.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/mDNq3c2cwxpemqVQ3Efc" alt="Selected POP list after using Add All (back-office)" width="563"><figcaption><p>After selecting <kbd>Add All</kbd></p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Save changes (OTP required)

Select <kbd>Save</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/NdKnYRdbTH0olf4TLLWT" alt="Save button on EMV initialization screen (back-office)" width="563"><figcaption><p><kbd>Save</kbd> on the EMV initialization screen</p></figcaption></figure>

When prompted, enter the one-time password (OTP).

Get the OTP using either method:

1. Select <kbd>Generate OTP</kbd> (right side).\
   The OTP flashes on the Commander display in place of <kbd>A9</kbd>.
2. Or go to <kbd>CSR FUNC</kbd> **>** <kbd>Maintenance</kbd> **>** <kbd>10. Generate Config OTP</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/v4MHSCq0K287F6dKeQsa" alt="OTP prompt after saving EMV initialization (back-office)" width="563"><figcaption><p>OTP prompt after saving</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Refresh configuration and restart POS sessions

Select <kbd>Tools</kbd> **>** <kbd>Refresh Configuration</kbd>.

Log out of **all** registers/POS.

Log back in.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Verify Pinpad software version

* Verify the impacted Pinpad is on the most updated version by performing the steps given below:

<div data-full-width="false" data-with-frame="true"><figure><img src="/files/yW2SbDi4OMIrAcOQqKjj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure></div>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Compare your Pinpad version

Compare your Pinpad's version with the latest version available at

<https://verifone.cloud/docs/petroleum-c-store-customer-documentation/software-updates-vrsd/current-vrsd-production>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### If out of date

If your Pinpad version is out of date according to the list above, a VASC Technician will need to be contacted to have the Pinpad software updated.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### If up to date and issue persists

If your Pinpad is updated and you've followed the steps given above, but the issue persists, please contact the Helpdesk:

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}


# Card Table Download (Trigger pull)

Refresh Card Configuration Tables so Pinpads use current card settings.

Use this when you’re asked to run a **Card Table Download**, **Table Load**, or **Trigger Pull**.

1. Find your **Payment host network** in the list below.
2. Run the steps specific to your **brand** (e.g., Buypass, HPS).
3. If you get **Success**, you’re done.
4. If you get **Failed**, contact the **Helpdesk**.

{% hint style="info" %}
Contact Helpdesk: **Chat** or **1-800-837-4366**
{% endhint %}

Before you start:

* Confirm the **Payment host network** (Buypass, HPS, etc.).
* Confirm the **brand** (Sunoco, Valero, etc.).
* Plan for a brief outage if you must **Reboot** (no fueling/transactions during reboot).
* Have **Helpdesk** contact info ready in case the download fails.

Jump to:

* [Buypass](#buypass)
* [HPS](#hps)
* [VAPS](#vaps)
* [Citgo](#citgo)
* [Phillips](#phillips)
* [Chevron](#chevron)
* [Worldpay](#worldpay)
* [NBS](#nbs)
* [BP](#bp)
* [Shell](#shell)

### Buypass

Browse the **tabs** to choose your **Brand** option.

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Sunoco" %}

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform Table Load**.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform EMV CA Public Key FileDownload**.
   {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Generic" %}

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform Table Load**.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform EMV CA Public Key FileDownload**.
   {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Valero" %}

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform EMV CA Public Key FileDownload**.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform Table Load**.
   {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Exxon" %}

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform EMV CA Public Key FileDownload**.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform Table Load**.
3. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Table Function** → **Perform Card Table Load**.
   {% endtab %}
   {% endtabs %}

### HPS

#### Tesoro/ARCO

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Trigger Pull Functions** → **Initialize Trigger Pull**.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Table Configuration** → **Initialize EMV PDL**.

### VAPS

#### Marathon

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Trigger Pull Functions** → **Initialize Trigger Pull**.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Table Configuration** → **Initialize EMV PDL**.
3. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Reporting Menu** → **Close Day**.

### Citgo

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Trigger Pull Functions** → **Initiate Trigger Pull**. Wait 5 minutes before the next step.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Download EMV PDL**.
3. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Reporting Menu** → **Close Day**.

### Phillips

Browse the **tabs** to choose the correct **Base** version.

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Base 53.41.04 and below" %}

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Request PDL**.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Batch close**.
3. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Download EMV PDL**.
4. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Reporting Menu** → **Close Day**.
   {% endtab %}

{% tab title="Base 54+ and above" %}

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Request PDL**.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Download EMV PDL**.
3. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Reporting Menu** → **Close Day**.
   {% endtab %}
   {% endtabs %}

### Chevron

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **EPS Configuration** → **Request Parameter Tables**.

### Worldpay

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Trigger Pull Functions** → **Initiate Trigger Pull**.

### NBS

1. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Trigger Pull Functions** → **Initiate Trigger Pull**.

### BP

1. Contact the BP helpdesk at **888-274-3578** to “Stage a Card Table”. Keep them on the line.
2. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Initiate Trigger Pull**. Wait 3–5 minutes for tables to apply.
3. Reboot the Commander (power cycle):
   * Confirm no customers are fueling/processing fuel sales.
   * Find the black **AC/DC** power cable on the back of the Commander.
   * Follow it to the power brick or wall outlet.
   * Unplug power, Wait **5 minutes**.
   * Reconnect the power and allow the Commander to fully boot up. Wait until Status is A9 appears and DCRs return to normal.
4. Verify that the BP payment processor is online: Navigate to **CSR Functions** > **Network Menu** > **Diagnostics Check Host Status**. If it displays as Offline, contact **BP** for troubleshooting assistance.
5. If Online, contact **Buypass** to reset PDL.
6. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform Table Load**.
7. On the POS: **CSR Function** → **Network Menu** → **EPS Network Function** → **Perform EMV CA Public Key File Download**.

### Shell

* Updates are pushed by Network (No Action Required on POS)
* Table updates are periodically and automatically sent through the Wincor, no action is needed at the POS.

### Not listed?

If you don’t see your Payment host network or Brand here, [contact the Helpdesk](broken://spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/pages/ThAJwod3I03ogoKkg1An#contact-details-of-verifone-helpdesk).


# EMV initialization(for indoor Pinpads)

This page shows the steps used for EMV Initialization

Use this when EMV needs to be re-initialized across all pinpads.

{% hint style="info" %}
You need **Manager** credentials. Plan for a brief interruption. You will log POS out and back in at the end.
{% endhint %}

***

### Before performing **Initialize EMV/POP Init on indoor Pinpad,** confirm:

* Register is clear of **Active sale.**

This prevents Initialization errors and sale discrepancies.

***

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="Using POS" %}
{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Open EMV initialization

Go to <kbd>CSR FUNC</kbd> **>** <kbd>Configuration Manager</kbd>.

Log in with your **Manager** account.

Navigate to:

<kbd>Payment Controller</kbd> **>** <kbd>EPS Configuration</kbd> **>** <kbd>EPS Global Configuration</kbd> **>** <kbd>EMV Initialization</kbd>

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/6exnxu0d8T0jFo2PM74D" alt="EPS Global Configuration screen" width="468"><figcaption><p>EMV initialization (EPS Global Configuration)</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Select all pinpads

Use <kbd>Add All</kbd> and move every device from **Available POP List** to **Selected POP List**.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/kcwrigFkJ7hsb273Eu5w" alt="Selected POP list after using Add All" width="563"><figcaption><p>After selecting <kbd>Add All</kbd></p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Save changes (OTP required)

Select <kbd>Save</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/N59g38ALfMha9lPJBIUy" alt="Save button on EMV initialization screen" width="563"><figcaption><p><kbd>Save</kbd> on the EMV initialization screen</p></figcaption></figure>

When prompted, enter the one-time password (OTP).

Get the OTP using either method:

1. Select <kbd>Generate OTP</kbd> (right side).\
   The OTP flashes on the Commander display in place of <kbd>A9</kbd>.
2. Or go to <kbd>CSR FUNC</kbd> **>** <kbd>Maintenance</kbd> **>** <kbd>10. Generate Config OTP</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/7DpDAjJMkoQHr3yzJgbE" alt="OTP prompt after saving EMV initialization" width="563"><figcaption><p>OTP prompt after saving</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Refresh configuration and restart POS sessions

Select <kbd>Tools</kbd> **>** <kbd>Refresh Configuration</kbd>.

Log out of **all** registers/POS.

Log back in.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Using BO PC" %}
{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Open EMV initialization

On the back-office computer, open **Configuration Client/C-store**.

Log in with your **Manager** account.

Navigate to:

<kbd>Payment Controller</kbd> **>** <kbd>EPS Configuration</kbd> **>** <kbd>EPS Global Configuration</kbd> **>** <kbd>EMV Initialization</kbd>

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/be7bS1C43QIctqqOFs5L" alt="EPS Global Configuration screen (back-office)" width="468"><figcaption><p>EMV initialization (back-office)</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Select all pinpads

Use <kbd>Add All</kbd> and move every device from **Available POP List** to **Selected POP List**.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/mDNq3c2cwxpemqVQ3Efc" alt="Selected POP list after using Add All (back-office)" width="563"><figcaption><p>After selecting <kbd>Add All</kbd></p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Save changes (OTP required)

Select <kbd>Save</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/NdKnYRdbTH0olf4TLLWT" alt="Save button on EMV initialization screen (back-office)" width="563"><figcaption><p><kbd>Save</kbd> on the EMV initialization screen</p></figcaption></figure>

When prompted, enter the one-time password (OTP).

Get the OTP using either method:

1. Select <kbd>Generate OTP</kbd> (right side).\
   The OTP flashes on the Commander display in place of <kbd>A9</kbd>.
2. Or go to <kbd>CSR FUNC</kbd> **>** <kbd>Maintenance</kbd> **>** <kbd>10. Generate Config OTP</kbd>.

<figure><img src="/spaces/FYWyfZfb6YnJEuYJDRqw/files/v4MHSCq0K287F6dKeQsa" alt="OTP prompt after saving EMV initialization (back-office)" width="563"><figcaption><p>OTP prompt after saving</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Refresh configuration and restart POS sessions

Select <kbd>Tools</kbd> **>** <kbd>Refresh Configuration</kbd>.

Log out of **all** registers/POS.

Log back in.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}


# Receipt Printer troubleshooting

Troubleshooting for Petro receipt printers: no power, error light, 'Printer Unavailable', missing receipts, gibberish output, and baud rate checks.


# Receipt Printer No Power - Power LED Is Off

Use this page when the receipt printer has no lights on at all. Covers power switch checks and power cable reseating to restore power to the printer.

### Use this when the receipt printer has no lights (power LED off)

Use this when the printer looks **completely off** and does not print:

* **No lights**
* The **Feed** button does nothing

Get power back to the printer. Start with the power switch. Then reseat the **round black power cable**. Stop as soon as the power LED turns on.

<details>

<summary>Also called / keywords</summary>

**Also called:** Printer has no power | Printer lights off | Receipt printer dead | Printer not turning on | Power LED off | Printer no lights | Printer completely off

**Keywords:** Printer no power, receipt printer lights off, power LED off, printer not turning on, printer dead, round black power cable, printer power switch, printer power cycle, POS printer no lights, printer completely off, no LEDs on printer

</details>

***

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* The printer has **no lights** at all.
* The **power LED is completely off**.
* The printer **doesn’t respond** (Feed button does nothing).
* It worked earlier, but is now **completely off** and started after equipment was **moved**, **cleaned**, or a **cable was changed**.

**Most often this means:** No power to the printer. Usually a **switch off** or a **loose round power cable**.

{% hint style="info" %}

#### Not your issue?

* Power light is on, but there’s a **red error light** → use [Receipt Printer Red Error Light Is On](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-red-error-light-is-on)
* POS says **“Receipt Printer Unavailable”** → use ["Receipt Printer Unavailable" Error Fix](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-unavailable-error-fix)
* Receipt prints **random symbols/gibberish** → use [Receipt Printer Printing Gibberish or Random Characters](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-prints-gibberish-random-characters)
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="warning" %}

#### Stop rule

After every step, check the **power LED**.

If the LED turns **on**, stop and **test a receipt**.

If you unplugged the register/POS, plug it back in before testing.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}

#### Before you start (30 seconds)

* Confirm the **register/POS powers on**.
  * If the POS is dead too, fix that first.
* Identify the **round black printer power cable**.
  * Do **not** unplug the flat data/serial cable.

<details>

<summary>Which cable is the round power cable?</summary>

<img src="/files/GXmHxVcY0uXOJOUM2oeK" alt="Round black printer power cable vs flat data/serial cable" data-size="original">

</details>
{% endhint %}

***

### How to restore power to the receipt printer

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Check the printer power switch

Make sure the printer power switch is **ON**.

If it was already ON, flip it **OFF → ON** once.

* ✅ Power LED turns on → Stop. Print a test receipt.
* ❌ Still no lights → Continue to Step 2

<details>

<summary>Where is the power switch?</summary>

The switch is usually on the left side or the back.

![Power light on printer](/files/ad4401af56c34ad7bae37cd92f49fc250c3fe6c6)

![Printer switch in ON position](/files/503ae0d94937f3b0a42e6450d00bb211c21a04f1)

</details>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Power down the register / POS

Unplug the register/POS from power.

Wait until the screen is fully off.

Keep it unplugged for Steps 3–4.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Unplug the printer power cable (round black)

With the register still unplugged, unplug the **round black** power cable.

Wait **10 seconds**.

<details>

<summary>If needed: where to unplug</summary>

Unplug at the **printer** first.

If the cable is hard to access, you can also unplug/reseat at the register **Printer Power** port.

</details>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Plug the printer power cable back in

With the register still unplugged, plug the round black cable back in **firmly**.

Confirm the printer power switch is still **ON**.

* ✅ Power LED turns on → Continue to Step 5
* ❌ Still no lights → Continue to Step 6
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Power the register back on and test

Plug the register/POS back in.

Wait for the normal sales screen.

Print a test receipt.

* ✅ Power LED is on and receipt prints → Done
* ❌ Power LED is still off → Continue to Step 6
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Still no lights on the printer?

* **No on-site contract:** Contact a VASC(Verifone Authorized Service Contractor)Technician for further on-site troubleshooting &#x20;
* **Valid on-site/contract:** Contact the Verifone Helpdesk:

&#x20;      📞 Phone: 1-800-837-4366 (1-800-VERIFONE)

&#x20;      💬 Chat

Tell them exactly the troubleshooting steps performed, this saves your time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# Receipt Printer Red Error Light Is On

Use this page when the receipt printer has a solid or flashing red light. Covers lid latch, paper jam, paper path clearing, and power cycling the printer to clear the error.

### Use this when the receipt printer has a red error light

Use this when the printer **won’t print** and you see a **solid or flashing red light**.

{% hint style="danger" icon="octagon-exclamation" %}

#### Stop rule

After every step, check the **red error light**.

If it turns **off**, stop and print a test receipt.
{% endhint %}

Clear the error by latching the lid, clearing jams/debris, and reseating power. Check the red light after every step. Stop when it turns off.

<details>

<summary>Also called / keywords</summary>

**Also called:** Red light on printer | Error light on receipt printer | Alarm light | Printer fault light | Printer warning light | Error LED | Printer light not going off | Printer error after paper jam | Red error light stays on | Printer not printing and error light is On

**Keywords:** Red light on printer, error light on receipt printer, alarm light, printer fault light, printer warning light, error LED, printer light not going off, lid latch, paper jam, printer error after paper jam, printer not working red light, little red light on printer, how to clear printer error light, printer error light stays on, debris in printer, paper blocked in printer, reseat printer power, printer error light after paper reload, printer error light on

</details>

{% hint style="warning" %}
The error light is always **On** when the printer **lid is open**.
{% endhint %}

***

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

<figure><img src="/files/c83712ecf958008cada4c60f2f548128513a4ab5" alt="Image showing red error light lit on printer"><figcaption><p>Red Error light lit on printer</p></figcaption></figure>

* **Solid or flashing red** light on printer
* **Not printing** + red error light
* Red light after a **paper jam** or **paper reload**
* Lid looks closed but the red light **stays on**

**Most often this means:** The printer detected a fault. It’s usually a **lid not latched**, **paper jam/debris**, or a **loose power connection**.

***

{% hint style="warning" %}

#### Not your issue?

* Printer has **no lights at all** → use [Receipt Printer No Power - Power LED Is Off](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-no-power-power-led-is-off)
* POS shows **“Receipt Printer Unavailable”** → use ["Receipt Printer Unavailable" Error Fix](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-unavailable-error-fix)
* Receipts print **random symbols/gibberish** → use [Receipt Printer Printing Gibberish or Random Characters](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-prints-gibberish-random-characters)
* Printer feeds paper, but **new sales receipts don’t print** → use [New Receipts Not Printing - Reprints Work But New Sales Receipts Don't](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/new-receipts-not-printing-reprints-work)
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}

### Before you start (quick checks)

* Is the printer lid fully **closed and latched**?
* Is paper loaded correctly, and is it printing smoothly when **feed** button is pressed?
* Do you see any torn paper, labels, or debris in the paper path?
* Does the lid resist closing (possible jam or damage)?
  {% endhint %}

***

### How to clear the red error light on the receipt printer

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Close the printer lid firmly

Open the printer lid fully.

Close it firmly until it latches on both sides.

If the lid won’t latch, go to **Step 6**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Remove the paper roll

Open the lid and remove the paper roll.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Clear jams and debris

Look inside the paper path and remove any:

* Torn pieces of paper
* Labels or sticker backing
* Any debris or foreign objects

Use your fingers only. Don’t use tools or sharp objects.

If you see damage or can’t remove something, go to **Step 6**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reload paper and press Feed

Reload the paper roll.

Close the lid firmly until it latches.

Press **Feed**. Paper should feed smoothly.

If paper does not feed smoothly, repeat **Step 3**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reseat power and test

Unplug the register/POS and wait until the screen is fully off.

Unplug the **round black** printer power cable from the printer.

Wait **10 seconds.**

Plug the printer power cable firmly back in on both ends.

Plug the register/POS power back in.

Wait for the register to fully load to the normal sales screen.

Print a test receipt. If the red error light is still on, go to **Step 6**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Still showing a red error light?

* **No on-site contract:** Contact a VASC(Verifone Authorized Service Contractor)Technician for further on-site troubleshooting &#x20;
* **Valid on-site/contract:** Contact the Verifone Helpdesk:

&#x20;      📞 Phone: 1-800-837-4366 (1-800-VERIFONE)

&#x20;      💬 Chat

Tell them exactly the troubleshooting steps performed, this saves your time and gets you the right support faster.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}


# "Receipt Printer Unavailable" Error Fix

Fix the POS “Receipt Printer Unavail.” error. Restore printer communication by rebooting, matching COM port settings, and reseating the RS-232 serial cable.

### Use this when the POS shows “Receipt Printer Unavail.”

Use this when receipts won’t print and the register shows **Receipt Printer Unavail.**

This usually means the register can’t talk to the printer. The common causes are a reboot glitch, a **COM port mismatch**, or a loose **RS-232 serial** cable.

{% hint style="danger" icon="octagon-exclamation" %}

#### Stop rule

After each step, check the top of the POS screen.

If **Receipt Printer Unavail.** is gone, stop and print a receipt.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary><strong>Also called / keywords</strong></summary>

**Also called:** Receipt printer offline, POS printer error, register won’t print, printer not printing, receipt printer unavailable

**Keywords:** receipt printer offline, printer unavailable, POS printer error, register won’t print receipts, printer not responding, COM port error, RS-232, serial printer

</details>

***

### Symptoms

![Receipt printer unavailable error on POS](/files/9ed99b6b6c5af7a1e4a69f17c5b8f3de6a14fe34)

You may see one or more of the following:

* “**Receipt Printer Unavail.**” at the top of the screen
* Receipts don’t print
* Printer looks powered on but prints nothing

**Most often this means:** The POS can’t communicate with the printer over the serial (COM) port.

***

{% hint style="warning" %}

#### Not your issue?

* Printer has **no lights** → [Receipt Printer No Power - Power LED Is Off](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-no-power-power-led-is-off)
* Printer has a **red error light** → [Receipt Printer Red Error Light Is On](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-red-error-light-is-on)
* Receipts print **gibberish** → [Receipt Printer Printing Gibberish or Random Characters](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-prints-gibberish-random-characters)
* Reprints work, but **new sales** don’t print → [New Receipts Not Printing - Reprints Work But New Sales Receipts Don't](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/new-receipts-not-printing-reprints-work)
  {% endhint %}

***

{% hint style="info" %}

### Before you start (quick checks)

* Is the printer’s **power light** on?
* Is the printer connected by **RS-232 serial** (not USB/Ethernet)?
* Were any cables moved, swapped, or cleaned today?
* Is there a **red error light** on the printer? Fix that first: [Receipt Printer Red Error Light Is On](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-red-error-light-is-on)
  {% endhint %}

***

### How to fix the "Receipt Printer Unavail." error

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### **Reboot the register**

Reboot the register fully and wait until it reaches the normal sales screen.

✅ Error gone and receipt prints? No further steps needed.

❌ Error still showing? Continue to **Step 2**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### **Find the printer's assigned COM port number**

On the register go to: **Device Control → Managed Modules → System Resources**

Or if using Config Client: **Tools → Managed Modules → System Resources**

Find the receipt printer and write down the port number shown. Example: COM1 or COM3.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### **Make sure the cable is plugged into the right port**

Look at the back of the register. Find the port with the same number from Step 2. Check that the printer cable is plugged into that exact port.

✅ Cable is in the correct port → Continue to Step 4

❌ Cable is in the wrong port → Move it to the correct port, restart the register, and check if the error is gone. If resolved, stop here. If not, continue to Step 4.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### **Unplug and firmly plug back the cable**

Unplug the printer cable from the back of the register and from the back of the printer. Plug both ends back in firmly until secure. Restart the register and check if the error is gone.

✅ Error gone? Issue is resolve, test the printer.

❌ Still showing? Continue to Step 5.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### **Try another COM port(COM port swap)**

If the error is still there, try plugging the printer cable in a different available **COM port** on the back of the register.

Update the printer setting to match the new port under **Device Control** or on **Tools → Managed Modules → System Resources**.

Then, Reboot the register and test again.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### **Error message still there and receipts don't print?**

* **No on-site contract:** Contact a VASC(Verifone Authorized Service Contractor)Technician for further on-site troubleshooting &#x20;
* **Valid on-site/contract:** Contact the Verifone Helpdesk:

&#x20;      📞 Phone: 1-800-837-4366 (1-800-VERIFONE)

&#x20;      💬 Chat

Tell them exactly the troubleshooting steps performed, this saves your time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

<details>

<summary><strong>Advanced: run a diagnostic print test</strong></summary>

1. Flip the **#1** dip switch on the register down and reboot the register to enter into diagnostic mode.
2. Go to **Peripherals > Printer >** (tap the COM port the printer is connected to).
3. Tap **5x** to print 5 lines of **"a"**.
4. If nothing prints during this test, contact Verifone support.

To exit diagnostic mode, flip the **#1** dip switch back up. Then press **Exit** until the POS reboots to normal mode.

</details>

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# New receipts not printing (reprints work)

Fix when the printer can reprint, but won’t print receipts for new sales. No error shows on the register.

### Use this when reprints work, but new sales don’t print

Use this when the printer feeds paper and **reprints fine**, but **no receipt prints after a sale**.

This is usually a **payment method (MOP)** setting in **Config Client**.

<details>

<summary><strong>Also called / keywords</strong></summary>

**Also called:** Printer won’t print new receipts, receipt not printing after sale, reprint works but no receipt, printer skips new transactions, no receipt after payment

**Keywords:** new receipt not printing, new sale receipt not printing, receipt not printing after sale, reprint works but new receipt doesn’t, printer feeds but blank, cash receipt not printing, credit receipt not printing, debit receipt not printing, receipt missing after transaction, Force Ticket Print, MOP not printing

</details>

***

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* No printer error shows on the register.
* **Reprint** always prints correctly.
* New sale receipts **don’t** print after payment.
* Paper feeds normally.

**Most often this means:** Receipt printing is disabled for one or more payment methods.

{% hint style="warning" %}

#### Not your issue?

* POS shows **Receipt Printer Unavail.** → [“Receipt Printer Unavailable” Error Fix](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-unavailable-error-fix)
* Receipts print **gibberish** → [Receipt Printer Printing Gibberish or Random Characters](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-prints-gibberish-random-characters)
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}

#### Before you start (quick checks)

* Does **Reprint** work every time?
* Which payment types fail (Cash, House, etc.)?
* If you have a **No Sale** key, does **No Sale** print?
  {% endhint %}

***

### How to fix new receipts not printing, but Reprints do

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### (Optional) Quick test: does **No Sale** print?

If your register has a **No Sale** key, run **No Sale**.

* If it prints, the printer is fine. Keep going.
* If it doesn’t print, this may be broader than one payment type. Still keep going and check all payment methods.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Open payment method settings

Open **Config Client** (register or back office PC).

Go to: <kbd>Store Operations</kbd> **→** <kbd>Payment</kbd>

If you can’t open Config Client, go to the last step.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Select the payment method that isn’t printing

Select the payment type that fails. Example: select **Cash** if cash sales don’t print and continue to Step 4.

If this only affects **Credit/Debit**, this setting may not apply. Credit/Debit receipt printing is controlled by your payment processor. Contact your processor for the correct setting.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Turn on **Force Ticket Print**

In the payment method settings, find **Force Ticket Print**.

Enable it, then:

1. <kbd>Save</kbd>
2. <kbd>Tools</kbd> → <kbd>Refresh configurations</kbd>
3. Log out of the register, then log back in
4. Run a test sale using that payment type(Cash)

If it still doesn’t print, keep going.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### If multiple payment types fail, repeat for each one

Repeat the prior two steps for each payment method that doesn’t print.

Save + refresh configs after each change.

If nothing prints after you’ve checked them all, go to the last step.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Still not printing new receipts (but reprints work)?

* **No on-site contract:** Contact a VASC(Verifone Authorized Service Contractor)Technician for further on-site troubleshooting &#x20;
* **Valid on-site/contract:** Contact the Verifone Helpdesk:

&#x20;      📞 Phone: 1-800-837-4366 (1-800-VERIFONE)

&#x20;      💬 Chat

Tell them exactly the troubleshooting steps performed, this saves your time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# Receipt prints gibberish / random characters

Fix unreadable receipts by matching the COM port and baud rate (usually 38400).

### Use this when receipts print gibberish or random characters

Use this when receipts print symbols or unreadable text.

This is usually a **COM port** or **baud rate** mismatch between the POS and printer.

{% hint style="danger" icon="octagon-exclamation" %}

#### Stop rule

After each step, print a test receipt.

If it prints normally, stop.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary><strong>Also called / keywords</strong></summary>

**Also called:** Printer printing symbols, gibberish on receipt, printer printing garbage, unreadable receipt text, corrupted receipt printing

**Keywords:** receipt printing gibberish, random characters on receipt, printer symbols instead of text, garbled receipt, baud rate mismatch, COM port wrong, RP330 baud rate, TM-88 gibberish, RP300 gibberish, RP310 gibberish

</details>

***

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* Receipts print random symbols or unreadable text.
* Paper feeds normally, but the text is wrong.
* The printer **self-test** prints clearly, but POS receipts are gibberish.

![Gibberish /random characters printed from printer](/files/e793a2560f469d499ec712e9319b037c46349583)

**Most often this means:** The POS and printer settings don’t match. Check **COM port** first, then **baud rate**.

{% hint style="warning" %}

#### Not your issue?

* POS shows **Receipt Printer Unavail.** → [“Receipt Printer Unavailable” Error Fix](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/receipt-printer-unavailable-error-fix)
* Reprints work, but **new sales** don’t print → [New receipts not printing (reprints work)](/printer-help/receipt-printer-troubleshooting/new-receipts-not-printing-reprints-work)
  {% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}

#### Before you start (quick checks)

* Is it gibberish on **every** receipt?
* Were any cables moved or replaced today?
* Printer model: **TM-88**, **RP300**, **RP310**, or **RP330**
  {% endhint %}

***

### How to fix receipts printing gibberish / random characters

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Confirm the printer COM port assignment

On the register go to: **Device Control → Managed Modules → System Resources**

Or via Config Client: **Tools → Managed Modules → System Resources**

Find the receipt printer entry and note the COM port number shown. Example: COM1 or COM3.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Match the cable to that COM port, then reboot

Look at the back of the register.

Make sure the printer cable is plugged into the same COM port you found in Step 1.

* If it’s in the wrong port, move it to the correct COM port.
* Reboot the register.
* Print a test receipt.

If it still prints gibberish, go to the Step 3.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check and set the printer baud rate (target: **38400**)

If the COM port is correct and it still prints gibberish, match the printer’s baud rate.

{% tabs %}
{% tab title="TM-88 / RP300 / RP310 (dip switches)" %}
These models use internal **dip switches**.

1. Power off the printer.
2. Open the cover to find the dip switch panel.

<figure><img src="/files/66R0iCnqvmnX5GylottN" alt=""><figcaption><p>Dip switches after opening the panel</p></figcaption></figure>

3. Match your switches to the standard settings below.

<figure><img src="/files/SJ2oeCMF0RkZrPcyzLQZ" alt=""><figcaption><p>Standard Dip switch positions for TM-88 model printer</p></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/eLYFhhju3Y3OLV8gvgo5" alt=""><figcaption><p>Standard Dip switch positions for RP-300/RP-310 model printers</p></figcaption></figure>

4. Close the cover, power on, and print a test receipt.
   {% endtab %}

{% tab title="RP330 " %}
RP330 baud rate is set from the printer’s button menu.

**Verify baud rate**

1. Paper loaded.
2. Power **off**.
3. Hold **FEED** and power **on**.
4. On the self-test print, confirm baud rate is **38400**.

**Change baud rate (if not 38400)**

1. Power **off**.
2. Hold **FEED** and power **on**.
3. On the printout, find `SELECT MODE BY BUTTON`.
4. Press **FEED** twice to select **BAUDRATE MODE**.
5. Press **FEED** until **38400** is selected.
6. Wait for the confirmation print, then power cycle.
7. Print a POS test receipt.
   {% endtab %}
   {% endtabs %}
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Still printing gibberish?

* **No on-site contract:** Contact a VASC(Verifone Authorized Service Contractor)Technician for further on-site troubleshooting &#x20;
* **Valid on-site/contract:** Contact the Verifone Helpdesk:

&#x20;      📞 Phone: 1-800-837-4366 (1-800-VERIFONE)

&#x20;      💬 Chat

Tell them exactly the troubleshooting steps performed, this saves your time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# Scanner Help


# Scanner Has Power but Won’t Beep or Scan

Troubleshoot a scanner that has lights on, but won’t beep, read barcodes, or send items to the register or POS.

#### **Use this when the scanner has power but nothing scans.**

The lights are on and it looks like it’s working — but when you scan something, there’s no beep and nothing shows on the POS screen.

This is usually a loose cable at COM 8 or the wrong scanner type in the settings.

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** scanner not working, scanner broken, barcode reader not scanning, scanner dead, scanner stopped, scanner no beep

**Keywords:** scanner not beeping, no beep sound, items not scanning, barcode not reading, COM 8, RubyReady, 2D scanner, scanner cable, scanner configuration, scanner settings, POS not reading items, register not picking up barcode

</details>

***

## Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* No beep when you scan an item.
* Beeps, but nothing shows up on the screen after you scan.
* The scanner lights are on but it won’t read barcodes.
* The problem started after a cable was moved, changed, or the register was restarted.

**Most likely cause:** The scanner and the register are not talking to each other. Usually a loose cable or the wrong scanner type in settings.

{% hint style="info" %}
**Stop Rule**

After every step, scan a barcode to test.

* ✅ It beeps and the item shows on screen — stop here. The scanner is working.
* ❌ Still no beep and nothing on screen — go to the next step.

If you restart the register, wait until it is fully loaded to the sales screen before you test again.
{% endhint %}

***

## Before You Start

Read this before you start:

* You need to be able to reach the scanner and the back of the register.
* You need a Manager login to get into the Maintenance Menu.
* Find the cable that goes from the scanner to the back of the register. It should be plugged into the port labelled COM 8. Follow the cable to check before you start.
* Have a product with a barcode ready to test with.

***

## How to Fix the Scanner

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Check the scanner power

Check if the power light on the scanner is on.

* No lights at all — go to Step 2.
* Light is on — scan a barcode and listen for beep.

Both the scanner and the register should beep. Two beeps mean the POS and scanner are connected.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Reseat the scanner cable

Unplug the cable of the scanner at the back of the register — then plug back in firmly.

* The cable should go into COM 8 on the back of the register. Follow it to check.
* Push it in until it clicks or sits firm. A loose cable is the most common cause.

✅ Scanner beeps and item shows on screen — stop here. Fixed.

❌ Still no beep or light — go to Step 3.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Set the correct scanner type

Check the scanner settings and confirm the correct scanner type is selected.

* On the register, go to: CSR Functions > Maintenance Menu > Device Configuration > Scanner Configuration.
* In Config Client/C-store, go to: Tools > Managed Modules > Scanner settings.
* Select RubyReady or 2D Scanner, depending on your scanner model.
* Check the label on the scanner if you need the model number.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Reboot the register

Changes only work after rebooting the register. Save your changes, then restart the register.

* Wait until the register is fully loaded before you test.
* Scan a product barcode. The register and scanner should beep and the item should show on screen.

Do not test during the restart. Wait until you are back on the home screen.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Contact the Helpdesk

If the scanner still won’t work after all the steps above:

* **No on-site contract:** Contact a VASC(Verifone Authorized Service Contractor)Technician for further on-site troubleshooting &#x20;
* **Valid on-site/contract:** Contact the Verifone Helpdesk:

&#x20;      📞 Phone: 1-800-837-4366 (1-800-VERIFONE)

&#x20;      💬 Chat

Tell them exactly the troubleshooting steps performed, this saves your time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

***

## Frequently Asked Questions

<details>

<summary>Why do I need a beep from both the scanner and the register?</summary>

Two beeps mean the scanner read the barcode AND the register got the signal. If only one beeps, they are not fully connected.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What is COM 8?</summary>

COM 8 is the port on the back of the register where the scanner cable must go. If the cable is in the wrong port, the scanner won’t work even if it has power.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What is the difference between RubyReady and 2D Scanner?</summary>

They are two different scanner types. RubyReady is for older scanners. 2D Scanner is for newer ones that can read QR codes. Picking the wrong one will stop the scanner from working.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Why do I need to restart the register after changing the settings?</summary>

The register only reads the settings when it starts. If you change them without restarting, the old settings stay on and the scanner won’t work.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I check which port the scanner is in before I start?</summary>

Yes. Follow the cable from the scanner to the back of the register and look at the label on the port. It should say COM 8. If it is in a different port, move it to COM 8 and test again.

</details>


# General Help

Find general support guidance for common Circle K site, POS, and onboarding questions, User Reference guides, Feature references and more.

***


# How to check for power

Find the right power-check steps for Commander, POS, UPS, and Pinpad.

#### Use this when a device screen is black, blank, or looks off.

Start with the device that has the issue.

Then follow the matching power-check guide below.

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** device has no power, device is off, black screen, blank screen, power check

**Keywords:** how to check for power, power troubleshooting, device power check, POS no power, Commander no power, UPS no power, Pinpad no power, black screen troubleshooting

</details>

### Choose the device

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th data-card-target data-type="content-ref">Device</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/kGucoJjO1ctSWgzWK2DN">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/kGucoJjO1ctSWgzWK2DN</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/UaL68JTy6MoOSm866KSh">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/UaL68JTy6MoOSm866KSh</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/3r657IDqMbZ5DhHthHSG">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/3r657IDqMbZ5DhHthHSG</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/pQWcEmbAEROcdwNYKAoO">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/pQWcEmbAEROcdwNYKAoO</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/D84zL3e5MABmcH7lhlsj">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/D84zL3e5MABmcH7lhlsj</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

### Quick rules

* Check both ends of every power cable.
* If a device uses a power brick, check the brick too.
* Do not unplug Ruby 2 or Topaz power from the back of the unit.
* Ruby 2 and RubyCI have separate power.
* If a UPS has no output, verify wall power and press reset.


# Commander

Troubleshoot a Commander that appears off by checking the heartbeat, A/C Input 1, and UPS power.

#### Use this when the Commander looks off or has no heartbeat.

If the led on heartbeat(HB) is visible, the Commander has power.

*If there is no heartbeat(HB light is Off), check the A/C Input 1 cable and the UPS or wall outlet.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** Commander off, Commander no power, no heartbeat, HB light off, Commander not turning on

**Keywords:** Commander power check, check power on Commander, A/C Input 1, heartbeat HB light, Commander A9, Commander power cord, Commander UPS, Commander wall outlet

</details>

### How to check power on Commander

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Look for the heartbeat(HB)

If the heartbeat(HB light) is visible, the Commander has power.

If the HB light is Off, proceed to Step 2.

![](/files/1b31033c6bd51476b4cd0269dc275ba3aba3cbf3)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the A/C Input 1 cable

Go to the back of the Commander.

Find **A/C Input 1**.

Make sure the power cord is fully plugged into A/C Input1.

![](/files/645748ca9965f9b6172647b4c1e514ef555176bf)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the other end of the power cord

Trace the same power cord to the UPS or wall outlet.

Make sure that end is fully plugged in too.

{% hint style="info" %}
The Commander should stay plugged into a UPS. This protects the unit and helps provide stable voltage.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### Related power checks

* [Check power on the UPS / Battery Backup](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/ups-battery-backup)
* [How to check for power](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power)


# Ruby 2 and RubyCI

Confirm power on a Ruby 2 register and RubyCI by checking for heartbeat, power connections, and the power brick.

#### Use this when the Ruby 2 screen is black or the RubyCI looks off.

The Ruby 2 register and the RubyCI have separate power.

*Check both units. One can have power while the other does not.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** Ruby 2 no power, RubyCI no power, Ruby 2 black screen, Ruby register off, RubyCI off

**Keywords:** Ruby 2 power check, RubyCI power check, check power on Ruby 2, check power on RubyCI, Ruby 2 DC Power, Ruby power brick, Ruby black screen, RubyCI site controller

</details>

### How to check power on Ruby 2

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Look for signs of power

Check for a heartbeat(HB), power light, or status display.

If you see any of these, the Ruby 2 has power.

![](/files/dea010a29fcd117baef3afa59b7ff4e663833b4e)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the DC power connection

Go to the back of the Ruby 2.

Find **DC Power**.

Make sure the cord is firmly seated.

Do not unplug it from the back.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Do not remove the Ruby 2 power cord from the back of the unit. The connector has small pins that can bend.
{% endhint %}

![](/files/9f2fe2e03d32d0b92760cca09a88da462deefa8a)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the power brick and outlet

Trace the power cord to the power brick.

Make sure it is seated tightly.

Then trace the brick to the wall outlet or UPS.

Make sure that end is seated too.

![](/files/0f2510c274bc07ee395c50a4f02691be28a3c763)
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### How to check power on RubyCi

The RubyCi sits under the Ruby 2.

It is the site controller for that register.

Check power on the RubyCi separately.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Look for signs of power

Check for a heartbeat(HB), power light, or status display.

If you see any of these, the RubyCi has power.

<figure><img src="/files/a603ut8gyDsrBAZKmNrc" alt=""><figcaption><p>Ruby Ci power</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the power connection

Make sure the RubyCi power connection is firmly seated.

![](/files/e10f3a6431605fab55bc8280a2a54e1bb97831d2) ![](/files/0f370feaf6d084cc628294321015e8a9ec3dba85)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the power brick and outlet

Trace the power cord to the power brick.

Make sure it is seated tightly.

Then trace the brick to the wall outlet or UPS.

Make sure that end is seated too.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If the Ruby 2 has no power, the screen will be black and the touchscreen will not work.

The Ruby 2 does not lose power just because the RubyCI has no power.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### Related power checks

* [Check power on Topaz](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/topaz)
* [Check power on the UPS / Battery Backup](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/ups-battery-backup)
* [How to check for power](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power)


# Topaz

Confirm power on a Topaz POS by checking the power path, power brick, and wall outlet or UPS.

#### Use this when the Topaz screen is black or the POS looks off.

Topaz power checks are similar to Ruby 2 and RubyCI.

*Do not disconnect the power cord from the back of the POS.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** Topaz no power, Topaz off, Topaz black screen, Topaz not turning on, Topaz dead

**Keywords:** Topaz power check, check power on Topaz, Topaz power brick, Topaz wall outlet, Topaz UPS, Topaz power path, Topaz power cord

</details>

### How to check power on Topaz

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Check the power path

Trace the Topaz power cord to the power brick.

If there is no power, continue tracing it to the wall outlet or UPS.

Make sure each connection is fully seated.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Power cycle from the brick or outlet

If you need to power cycle the Topaz, disconnect power at the brick or wall outlet.

Do not disconnect it from the back of the POS.

![](/files/8f22a4fe2e56ed18ac3db0c12e5a172661625bd4)

![](/files/16c4adc6977792da7f889cb1b3de5b7313a8cdcd)
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="warning" %}
Do not remove the power cord from the back of the Topaz. The connector pins can bend.
{% endhint %}

### Related power checks

* [Check power on Ruby 2 and RubyCI](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/ruby-2-and-rubyci)
* [Check power on the UPS / Battery Backup](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/ups-battery-backup)
* [How to check for power](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power)


# UPS / Battery Backup

Confirm UPS power and restore output by checking the wall outlet and pressing the reset button.

#### Use this when the POS, Commander, or another device may have lost power.

The UPS protects store equipment from power issues.

*If the UPS has no output, connected equipment may appear fully off.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** UPS no power, battery backup no power, UPS off, UPS not working, no output from UPS

**Keywords:** UPS power check, battery backup power check, check power on UPS, UPS reset button, UPS wall outlet, UPS no output, battery backup troubleshooting

</details>

### How to check power on the UPS

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Confirm the equipment is plugged into the UPS

POS units and Commanders should be plugged into the UPS.

Use the battery-backed outlets for equipment.

All yellow/orange sockets are for equipment

Do not use the UPS to charge phones.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check wall power

Make sure the UPS itself is plugged into a working wall outlet.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Press the reset button

The reset button is just above the power cord.

Press it once to try to restore power output.

![](/files/e101b5d6bd09e67a619113a2d41d8aec873ca072)
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
If the wall outlet has power and the reset button does not restore output, the UPS should be checked by a technician.
{% endhint %}

### Related power checks

* [Check power on Commander](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/commander)
* [Check power on Ruby 2 and RubyCI](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/ruby-2-and-rubyci)
* [Check power on Topaz](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/topaz)
* [How to check for power](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power)


# MX915 Pinpad

Confirm power on the MX915 Pinpad by checking the screen, blue card lights, and power connection.

#### Use this when the Pinpad screen is blank or the card reader looks off.

If the screen is on or the blue card lights are on, the Pinpad has power.

*If not, trace the power connection from the Pinpad to the outlet.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** Pinpad black screen, Pinpad blank, card reader dead, Pinpad has no lights, payment terminal off, MX915 not turning on, card reader no power

**Keywords:** Pinpad screen is blank, Pinpad not turning on, card reader has no lights, blue lights not on Pinpad, MX915 blank screen, MX915 no power, check Pinpad power cable, berg connector Pinpad, Pinpad unplugged, why is my Pinpad screen black, how do I fix a blank Pinpad screen

</details>

### How to check power on the MX915 Pinpad

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Look for signs of power

Check whether the screen shows anything.

Check whether the blue running lights are on where cards are swiped.

If yes, the Pinpad has power.

![](/files/7126f8322c77580cc570ce70ea9ef57cf43b6653)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the Pinpad power cable

Trace the power cable from the back of the Pinpad to the UPS or wall outlet.

Reseat both ends.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### If there is no direct power cable, check the berg connector

If the cable is not connected at the back of the Pinpad, trace the Pinpad cable to the berg connector.

The berg connector is about the size of a candy bar.

The Pinpad power cord connects there, then runs to the wall outlet.

![](/files/67e856271c91beccb182321de4a511605f60fbf2)

![](/files/83cc0867abcc767e69bbcd21c6f9f81ffbe01a38)
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Related power checks

* [Check power on the UPS / Battery Backup](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power/ups-battery-backup)
* [Pinpad is Not Working](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pinpad-is-not-working)
* [How to check for power](/general-help-guides/general-help/how-to-check-for-power)


# POS Troubleshooting Guide for Circle K(CK) Helpdesk

Step-by-step troubleshooting for common POS, payment, hardware, and fuel pump issues

Start here.

1. Pick **where** the problem is happening.
2. Open **one** section below.
3. Select the closest symptom.

{% hint style="info" %}
Each guide has step-by-step checks and escalation help.
{% endhint %}

<details>

<summary><strong>POS / Register</strong> -> touch, lag, frozen screen, reboots</summary>

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th>Symptom</th><th data-card-target data-type="content-ref">Guide</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Touch screen not responding</strong><br>Tap or touching the screen does nothing.</td><td><a href="/spaces/7Wdfrf82rKzUsMVmCSs1/pages/opLyW3JH3p8OENJevucO">/spaces/7Wdfrf82rKzUsMVmCSs1/pages/opLyW3JH3p8OENJevucO</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Running slow</strong><br>Screens load slowly or sales delay.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/TQiyjJBhhDIA2i14NMEN">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/TQiyjJBhhDIA2i14NMEN</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Screen is frozen</strong><br>No touch or button input works.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/fwgwP0MlDwTM97aHqYd3">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/fwgwP0MlDwTM97aHqYd3</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Keeps rebooting</strong><br>The register restarts by itself.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/DISq25aSEEFvZ6PJcJDB">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/DISq25aSEEFvZ6PJcJDB</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Peripheral devices</strong> -> Pinpad, scanner, printer, cash drawer</summary>

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th>Device</th><th data-card-target data-type="content-ref">Guide</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Pinpad</strong><br>Won’t respond or won’t take cards.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/8eCgFSjn7JVnqRbntQ7a">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/8eCgFSjn7JVnqRbntQ7a</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Scanner</strong><br>Barcodes do not scan or add products.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/3Pc4Wf5RdFysaamzo5K4">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/3Pc4Wf5RdFysaamzo5K4</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Receipt printer</strong><br>No print, paper jam, or no power.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/Vsg707UeKpFmKwPOizSn">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/Vsg707UeKpFmKwPOizSn</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Cash drawer</strong><br>Won’t open after a sale.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/5QHtvWdi7sM3SlzOv8zI">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/5QHtvWdi7sM3SlzOv8zI</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Pumps / DCRs</strong> -> payment failures, pump screens, Pump dispensing issuess</summary>

<table data-view="cards"><thead><tr><th>Symptom</th><th data-card-target data-type="content-ref">Guide</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Payments fail inside and outside</strong><br>Cards fail at the register and pump.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/H8yVS4kCmiVUDwUkI0GW">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/H8yVS4kCmiVUDwUkI0GW</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>DCR or pump screen not working</strong><br>Blank, frozen, error, or  payment issue.</td><td><a href="/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/u9WOTWMkNVcgJYDPBboH">/spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/u9WOTWMkNVcgJYDPBboH</a></td></tr><tr><td><strong>Pump offline or not dispensing</strong><br>The pump is unavailable or won’t fuel.</td><td><a href="/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/a017ee72268b40f94303e5718e5cd3b41f3dadc2">/spaces/dtHBE4sBYWDrDpKVowb5/pages/a017ee72268b40f94303e5718e5cd3b41f3dadc2</a></td></tr></tbody></table>

</details>


# POS is Slow or Lagging

Troubleshoot a POS that is slow or lagging, including slow screen loads, delayed response, and transaction delays.

#### Use this when the POS is noticeably slow.

Screens take a long time to load, transactions are delayed, or the POS responds sluggishly to every action.

*This is usually caused by a software issue that a reboot can fix.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

Also called: POS lagging, slow register, slow POS, register takes forever, POS delay

Keywords: POS slow, register slow, register lagging, transactions delayed, sluggish POS, screens slow to load

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* Screen takes a long time to load.
* There is a noticeable delay between tapping and the POS responding.
* Transactions take longer than usual to complete.

### Before you start

* Make sure there are no active transactions going on.
* Let any customers in the queue know the register will be briefly unavailable.

### How to fix POS slowness

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Reboot the POS/Register

1. Press and hold the **Reset** button on the register.
2. The **Reset** button is usually near the status display that shows `A9`.
3. If that does not work, unplug the POS power cable from the battery backup.
4. Wait 2 minutes.
5. Plug the power cable back in.
6. Wait for the POS to fully restart.
7. Test the POS.
   {% endstep %}
   {% endstepper %}

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>Why is my POS so slow?</summary>

POS slowness is usually caused by a software process that is overloaded. Resetting the POS clears temporary data and restarts all processes.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Will resetting the POS lose my sales?</summary>

No. Completed sales are saved. Only the current in-progress transaction may need to be re-entered after a restart.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What if the POS is still slow after a reset?</summary>

Contact the Helpdesk. There may be a deeper software or network issue that needs investigation.

</details>

<details>

<summary>How long should a reset take?</summary>

The POS should fully restart within a few minutes. Wait until the main sales screen loads before testing.

</details>

### Related issues

* [POS Touch Screen Not Responding](/pos-help/pos-help/register-touchscreen-not-responding)
* [POS Screen Is Frozen](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pos-register-screen-is-frozen)


# POS/Register Screen Is Frozen

Troubleshoot a POS or Register that has a frozen screen and is not responding to any input.

#### Use this when the POS screen is completely frozen.

The screen is stuck on one display. No buttons, taps, or swipes do anything at all.

*This is usually a software or network issue. A reboot or checking the network cable usually fixes it.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

Also called: POS frozen, register stuck, POS not responding, screen locked up, POS hung

Keywords: frozen POS screen, POS stuck, register not responding, screen locked, POS crash, ethernet cable POS

</details>

<details>

<summary>Quick triage for "frozen screen"</summary>

If the report only says **"frozen screen,"** first confirm **where** the screen is frozen.

**Is the frozen screen on the register/POS, or on the DCR at the pump?**

Use this guide only for **register/POS** frozen screen.

If the issue is on the DCR/pump, do **not** use this guide. Use [DCR/pump screen frozen ](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/dcr-screen-frozen-keypad-not-responding)instead.<br>

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* The screen is stuck and doesn’t change.
* No buttons or touch inputs work at all.
* The POS was working earlier but is now completely frozen.

Most likely cause: A software issue or a loose ethernet connection.

{% hint style="info" %}
After every step, try using the POS normally.

✅ The POS responds and works — stop here. The issue is fixed.\
❌ Still frozen — go to the next step.
{% endhint %}

### Before you start

* Note what screen the POS is frozen on — this helps the Helpdesk if you need to call.
* Make sure you can access the back of the POS to check cables.

### How to fix the frozen POS screen

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Reboot the POS

Press and hold the **Reset** button on the register.

The **Reset** button is usually near the status display that shows `A9`.

If that does not work, unplug the POS power cable from the battery backup.

Wait 2 minutes.

Plug the power cable back in.

Wait for the POS to fully restart.

✅ Issue fixed — stop here.

❌ Still not working — continue to Step 2.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reseat the ethernet cable

Unplug the ethernet cable from the back of the POS.

Follow the ethernet cable to the network box. Reseat the cable at that end too.

Wait 5 seconds and Test.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>Why is my POS screen frozen?</summary>

The most common causes are a software issue or a loose ethernet cable. Resetting the POS and checking the cable usually fixes it.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What if the POS freezes again after I fix it?</summary>

If it freezes repeatedly, contact the Helpdesk. There may be a recurring software or hardware issue.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Should I unplug the ethernet cable or just reseat it?</summary>

Unplug it fully, wait 5 seconds, then plug it back in firmly. This resets the network connection.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Will I lose data if I power cycle the POS?</summary>

No. Completed sales are saved. You may need to re-enter any transaction that was in progress when it froze.

</details>

### Related issues

* [POS Touch Screen Not Responding](/pos-help/pos-help/register-touchscreen-not-responding)
* [POS Is Slow or Lagging](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pos-is-slow-or-lagging)
* [POS Keeps Rebooting on Its Own](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pos-keeps-rebooting-on-its-own)


# POS Keeps Rebooting on Its Own

Troubleshoot a POS reboot loop, random restarts, or a register that won’t stay powered on.

#### Use this when the POS/Register terminal turns off and on by itself or will not stay powered on.

The POS starts up, reaches a screen, then shuts down and restarts again. This can happen over and over.

*This is usually a power issue, such as a faulty power brick, loose power cable, or bad outlet.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

Also called: POS reboot loop, register keeps restarting, POS cycling, POS turns off and on, POS won’t stay on, register rebooting, regsiter rebooting randomly, register keeps going off

Keywords: POS keeps rebooting, POS reboot loop, register restarting, POS power issue, faulty power brick, POS won’t stay on, random POS restart

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* The POS starts up but shuts down and restarts on its own.
* The reboot cycle repeats without stopping.
* The POS briefly shows a screen, then goes dark and starts again.
* The register turns off and on during startup or during normal use.

Most likely cause: A faulty power brick, loose power connection, or bad outlet.

{% hint style="info" %}
After every step, watch the POS for 2–3 minutes to check if it stays on.

✅ The POS stays on and works normally — stop here. The issue is fixed.\
❌ Still rebooting — go to the next step.
{% endhint %}

### Before you start

* Locate the POS power cable and power brick.
* Identify a known-working outlet you can use for testing.
* If available, find a spare compatible power brick.

### How to fix a POS reboot loop

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Reset the POS/register

Press and hold the **Reset** button on the register.

If that does not work, unplug the POS power cable from the battery backup.

Wait 2 minutes.

Plug the power cable back in.

Wait for the POS to fully restart.

✅ Issue fixed — stop here.

❌ Still not working — continue to Step 2.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the power brick and cable

Make sure the power cable is firmly connected at both ends — to the POS and to the power brick.

Check that the power brick is fully seated in the outlet.

Look for a damaged cable, bent connector, or overheating power brick.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Try a different outlet&#x20;

Move the power brick to a different working outlet.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>Why does my POS keep restarting?</summary>

The most common cause is a power issue — a faulty power brick, loose cable, or bad outlet. Check all power connections first.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Why is my POS in a reboot loop?</summary>

A POS reboot loop usually means power is unstable. The register powers on, loses power, then starts again. Test the outlet, cable, and power brick first.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Could this be a software problem?</summary>

It’s possible but less common. If power troubleshooting doesn’t fix it, the Helpdesk can investigate further.

</details>

<details>

<summary>How do I test whether the outlet is causing the restart?</summary>

Plug in another device — like a phone charger — to the same outlet. If it works, the outlet is fine.

</details>

### Related issues

* [POS/Register Screen Is Frozen](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pos-register-screen-is-frozen)
* [POS is Slow or Lagging](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pos-is-slow-or-lagging)


# Pinpad is Not Working

Fix a Pinpad that won’t respond, won’t accept cards, or shows the wrong time.

#### Use this when the Pinpad is not responding or won’t accept payments.

The Pinpad screen is blank, shows an error, won’t accept card taps or inserts, or the time and date are wrong.

*This is usually a connection issue between the Pinpad and POS, or the Pinpad needs initialization.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

Also called: pin pad not working, payment terminal down, card reader broken, Pinpad offline, EMV not working, Pinpad error, card reader declining cards, card reader not accepting cards

Keywords: Pinpad not responding, payment terminal error, card reader not working, Pinpad initialization, EMV init, POP initialization, Pinpad time wrong, Pinpad reboot

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* The Pinpad screen is blank or shows an error.
* Card taps, inserts, or swipes are not accepted.
* The Pinpad shows the wrong date or time.
* Payments fail at the Pinpad even though the POS is working.

Most likely cause: A lost connection between the Pinpad and POS, or the Pinpad needs initialization.

{% hint style="info" %}
After every step, try a test transaction on the Pinpad.

✅ The Pinpad accepts the transaction — stop here. The issue is fixed.\
❌ Still not working — go to the next step.
{% endhint %}

### Before you start

* Check whether the Pinpad has power (screen lit or LED on).
* Know your site type: NBS, Worldpay, or Buypass — this affects which initialization to use.
* To run EMV Init, log in to C-Store/Config Client and open EMV Config.

### How to fix the Pinpad

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Run POP initialization

Go to <kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Network Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Diagnostic POP Initialization</kbd>. This re-establishes the connection between the Pinpad and the POS.

If POP Initialization does not restart the Pinpad, log in to C-Store/Config Client and run EMV Init under EMV Config.

✅ Issue fixed — stop here.

❌ Still not working — continue to Step 2.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the time and date

Look at the time and date shown on the Pinpad. If they are wrong, correct them in the Pinpad settings.

✅ Issue fixed — stop here.

❌ Still not working — continue to Step 3.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reboot the Pinpad

Restart the Pinpad using code `159`, or power cycle it by unplugging the Pinpad power.

* If the Pinpad has separate power and ethernet cables, disconnect only the power cable.
* If the Pinpad has one black cable, trace it to the multiport adapter, then disconnect power there.
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

If you’ve tried all the steps above and the issue isn’t fixed, contact the Helpdesk.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>What does POP initialization do?</summary>

It re-establishes the connection between the Pinpad and the POS. This is the first thing to try when the Pinpad stops accepting payments.

</details>

<details>

<summary>How do I reboot the Pinpad if it only has one cable?</summary>

Trace the single black cable to the multiport adapter. Disconnect the power from the adapter, wait 10 seconds, then reconnect it.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Why does the wrong time on the Pinpad matter?</summary>

Some payment processors reject transactions if the Pinpad time is wrong. Correcting the time can fix payment failures.

</details>


# Scanner is Not Working

Fix a barcode scanner that won’t scan or is not showing products on the POS.

#### Use this when the barcode scanner doesn’t scan items.

The scanner light doesn’t turn on, barcodes don’t register on the POS, or the scanner beeps but nothing appears on screen.

*This is usually a loose cable, a wrong port setting, or the scanner needs to be reprogrammed.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** barcode scanner broken, scanner not reading, scanner offline, scanner not beeping, scanner won’t scan, scanner not showing products on POS

**Keywords:** scanner not working, barcode not scanning, scanner cable, scanner configuration, RubyReady, 2D scanner, MSC splitter, All Points Interface, baud rate

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* The scanner light doesn’t turn on when scanning.
* The scanner beeps but the item doesn’t appear on the POS screen.
* Barcodes don’t register at all.
* The scanner worked before but stopped after a cable change or POS restart.

Most likely cause: A loose cable, wrong port assignment, or the scanner needs reprogramming.

{% hint style="info" %}
After every step, scan a barcode to test.

✅ The item appears on the POS screen — stop here. The scanner is working.\
❌ Still not scanning — go to the next step.
{% endhint %}

### Before you start

* Identify the scanner model: **RubyReady** or **2D Scanner.**
* Check that the scanner cable is visible and accessible.

### How to fix the scanner

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Check cables and connections

Check connection point:

* Scanner cable
* MSC splitter
* All Points Interface
* POS port

Unplug and reseat each connection firmly.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reprogram the scanner

Go to    <kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Maintenance Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Device Configuration</kbd> → <kbd>Scanner Configuration</kbd>

Select RubyReady or 2D Scanner, depending on the model.\
Reboot the register after saving the setting.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check port assignment and baud rate

Confirm the scanner is assigned to the correct port and the communication settings (baud rate) match the scanner model.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

If you’ve tried all the steps above and the issue isn’t fixed, contact the Helpdesk.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>How do I know which scanner model I have?</summary>

Check the label on the scanner itself. RubyReady and 2D Scanner are the two common types. If you’re unsure, try both options in Scanner Configuration.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What is the MSC splitter?</summary>

The MSC splitter is a small box that connects the scanner cable to the POS. Make sure both ends are firmly plugged in.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What is the baud rate and why does it matter?</summary>

The baud rate is the speed at which the scanner talks to the POS. If it’s set wrong, the POS won’t understand the scanner’s signal.

</details>

### Related issues

* [Scanner has power, but doesn't scan](/scanner-help/scanner-help/scanner-has-power-but-wont-beep-or-scan)&#x20;


# Receipt Printer Not Printing

Fix a receipt printer that won’t print, has a paper jam, or won’t power on.

#### Use this when the receipt printer is not printing.

Receipts don’t print after a sale, the printer has no lights, or the paper feed button doesn’t work.

*This is usually a paper jam, an empty paper roll, a wrong port setting, or a power issue.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** printer not printing, receipt printer broken, no receipt printing, printer jammed, printer offline, printer no power, printer error, printer error light on, printer unavailable

**Keywords:** receipt printer not printing, paper jam printer, printer power, printer feed button, COM port printer, serial port printer, paper roll empty, printer error light, printer unavailable

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* No receipt prints after a sale.
* The printer has no lights or the power LED is off.
* The feed button does nothing when pressed.
* Paper is stuck or jammed inside the printer.

Most likely cause: A paper jam, empty paper roll, wrong port configuration, or a power issue.

### Before you start

* Check whether the printer has power (lights on or LED lit).
* Have a replacement paper roll ready in case the current one is empty.
* Know whether the printer uses a COM port or serial port connection.

### How to fix the receipt printer

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Check the printer type and port

Confirm whether the printer uses a COM port or serial port.&#x20;

Make sure it’s configured correctly in the POS settings.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check for a paper jam

Open the printer cover.&#x20;

If paper is stuck or jammed, carefully remove it.&#x20;

Close the cover firmly.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the paper roll

Make sure the paper roll is loaded correctly and is not empty.&#x20;

Replace it if needed.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check power and feed button

Make sure the printer is plugged in and powered on.&#x20;

Press the feed button to check that the printer responds.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>How do I know if my printer uses COM or serial port?</summary>

Check the cable connection at the back of the printer and the POS. COM and serial ports look different. If unsure, check the POS settings or contact the Helpdesk.

</details>

<details>

<summary>How do I clear a paper jam?</summary>

Open the printer cover, gently pull out any stuck paper, and close the cover. Don’t force it — if paper is torn inside, you may need to remove the roll completely.

</details>

<details>

<summary>The printer has power but still won’t print — why?</summary>

If the printer has power but won’t print, the port configuration may be wrong, or the connection to the POS may be loose. Check both.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I test the printer without making a sale?</summary>

Yes. Press the feed button — if the printer feeds paper, it has power and the mechanism is working. The issue is likely a POS connection or configuration problem.

</details>

### Related issues

* [Scanner Not Working](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/scanner-is-not-working)
* [Cash Drawer Won’t Open](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/cash-drawer-wont-open)
* [Pinpad Not Working](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pinpad-is-not-working)
* [Receipt printer troubleshooting](/printer-help)

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}


# Cash Drawer Won’t Open

Fix a cash drawer that won’t open electronically after a sale or is stuck.

#### Use this when the cash drawer won’t open from the POS.

The cash drawer doesn’t pop open after a cash transaction, or it’s physically stuck.

*This is usually a wrong port connection, debris in the drawer tracks, or a physical jam.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** cash drawer stuck, drawer won’t pop, register drawer broken, cash drawer jammed, till won’t open, cash drawer not opening after sale, cash drawer not opening after cash transaction

**Keywords:** cash drawer not opening, drawer stuck, cash drawer port 1, drawer debris, drawer key, cash drawer jammed

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* The cash drawer doesn’t open after a cash sale.
* The drawer is physically stuck and won’t slide out.
* The drawer opens with the key but not from the POS.

Most likely cause: The drawer is not connected to Cash drawer Port, or debris is blocking the tracks.

### Before you start

* Have the cash drawer key ready.
* Check that you can access the back of the POS to inspect the Cash drawer Port connection.

### How to fix the cash drawer

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Test with the key

Use the cash drawer key to manually open and close the drawer.&#x20;

This confirms whether it’s a physical or electronic issue.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the Cash drawer Port connection

The cash drawer must be connected to Port 1 on the POS.&#x20;

Check that the cable is firmly plugged into Port 1 and the drawer settings are correct.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Clear the drawer tracks

Open the drawer with the key.&#x20;

Look inside the tracks for coins, paper clips, or other debris.&#x20;

Remove anything blocking the tracks.

Slide the cash drawer back in and Test.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>The drawer opens with the key but not from the POS — why?</summary>

This means the drawer mechanism works fine. The issue is the electronic connection — check the Port 1 cable and POS settings.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What kind of debris blocks the drawer?</summary>

Coins, paper clips, receipt paper, and food wrappers are the most common. Check the tracks on both sides of the drawer.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I run a test without making a real sale?</summary>

Yes. Most POS systems have a drawer-open function in the CSR or manager menu. Use that to test without a transaction.

</details>


# Payments Not Working Inside & Outside

Troubleshoot when card payments fail on both POS registers(inside) and fuel pumps(outside).

#### Use this when payments are down for both in-store and outside.

Card payments fail on all registers and all fuel pump DCRs. Debit and credit transactions are declined or time out.

*This is usually a network issue between the Commander/RubyCi controller, the payment router, or the site’s internet connection.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** payments down, no card payments, payment network offline, all payments failing, debit not working, network down

**Keywords:** payments not working inside outside, card declined all registers, Commander status A9, payment router, Viper Pay Card, NIC A, ethernet payment, MNSP device, Hughes Mako Cybera Paysafe, NBS Worldpay Buypass, debit test transaction

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* Card payments fail on every register inside the store.
* Card payments also fail on all fuel pump DCRs outside.
* Debit and credit transactions are declined or time out.
* The Commander or RubyCi may not show status A9.

Most likely cause: A network issue — the Commander/RubyCi has lost connection to the payment router or the internet is down.

### Before you start

* Check that the Commander or RubyCi unit has power.
* Know your payment processor: NBS, Worldpay, or Buypass.
* Have access to the network equipment area.

### How to restore payments

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Check the Commander or RubyCi

* Confirm the Commander or RubyCi has power.
* Wait for it to fully boot to status **A9,** if it is booting.
* Test a debit transaction.

If it has no power:

* Try to restore power.
* Wait for the unit to return to **A9**.
* Test a debit transaction again.
* If you can’t restore power, the might needs a VASC technician.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check remote connectivity

If the controller shows **A9** but remote access still fails:

* Check the MNSP device(e.g. Cybera, Hughes, Mako, etc.)
* Reseat the NIC N/ethernet cable
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Verify the site has internet

Confirm the site has a working internet connection.

* Check whether other internet-connected devices at your site are online.
* If the internet is down, restore the connection before continuing.
* Once internet access is back, test a debit transaction.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Run a diagnostic test from the register

Run the processor test that matches the site setup:

* **NBS:** Run a debit transaction.
* **Worldpay:** Go to <kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Network Menu</kbd> → <kbd>EPS Network Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Primary Communications Test</kbd>.
* **Buypass:** Go to <kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Network Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Diagnostics Check Host Status</kbd>.

If the test passes, run a debit transaction to confirm.

✅ Issue fixed — stop here.

❌ Still not working — continue to Step 5.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Trace the payment network cable

Trace the ethernet cable from the **NIC A/Payment Network** port to the next device.

* This is usually the payment router.
* Common examples: Hughes, Mako, Cybera, or Paysafe.
* It may also be a generic router, such as Netgear, Cisco, or Belkin.
* Confirm the device has power.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reseat the cable at the payment router

Disconnect and reseat the ethernet cable at the payment router end.

Then test a debit transaction.

✅ Issue fixed — stop here.

❌ Still not working — continue to Step 7.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Reboot the Commander

If the issue is still not fixed:

* Reboot the Commander.
* Wait for it to return to status **A9**.
* Test a debit transaction.
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

If you’ve tried all the steps above and the issue isn’t fixed, contact the Helpdesk.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>What is status A9 on the Commander?</summary>

A9 means the Commander is fully booted and ready. If it shows a different status, it hasn’t finished starting up or there’s an issue.

</details>

<details>

<summary>How do I identify the payment router?</summary>

Trace the ethernet cable from the NIC A port on the Commander.

The first powered device it connects to is usually the payment router.

Common brands include Hughes, Mako, Cybera, and Paysafe.

In some setups, there is a network switch between the Commander and the payment router.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What if only inside OR only outside payments fail?</summary>

If the issue is only on fuel pump DCRs, see the [DCR Troubleshooting guide](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help/please-pay-inside-e01-poll-error).&#x20;

If only inside, the POS or pinpad may be the issue.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What’s the difference between NBS, Worldpay, and Buypass?</summary>

These are different payment processors.&#x20;

The diagnostic test steps are different for each one.&#x20;

Check your site’s configuration to know which you use.

</details>


# DCR Screen Not Working

Fix a fuel pump DCR (Dispenser Card Reader) screen that is blank, frozen, shows an error, or won’t accept payments.

#### Use this when one or more fuel pump DCR screens aren’t working.

A DCR screen shows an error (like E01 or See Cashier), is blank, frozen, or the keypad doesn’t respond. Fuel may still dispense with prepay.

*This is usually a communication issue between the DCR and the Commander, or a configuration that needs to be re-sent.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** DCR error, DCR frozen, DCR blank screen, DCR frozen screen, pump screen not working, pump card reader not working, dispenser card reader issue, DCR E01, DCR see cashier

**Keywords:** DCR troubleshooting, DCR screen error, DCR frozen, DCR blank, DCR keypad not responsive, DCR not responding, DCR initialization, Download to DCR, Refresh Configuration, Initialize DCR driver, BRCM, Port 13, Secure Switch, OEMV, Forecourt diagnostic, DCR has "E01, Please See Cashier"

</details>

<details>

<summary>Quick triage for DCR issues</summary>

If **one DCR** is affected, start with targeted steps for that DCR only.

If **all DCRs** failed at the same time, suspect shared communication, BRCM power, or the Secure Switch connection.

If the customer can still **prepay inside** and **fuel dispenses**, the pump may be fine and only the DCR path is down.

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* One or more DCR screens show an error like E01 or See Cashier.
* A DCR screen is blank or frozen.
* The DCR keypad doesn’t respond to button presses.
* Fuel can be prepaid and dispensed, but the DCR screen isn’t working.

Most likely cause: A communication issue between the DCR and the Commander, or configuration data needs to be re-sent to the DCR.

### Before you start

* Count how many DCRs are affected — one or two, or all of them.
* Note the exact message on each affected DCR screen (e.g. E01, See Cashier, blank).
* Check whether all DCRs failed at once, or only specific pumps.
* If only one or two DCRs are affected, start with steps that only impact those DCRs. Don’t initialize all DCRs as a first step.
* Before any initialization, make sure all fueling positions are clear of active transactions.

### How to fix DCR screens

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Try Refresh Configuration

Send a Refresh Configuration to the affected DCRs first.

This is the least disruptive option.

Use it when POP Discount, DCR Keypad, DCR Idle Screen, or Car Wash settings are not updating correctly.

<details open>

<summary>Note</summary>

For other configuration changes, you’ll need all three steps:

### **Before Initializing the impacted DCRs which is Downloading to one or few DCRs, confirm:**

* The impacted pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers on those impacted pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.

<kbd>Refresh Configuration</kbd> <i class="fa-arrow-right">:arrow-right:</i> <kbd>Initialize DCR Driver</kbd> <i class="fa-arrow-right">:arrow-right:</i> <kbd>Download to DCRs</kbd>.

</details>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### **Before Initializing the impacted DCRs which is Downloading to one or few DCRs, confirm:**

* The impacted pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers on those impacted pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Download to the affected DCRs

Go to <kbd>CSR Functions</kbd> → <kbd>Fuel Manager Menu</kbd> → <kbd>Download to DCRs</kbd>.

Enter the affected DCR number.

Use `0` only if all DCRs are affected.

Watch the DCR screens to see if the message changes or the screen refreshes.

<details open>

<summary>Note</summary>

If the screen message changes after the download, the DCR is communicating with the Commander.

If it doesn’t change at all, the DCR may not be communicating.

</details>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before **Initialize DCR Driver**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle**
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Initialize DCR Drivers

Open Config Client and run Initialize DCR Drivers.

After it completes, repeat **Download to DCRs** from the register.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check DCR configuration

Verify DCR settings such as DCR Key Config and DCR Position Attribute.

Correct any wrong settings, then re-send the configuration to the affected DCR.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before **Downloading to All DCRs** or **Initializing All DCRs**, confirm:

* All pumps/fueling positions are **Idle** and&#x20;
* **No Active transactions** or customers at the pumps.

This prevents Initialization errors and **stuck fuel sales**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Initialize all DCRs

If individual steps haven’t worked, initialize all DCRs.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Check the BRCM and cabling

Check that the BRCM has power.

Confirm it’s connected to **Port 13** on the Secure Switch.

For OEMV sites, use the Forecourt diagnostic tool to check which DCRs are communicating.

<details open>

<summary><strong>Note</strong></summary>

If the BRCM has no power, the site needs a Pump/Fuel technician.

If all DCRs failed at once, this step is especially important.

</details>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Still not working? Contact the Helpdesk

If you’ve tried all the steps above and the issue isn’t fixed, contact the Helpdesk.

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>What is Refresh Configuration?</summary>

It sends DCR settings again without doing a full restart.

Use it to push updated settings to the DCRs.

It is faster and less disruptive than a full initialization.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What does E01 mean on a DCR screen?</summary>

E01 is a communication error.

The DCR cannot communicate with the Commander.

Start troubleshooting with that specific DCR first.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What is the BRCM?</summary>

The BRCM is the communication box between the Commander and the DCRs.

It also links to the fuel dispensers.

If it has no power, the DCRs will not work.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Why can fuel still dispense if the DCR is down?</summary>

The dispenser can still work with prepay from inside.

This usually means the pump can still dispense fuel and pumps are working.

The DCR payment path is the part that is down.

</details>

### Related troubleshooting guides

* [Payments Not Working Inside and Outside the Store](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/payments-not-working-inside-and-outside)
* [Fuel Pumps Offline or Not Dispensing](broken://spaces/6a1dwOVWfv0oi9UNDojy/pages/h3VeFy6rEAhqPykuvzzf)
* [Pinpad is Not Working](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pinpad-is-not-working)
* [DCR Help](/fuel-dcr-help/fuel-dcr-help/dcr-help)


# POS Won’t Pair

Troubleshoot a POS pairing issue at a Circle K(CK)site and know when to contact Verifone.

#### Use this when the POS will not complete pairing.

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

Also called: POS pairing message, terminal won’t pair, register pairing failed, pairing error, register black screen, sec. alert on register

Keywords: POS pairing issue, pairing not completing, Verifone pairing support, Pairing Invalid, Sec. Alert on POS, Security alert on register

</details>

### Before you start

* Confirm the POS has power.
* Confirm the network connection is active.

### How to handle a pairing failure

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Contact Verifone support if you are a Circle K(CK) site

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Related issues

* [POS/Register Screen Is Frozen](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pos-register-screen-is-frozen)
* [POS Keeps Rebooting on Its Own](/general-help-guides/general-help/pos-troubleshooting-guide-for-circle-k-ck-helpdesk/pos-keeps-rebooting-on-its-own)
* [POS Pairing Guide for sites other than Circle K(CK)](/pos-help/pos-help/pos-pairing)


# C-Site Enrollment Questions

This guide answers the C-Site enrollment questions during Commander onboarding.

#### Use this when someone asks about C-Site enrollment.

This covers Commander onboarding questions about creating or enrolling a C-Site account.

*C-Site enrollment is not handled by Circle K or Verifone support.*&#x20;

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** C-Site sign up, C-Site account, Commander onboarding, site enrollment, C-Site registration

**Keywords**: C-Site enrollment, Commander onboarding, create C-Site account, check C-Site account, C-Site scope of support

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* A site asks if they need a C-Site account.
* A caller asks how to enroll in C-Site.
* A caller wants Circle K or Verifone to set up C-Site.

### Before you start

* Confirm the question is about C-Site enrollment.
* Do not promise setup or enrollment.
* Verifone frontline agents can confirm whether an account exists.
* Circle K is not currently enrolling sites in C-Site.

### How to handle the request

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Confirm the request

Make sure the caller is asking about C-Site enrollment, not another Commander setup step.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Explain the support scope

Tell the caller that C-Site enrollment is managed outside Circle K and Verifone support.

If needed, a Verifone frontline agent can check whether an account already exists.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Still not sure? Contact the Helpdesk

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>Can Verifone enroll a Circle K(CK) site in C-Site?</summary>

No. Verifone can only confirm whether an account exists.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Does Circle K want sites using C-Site?</summary>

Not currently. Do not guide the site through enrollment.

</details>


# Add or Remove Employee in C-store

Us this guide to add employee or remove requests in Config Client to L2.

#### Use this when a site cannot add or remove an employee in Config Client.

This applies when the option is blocked, missing, or not allowed for L1.

*This is a security-restricted action and must be escalated to L2.*

<details>

<summary>Keywords</summary>

**Also called:** add staff, remove staff, new hire setup, delete employee, Config Client employee, add cashier, remove cashier, add employee

**Keywords:** add employee Config Client, remove employee Config Client, security restriction employee, L2 escalation employee

</details>

### Symptoms

You may see one or more of the following:

* A site cannot add a new employee.
* A site cannot remove an employee.
* The option is unavailable or returns an error.
* L1 is blocked from making the change.

Most likely cause: Security restrictions prevent L1 from completing this action.

### Before you start

* Confirm the request is specifically for Config Client.
* Do not attempt the change as L1.
* Gather the site details.
* Gather the employee name and requested action.

### How to handle the request

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Confirm the request details

Check whether the request is to add or remove an employee in Config Client.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Do not perform the action as L1

This action is restricted.

L1 should not attempt to complete it.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Escalate to L2

Send the request to L2.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Still need help? Contact the Helpdesk

{% hint style="info" %}
N**eed assistance? Contact Verifone Helpdesk at anytime.**

* Use our **Chat** platform
* Or call **1.800.VERIFONE (837.4366)**

Tell us the troubleshooting steps you’ve already tried. This saves time and gets you the right support faster.
{% endhint %}

### FAQ

<details>

<summary>Why can’t L1 do this?</summary>

A security restriction blocks L1 from adding or removing employees in Config Client.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What if older instructions say L1 can do it?</summary>

Follow the current process and escalate to L2.

</details>


# Getting Started

Start here to navigate the latest Commander documentation and find the right release fast.

## Overview

Use this space to find Verifone Commander documentation by release.

Start with the latest release unless you support an older deployment.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Match the documentation to the site release before you configure, validate, or troubleshoot a feature.*
{% endhint %}

## Start here

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Open the latest reference

Use [Commander User Reference 57.00](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00) as the main entry point for current behavior.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Review release changes

Check [Updated in Release 57.00](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/updated-in-release-57.00) before rollout or testing.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Learn the platform

Read [POS Workstations Overview](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/pos-workstations-overview) and [Verifone Commander](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/verifone-commander).
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Find configuration forms

Open [Configuration Client Forms](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms) to jump into setup areas.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

## Start by task

### Learn the product

Begin with [Verifone Commander](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/verifone-commander).

Then review [POS Workstations Overview](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/pos-workstations-overview).

### Configure the site

Start in [Configuration Client Forms](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms).

Use the section tree to move into Security, Initial Setup, Devices, and Reporting.

### Check what changed

Use [Updated in Release 57.00](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/updated-in-release-57.00).

Review change locations before testing or training.

## Use older releases when needed

Open the release that matches the site you support:

* [Commander User Reference 56.03](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-56.03)
* [Commander User Reference 56.02](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-56.02)
* [Commander User Reference 56.01](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-56.01)

## Next step

Open [Commander User Reference 57.00](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00) to begin.


# Commander User Reference 57.00

Commander 57.00 reference for setup, sales workflows, reporting, and troubleshooting.

## Start by task

Use these links to jump to the part of the reference you need.

### Check what changed

Open [Updated in Release 57.00](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/updated-in-release-57.00) before rollout, testing, or training.

### Configure the site

Start in [Configuration Client Forms](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms).

Use the section tree to move into Security, Initial Setup, Devices, and Reporting.

### Learn the platform

Begin with [POS Workstations Overview](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/pos-workstations-overview) and [Verifone Commander](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/verifone-commander).

### Open feature references

Use [Feature References](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) for the full feature library.

Jump straight to common references:

* [App Selector](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/app-selector)
* [Auxiliary Forecourt](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/auxiliary-forecourt-point-of-sale)
* [Digital Video Recorder](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/digital-video-recorder-dvr)
* [Self Checkout](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/self-checkout)

### Work with store operations

Use these sections for common day-to-day workflows:

* [Fuel Sales](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/fuel-sales)
* [Methods of Payment](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/methods-of-payment)
* [Reports](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/reports)


# Updated in Release 57.00

New In Release 57.00

### Release summary

Release `57.00` adds updates for remote configuration, payments, receipts, and platform controls. It also removes legacy features that no longer apply.

#### Highlights

* Remote NTP server updates
* Syslog configuration enhancements
* Refund restriction updates
* Legacy feature cleanup

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Support NTP server changes remotely

You can now update NTP server settings remotely.

**Impact**

* Affects sites that manage time settings centrally
* Reduces the need for onsite configuration changes

**Location:** [Initial Setup](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/initial-setup)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Enhance syslog configuration

Syslog configuration now includes Release `57.00` updates.

**Impact**

* Affects sites that use centralized security logging
* Review log server settings after upgrade

**Location:** [Security](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/security)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Block software installs on legacy LAC hardware

Application install and upgrade is now prevented on unsupported legacy LAC devices in Verifone EPS Distribution.

**Impact**

* Affects sites with older LAC hardware
* Confirm device eligibility before upgrade planning

**Location:** [Auto Upgrade and VRSD](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/auto-upgrade-and-vrsd)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Add loyalty QR codes to receipts and DCR screens

Receipts can now print a QR code. DCR screens can also display a QR code for loyalty sign-up.

**Impact**

* Affects indoor and outdoor receipt flows
* Supports loyalty enrollment at more customer touchpoints

**Location:** [Feature References](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Print 3-character currency codes on select LAC receipts

Some LAC receipts now print the 3-character currency code.

**Impact**

* Affects sites using supported currency configurations
* Improves receipt clarity in multi-currency contexts

**Location:** [Store Operations](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/store-operations)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Separate software components

Release `57.00` introduces software separation updates.

**Impact**

* Affects software packaging and deployment workflows
* Review platform guidance before rollout

**Location:** [Help](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/help)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Eliminate penny handling in U.S. transactions

Cash rounding support now covers U.S. penny-handling changes.

**Impact**

* Affects cash transactions in supported U.S. deployments
* Review rounding behavior and cashier training

**Location:** [Feature References](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Add refund restrictions

Refund processing now includes new restrictions.

**Impact**

* Affects refund eligibility and refund workflows
* Review store policy and cashier procedures

**Location:** [Refunds](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/refunds)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Manage debit or credit selection by transaction content

Transaction content can now influence debit or credit selection.

**Impact**

* Affects payment routing behavior
* Validate payment flows after upgrade

**Location:** [Feature References](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Update Commander Payments behavior

Release `57.00` includes Commander Payments updates.

**Impact**

* Affects supported payment flows
* Review product-specific payment documentation for rollout details

**Location:** [Feature References](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt)
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Removed or deprecated

* **Linq3 Lottery** — Removed from this release documentation.
* **EZ Receipt** — Removed from this release documentation.

{% hint style="info" %}
Keep each item short. Use one sentence for the change, two bullets for impact, and one exact location link.
{% endhint %}


# POS Workstations Overview

Verifone Point of Sale (POS) devices typically use the Verifone Commander as the server.

### Overview

Use this page to understand the POS workstation documented for this release.

Release `57.00` currently covers the Verifone C18 workstation. The C18 works with [Verifone Commander](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/verifone-commander) as the site server.

### Verifone C18

The Verifone C18 is an integrated POS workstation for convenience retail.

It uses an 18.5-inch display and supports cashier-facing and customer-facing experiences. The screen can present different applications based on the workflow in use.

<figure><img src="/files/wrzE8Z3O0o2OPAwExAcr" alt=""><figcaption><p>Verifone C18</p></figcaption></figure>

### Use the C18 for

* Cashier-led checkout
* Customer-facing display experiences
* Multi-application workflows with screen orientation support

### Display modes and orientation

The Verifone C18 screen can be set to **Home** for cashier-facing use or **Flip** for customer-facing use.

Each view supports portrait and landscape orientation. This allows the workstation to support multiple cashier-facing and customer-facing applications on the same device.

### App Selector

Use App Selector to manage supported screen views and application presentation on the C18.

{% hint style="info" %}
Use App Selector to control orientation and facing mode on supported deployments.

Refer to the [App Selector](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/app-selector) user reference for setup and behavior details.
{% endhint %}

### Related topics

* [Verifone Commander](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/verifone-commander)
* [Configuration Client Forms](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms)
* [Updated in Release 57.00](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/updated-in-release-57.00)


# Verifone Commander

The Verifone Commander™ is a high-powered server that increases the capacity and functionality of Verifone’s ethernet capable Point of Sale (POS) workstations.

The Verifone Commander™ is a high-powered server that increases the capacity and functionality of Verifone’s Ethernet-capable Point of Sale (POS) workstations by extending the processing and communications bandwidth for managing peripherals.

Future needs are designed into the hardware to provide support for additional serial ports and CPU boards, along with additional fan and/or power connections that may be needed as a result. Use of these expansion capabilities will be determined by Verifone. System peripherals, such as fuel dispensers, dispenser card readers (DCRs), and car wash controllers, connect directly to the Verifone Commander.

In addition to Configuration Client, Verifone Commander also has other site-management software: Report Navigator, Transaction Manager, and Verifone Commander Console. Report Navigator is used to view reporting data for the store. Reporting information, such as the close day report, can be configured to include a multitude of report options. Transaction Manager allows site transaction logs and data to be accessed from the Verifone Commander or archived locally. Verifone Commander Console enables reporting data from multiple stores to be consolidated into one place for visibility and to monitor and track sales trends.

![](/files/8d06f577933325e8e2afa74a60cc1e494b620b1f)

The Verifone Commander contains a built-in V950, referred to as the V950SC.

When a router is installed in this configuration, it can be configured so that the Verifone Commander’s V950SC can:

* Receive software upgrades remotely using Verifone’s Remote Software Download feature.
* Connect with the Verifone Helpdesk for remote troubleshooting and diagnostics.

## Verifone Commander Central

Verifone Commander Central is a web application that enables Petroleum Merchants and Major Oil administrators to maintain a centralized point for site data, monitor sites remotely, and provides a convenient platform for centralized oversight and configuration.

Verifone Commander Central does not require a technician to visit each location to make changes and updates. Updates can be done selectively or all at once from the web application.

To create an account for Verifone Commander Central, navigate to the following URL and select ‘**Sign Up for Free**’. <https://petromop.verifone.cloud/home>

<figure><img src="/files/d90cb66a561f386ee510913d2ffe918a30219f24" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Verifone Commander Central*](/customer-documentation/petro-and-c-store/commander-central/commander-central-user-guide) User Guide for more information.
{% endhint %}

## Configuration Client

The Verifone Commander can receive configuration changes using Configuration Client. Configuration Client is a web-based utility that allows store personnel, Verifone Authorized Service Contractors, and Verifone Helpdesk to modify site information. To use Configuration Client, you must be using a supported web browser.

The supported Web Browsers are:

* Chrome versions 60 or higher
* Firefox versions 53 or higher
* Internet Explorer versions 8 or higher

Key in the URL <https://192.168.31.11/ConfigClient.html> into the Web Browser and press \[Enter].

![](/files/efcd784f84ff9941f570ef3976b649dd79df559e)

Enter Username and Password.

![](/files/c095a8a8484aff11280ad007d283c810308dab9c)

Click Login.

![](/files/972743055b7d8c860fd0ee0dcbcbcfbd3c8ce7af)

### One-Time Password (OTP) Prompt

From release 47 and higher, there is an additional prompt for a one-time password (OTP) in Configuration Client. As part of PCI/DSS v3.2 Requirement 8.3.1, this incorporates multi-factor authentication for all non-console access into the Cardholder Data Environment (CDE) for personnel with administrative access.

Menus that have this prompt include:

* Security > Manage Users (Includes Roles)
* Initial Setup
* Date & Time
* Local Area Network Config
* VHQ Configuration
* Payment Controller > POS Configuration
* EPS Configuration > EPS Global Configuration
* Full Service Attendant Configuration
* InComm Configuration
* LINQ3 Lottery Configuration
* Payware Fleet and Loyalty Configuration
* PCATS Loyalty Configuration
* Proprietary Fleet Configuration
* Punch Card Loyalty Configuration
* Network Configuration (network references the name of the network installed, such as Buypass)
* Loyalty Card Configuration

While the preceding is the list of functions in Base 47 that include the OTP prompt within Configuration Client, it may be expanded to other areas and new features in future releases.

{% if space.vars.LANGUAGE === "en" %}
![](/files/f2820399737fb3c9cd355bd5ef822a87f5787835)
{% endif %}

{% if space.vars.LANGUAGE === "es" %}

<figure><img src="/files/Ino1zwkh79CL5jZI0zR5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endif %}

Clicking on Guidelines to generate an OTP (see image above) will display the 3 different ways to obtain the OTP.

![](/files/694279b8a5ba376a63506d7bf825570826fb02ab)

The OTP is 4 digits in length. When generated using any of the 3 methods above, it will appear on the 7-segment status display of the Verifone Commander, displaying 2 numbers at a time. The period indicates the first set of numbers. If generated from the POS/register, it will also display on the POS screen.

The OTP is directly tied to the user’s Configuration Client login session. If the OTP is generated and correctly entered, the OTP will be active until the user logs out or the Configuration Client session times out for inactivity (15 minutes). The OTP does not require re-entry after it has been saved for the session, meaning the user can go between menus that require entry, without being prompted.

{% hint style="info" %}
*The OTP requirement applies to backing up and restoring files to the Verifone Commander using SMS Import/Export. Files that require an OTP may not be restored to the Verifone Commander, and an error message (“One Time Password Required”) appears when attempting to do so. Clicking OK on the error prompt allows the rest of the import or export to proceed. Clicking Abort aborts the remainder of the import or export. In newer versions of SMS Import/Export, items that require OTP are removed from the backup and restore list.*
{% endhint %}


# Backup and Restore for PSI

The Backup and Restore feature in Verifone Commander Release 55.02 automatically backs up site configurations.

### Overview

Backup and Restore for PSI was introduced in Verifone Commander Release `55.02`.

The feature creates automatic backups for supported software upgrade and reload workflows. It is designed to reduce manual backup work during Verifone Petro Suite Installer (PSI) updates.

Backup and Restore is intended to improve store uptime and reduce technician time on site. It also reduces reliance on manual backups with the SMS Import Export Tool.

The backup is available to technicians during a PSI software upgrade. A backup occurs every time a site configuration is changed.

### When the restore prompt appears

The System Configuration Restore prompt appears only when all of the following are true:

* The installed Verifone Commander version before the update is `55.01` or later.
* The target version is the same release or a later release.
* The customer profile selected during installation matches the installed customer profile.
* The customer software selected for installation matches the site profile.

If the installed version before the update is `55.00` or earlier, the restore prompt does not appear.

If the customer profile or software selection does not match, PSI continues without the restore option.

The following incompatibility message appears before continuing the installation process without the restore option.

![](/files/ab957c7137f95c46d6fa2b8bdd2f45219ecfb2d3)

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to the **C18 Software Installation Guide** and **Verifone Commander Installation Guide** for more information on software installation.
{% endhint %}

### What happens during PSI

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

#### Start the software update

Run the software update in PSI.

Progress screens appear on the technician laptop or PC during the install.

![](/files/a01351286c902ffc9ebce38dec3f637c581a295c)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Review the restore prompt

After step `8 of 8`, the System Configuration Restore prompt appears.

![](/files/65c8b70d68833b1424748aad31e68afd3da3217a)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

#### Choose whether to restore

Select **Yes** to restore the saved system configuration.

Select **No** to continue without the restore.

![](/files/485b409ca9f116404afda2da660ddd6986ea6ba6)
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Restore outcomes

#### Commander was not onboarded previously

If Verifone Commander was not onboarded in the previous installation, the following message appears after the restore process is completed:

![](/files/32fec6ae2c8771c86792ba03939c87f7d45e36ca)

{% hint style="info" %}
This message does not appear when only POS is updated.
{% endhint %}

#### Some configuration files fail to restore

If some configuration files fail to restore, the following message appears with a list of the files that failed to restore:

![](/files/f95f9525f9d7b38287fd23c017a94d665a65b110)

{% hint style="info" %}
Review the listed files before returning the site to service.
{% endhint %}

#### No backup files are available

If no backup files are found, the following message appears. The installation then continues.

<figure><img src="/files/L4XlfqaGMxyfnIEjE02G" alt=""><figcaption><p>No backup files found</p></figcaption></figure>

### Important note

{% hint style="warning" %}
Perform manual POS pairing every time the software is reloaded. The pairing certificate from the POS is not retained across PSI installations.

If the software is reloaded only on Verifone Commander, manual pairing is not required. The POS can still use the pairing certificate preserved on the Commander during PSI.
{% endhint %}


# Configuration Client Forms

This topic contains all the Verifone Commander Configuration Client forms.

### Overview

Configuration Client is the main setup interface for site configuration.

Forms are grouped by menu area, such as Security, Initial Setup, Devices, and Reporting.

### Start by task

* Manage users and roles — [Security](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/security)
* Configure date, time, LAN, and system properties — [Initial Setup](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/initial-setup)
* Configure devices — [Devices](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/devices)
* Set payment behavior — [Payment Controller](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/payment-controller)

### Browse by menu

* [Security](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/security)
* [Initial Setup](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/initial-setup)
* [Store Operations](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/store-operations)
* [Promos and Discounts](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/promos-and-discounts)
* [Forecourt](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/forecourt)
* [Devices](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/devices)
* [Payment Controller](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/payment-controller)
* [Reporting](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/reporting)
* [Tools](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/tools)
* [Help](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/help)

### How to use this section

* Start with the menu that matches the Configuration Client tab.
* Open the form page for field definitions and workflows.
* Check [Updated in Release 57.00](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/updated-in-release-57.00) before changing settings on upgraded sites.


# Security

Contains the forms in the Security tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

{% if space.vars.LANGUAGE === "es" %}

<figure><img src="/files/xDLIYpp3kwncEzArpxB0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endif %}

{% if space.vars.LANGUAGE === "en" %}

<figure><img src="/files/LPKia3aTVITr9XlUrkBs" alt=""><figcaption><p>Security Tab</p></figcaption></figure>
{% endif %}

### Manage Users

#### Configure Users

Use **Security > Manage Users > Configure Users** to add, edit, or remove users. The current users are listed on the left side of the form.

![](/files/f742175bcb150d97a8c0b7297eceeb20550154ab)

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Add</td><td valign="top">Click to add a new user.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Delete</td><td valign="top">Select an existing user and click Delete to remove the user from the Users list.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Name</td><td valign="top">Enter the name of the user (number of characters are unlimited).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Disallow Login</td><td valign="top">Select to disallow the selected user to login to Configuration Client.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Employee</td><td valign="top"><p>Assign an employee type to the user by selecting from the Employee drop-down list.</p><p>The employee types with security levels are created using Security > POS Security > Employees form.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Roles</td><td valign="top">Roles are set up on the Configure Roles tab.  The roles assigned to the selected user are displayed in this box.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Edit</td><td valign="top">Click to display the available roles. Select one or more roles for the user and click Done.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Password Settings</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Min Length</td><td valign="top">Enter a minimum length for the user’s password (7 - 30).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Max Length</td><td valign="top">Enter a maximum length for the user’s password (8 -30).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"># of Days to Expire</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the number of days until the password expires.</p><div data-gb-custom-block data-tag="hint" data-style="info" class="hint hint-info"><p><em>The password should be changed before it expires</em>.</p></div></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Force Change on Next Login</td><td valign="top">Select to make the user change their password the next time they log in.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">New Password</td><td valign="top">Enter the user’s new password.  The new password should meet the requirements of the password guideline.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Confirm New Password</td><td valign="top">Enter the password again to confirm.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Password Guidelines</td><td valign="top">Click to display password guidelines.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p><strong>Secure User Settings</strong></p><p>‘Secure user’ is a user who can access PA-DSS sensitive <em>Card Holder Data (CHD)</em> in ‘EPS Secure Reports’ from POS via the Network Manager’ menu. POS prompts for secure employee ID and secure user password prior to processing this menu item.</p><p>To avoid having to type username on POS keyboard, this feature allows associating a POS employee ID to a user. When POS prompts, secure user must enter their ‘secure employee ID’ and the PA-DSS compliant ‘user’ password. On successful validation, PA-DSS sensitive <em>Card Holder Data (CHD)</em> is exposed in the EPS reports. If validation fails, masked PAN is provided in the EPS Reports.</p><p>Secure Admin is a ‘secure user’ who can manage ‘secure user’ as well as ‘secure admin’ accounts.</p><p></p><div data-gb-custom-block data-tag="hint" data-style="info" class="hint hint-info"><p><em>The 'Secure User Administration' section is displayed when you log in as 'manager' (the default secure user admin account) or any user that is configured as a secure admin.</em></p></div></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Secure User ID</td><td valign="top">Enter the Secure User ID.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Secure User Administration</td><td valign="top">Enable if the user has secure user administration rights.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p><strong>Verifone Commander Central</strong> </p><p>The Verifone Commander Central application allows remote configuration of data for the POS system through the web. Without visiting each location changes and updates can be done remotely for any or all locations. These updates can be done selectively or all at once for all the POS devices from the web application.</p><p>OTP is a one-time password generated by the Verifone Commander for accessing certain menus. Verifone Commander Central now supports remote generation and retrieval of OTP. Passwords generated this way are sent to the email address associated with the Verifone Commander Central user login. </p><p></p><div data-gb-custom-block data-tag="hint" data-style="info" class="hint hint-info"><p><em>Refer to the</em> <a href="/spaces/f8N3RLcEwSqYn1EvDXrj/pages/BnAA9pTnVMCS9Z7aJPAh">Verifone Commander Central</a> <em>User Reference documentation for more information on this feature.</em></p></div></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">User ID</td><td valign="top">Add the same Verifone Commander Central  Email address that was configured as part of OTP settings in the Verifone Commander Central  application and Click Save.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"></td><td valign="top"></td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Configure Roles

Use **Security > Manage Users > Configure Roles** to assign permissions, add new roles, edit and delete current roles, and add and delete functions from each role. These roles are assigned to users.

The current roles are listed on the left side of the form.

Addition, removal, or modification of the roles can only be performed by a secure administrator. The “Secure Role” attribute allows secure administrators to specify

whether a role's access should be limited only to secure users. If this attribute is set, the role can only be assigned to a secure user.

![](/files/3b8b744379b34f0163b64ddc6c40ed3833969e05)

#### To Edit a Role

1. Select the role from the Roles list.
2. Click **Edit** at the Functions box.
3. Change the name in the Role Name text box.
4. To edit the function assignment to the role, enable or disable the functions in the Functions form.
5. Click **Done** in the Functions form.
6. Click **Save**.

#### To Add Role and Add Functions to Role

1. Click **New**.
2. Enter the name in the Role Name text box.
3. Click **Edit** at the Functions box to assign functions to the role.
4. Select the function(s) for the role from the Functions form.
5. Click **Done**in the Functions form.
6. Click **Save**.

#### To Delete a Role

1. Select the role from the Roles list.
2. Select **Delete**.
3. Click **Save**.

#### Role Function Description

The following is the list of role functions and their descriptions:

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Function</th><th valign="top">Description</th><th valign="top">Additional Info</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">allowAllCsrRpts</td><td valign="top">Allow all cashier reports view</td><td valign="top">Allow user to view all cashier reports that are available</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">allowOpenCsrRpts</td><td valign="top">Allow open cashier reports view</td><td valign="top">Allow user to view open cashier reports (current and/or reports with MOP amounts not yet filled)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">allowRestricted</td><td valign="top">Allow Restricted Access</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">bypassEmployeeId</td><td valign="top">Bypass employee id validation</td><td valign="top">Bypass employee id validation in POS security functions</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cbeginupgrade</td><td valign="top">Request Auto Upgrade Engine to begin upgrade</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ccarwashdisable</td><td valign="top">Disable Car Wash</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ccarwashenable</td><td valign="top">Enable Car Wash</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cclosedaynow</td><td valign="top">Close Day Now</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ccwpaypointinit</td><td valign="top">Initialize Carwash Paypoint</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ccwpdclose</td><td valign="top">Carwash Paypoint Period Close</td><td valign="top">Performs Period Close On Carwash Paypoint</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cdcrdriverinit</td><td valign="top">Initialize DCR Driver</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cdcrinit</td><td valign="top">Initialize DCR</td><td valign="top">Initialize DCRs</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cdisablelogin</td><td valign="top">Disable Helpdesk Login</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cenablelogin</td><td valign="top">Enable Helpdesk Login</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cfeatureenablement</td><td valign="top">Update a feature</td><td valign="top">Update Licensed Features</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cFPDinit</td><td valign="top">Init FP Display Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cfueldrvinit</td><td valign="top">Initialize Fuel Driver</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cfuelinit</td><td valign="top">Initialize Fuel</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cfuelprices</td><td valign="top">Download Fuel Prices</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">changepasswd</td><td valign="top">Change Password</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cping</td><td valign="top">Pings a given destination.</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">crefreshcfg</td><td valign="top">Refresh Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">crefreshepsconfig</td><td valign="top">Refresh Eps Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">cswupgradepkg</td><td valign="top">Update software</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">diagdeleteclass</td><td valign="top">Delete Diagnostic Class</td><td valign="top">Delete a previously loaded dynamic diagnostic classfile</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">diagloadclass</td><td valign="top">Load Diagnostic Class</td><td valign="top">Load a classfile to be run as dynamic diagnostic</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">diagrunclass</td><td valign="top">Run Diagnostic Class</td><td valign="top">Execute a dynamic diagnostic class</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">findfilename</td><td valign="top">View report period filename</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">getPLUsFromGempro</td><td valign="top">Send plu.dat to NEWPRO</td><td valign="top">Send plu.dat from GEMPRO to NEWPRO</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">notifyamber</td><td valign="top">Notify amber alert updates</td><td valign="top">Notify Controller of amber alert updates</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">releaseCredential</td><td valign="top">Release the credential</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">repeatEvent</td><td valign="top">Repeat last event</td><td valign="top">Notify specified event listener of the last occurrence of the specified event</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">sendPLUsToGempro</td><td valign="top">Send plu.dat to GEMPRO</td><td valign="top">Send PLU data from NEWPRO to GEMPRO</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uagevalidationcfg</td><td valign="top">Update age validation config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ubannercfg</td><td valign="top">Update banner config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ubluelawcfg</td><td valign="top">Update blue law config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ucarwashcfg</td><td valign="top">Update carwash config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ucashaccsite</td><td valign="top">Update cash acceptor config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ucashierenddraweramts</td><td valign="top">Update Cashier End Drawer Amounts</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ucashierreportreviewstatus</td><td valign="top">Update Cashier Report Review Status</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ucashiertrackingcfg</td><td valign="top">Update cashier tracking configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ucouponfamcfg</td><td valign="top">Update coupon family config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ucurrencycfg</td><td valign="top">Update currency config</td><td valign="top">Update currency dataset configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ucwpaypointcfg</td><td valign="top">Update carwash paypoint config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">udatetime</td><td valign="top">Set Time and Date</td><td valign="top">Set the internal clock on Controller, including timezone and daylight savings time parameters</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">udcrheadercfg</td><td valign="top">Update DCR header config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">udcridlescreencfg</td><td valign="top">Update DCR Idle Screen config</td><td valign="top">Update DCR Idle Screen dataset configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">udcrmessagecfg</td><td valign="top">Update DCR message config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">udcrtrailercfg</td><td valign="top">Update DCR trailer config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">udiscountdenomcfg</td><td valign="top">Update discount denom config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uecheckcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Echeck Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uemvcfg</td><td valign="top">Update EMV Configuration</td><td valign="top">Update All EMV Configuration Settings</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uemvinit</td><td valign="top">Update EMV Initialization</td><td valign="top">Update All EMV Initialization Settings</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uepsprepaidcfg</td><td valign="top">Update EPS Prepaid Card Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uesafecfg</td><td valign="top">Update Esafe Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufeecfg</td><td valign="top">Update fee config</td><td valign="top">Update fee dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufepcardcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Fep's card configuration parameters</td><td valign="top">Update Fep's card configuration parameters like various limits, enable/disable card</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufepcardtypecfg</td><td valign="top">Update Fep's card configuration parameters based on card Type</td><td valign="top">Update Fep's card configuration parameters based on card Type like limits, enable/Disbale etc.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufepcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Fep's configuration parameters</td><td valign="top">Update Fep's configuration parameters like network, cashback etc</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufoodservicecfg</td><td valign="top">Update Food Service Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uFPDcfg</td><td valign="top">Update FP Display Config</td><td valign="top"><p> </p><p> </p><p> </p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufuelcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Fuel Site Configuration</td><td valign="top">Update the fueling dispensers, products, mops, tanks, and prices for the site</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufuelprices</td><td valign="top">Update Fuel Prices</td><td valign="top">Update the fueling prices for the site</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufueltaxex</td><td valign="top">Update Fuel Tax Exemption Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ufunctionlist</td><td valign="top">Refresh function list</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ugrouplist</td><td valign="top">Update Group List Configuration</td><td valign="top">Update available report groups</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uifsfcfg</td><td valign="top">Update IFSF Network Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uinhouseacctcfg</td><td valign="top">Update in-house account config</td><td valign="top">Update in-house account dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ukioskorder</td><td valign="top">Commit kiosk order</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ulogocfg</td><td valign="top">Update logo config</td><td valign="top">Update logo dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uloyaltycardcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Loyalty Card Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uloyaltycardtypecfg</td><td valign="top">Update Loyalty Card Type Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uloyaltyglobalcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Global Loyalty parameters</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uMaintenance</td><td valign="top">Update NAXML maintenance dataset</td><td valign="top">Update configuration datasets as NAXML maintenance documents</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umaintfprht</td><td valign="top">Update maint fprht</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umaintpostal</td><td valign="top">Update maint postal</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umaintregistrationkey</td><td valign="top">Update maint registration key</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umainttelephone</td><td valign="top">Update maint telephone</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umainttotalizers</td><td valign="top">Update maint totalizers</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umanagedcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Managed Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umanagedmodulecfg</td><td valign="top">Update Configuration</td><td valign="top">Update Module Configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umanageradjustment</td><td valign="top">Update Manager Adjustments</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umanagercorrection</td><td valign="top">Update Manager Corrections</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umenucfg</td><td valign="top">Update menu config</td><td valign="top">Update menu dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umobilecfg</td><td valign="top">Update Mobile Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umopcfg</td><td valign="top">Update MOP config</td><td valign="top">Update MOP dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">umwscashmovementreport</td><td valign="top">Update MWS Cash Movement Info</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">unetposcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Network Configuration</td><td valign="top">Update POS related Network Configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">unetworkcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Network Settings</td><td valign="top">Update Network Settings(IP, route, etc..)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">unetworkpartcfg</td><td valign="top">Update network settings</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upaymentcfg</td><td valign="top">Update payment config</td><td valign="top">Update payment dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upinpadmsgcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Pinpad Idle and Swipe messages</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uPLUCacheList</td><td valign="top">Update PLU cache list</td><td valign="top">Update the list of PLUs cached on POS</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uplupromocfg</td><td valign="top">Update PLU Promo config</td><td valign="top">Update PLU Promo dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uPLUs</td><td valign="top">Update PLU dataset</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upolicycfg</td><td valign="top">Update policy config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upopcfg</td><td valign="top">Update pop config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uposcfg</td><td valign="top">Update POS config</td><td valign="top">Update POS dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upospaymentconfig</td><td valign="top">Update POS Payment Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upossecurity</td><td valign="top">Update POS security config</td><td valign="top">Update POS security dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uprepaidcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Prepaid Card Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upscdcrcfg</td><td valign="top">Update DCR config</td><td valign="top">Update DCR dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upscdcrkeycfg</td><td valign="top">Update DCR Key config</td><td valign="top">Update DCR Key dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uregistercfg</td><td valign="top">Update register config</td><td valign="top">Update register specific dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ureportcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Report Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ureportlist</td><td valign="top">Update Report List Configuration</td><td valign="top">Update the order of available reports</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ureportstatus</td><td valign="top">Update Manager Review Status</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">urestrictionscfg</td><td valign="top">Update restriction config</td><td valign="top">Update restriction dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">usalescfg</td><td valign="top">Update sales config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">usapphireprop</td><td valign="top">Update Controller system properties</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uscreencfg</td><td valign="top">Update POS Screen Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">usecuritylogservercfg</td><td valign="top">Update Security Log Server IP Address</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uslogancfg</td><td valign="top">Update slogan config</td><td valign="top">Update slogan dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">usoftkeycfg</td><td valign="top">Update softkey config</td><td valign="top">Update softkey dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">utaxratecfg</td><td valign="top">Update tax rate config</td><td valign="top">Update tax rate dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">utlssite</td><td valign="top">Update TLS config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">utriggerpullcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Trigger Pull Configuration</td><td valign="top">Update All Trigger Pull Configuration Settings</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uuseradmin</td><td valign="top">User Administration</td><td valign="top">User admin update</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uvendingmachinecfg</td><td valign="top">Update Vending Machine config</td><td valign="top">Update Vending Machine dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">uvipercfg</td><td valign="top">Update Viper's site level Config</td><td valign="top">Update Viper's site level Config like various limits, and pop configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vagevalidationcfg</td><td valign="top">View age validation config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">validate</td><td valign="top">Validate the credential</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vappcfg</td><td valign="top">View App Specific Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vAppInfo</td><td valign="top">View App Info</td><td valign="top">View App Version Info</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vappmodules</td><td valign="top">View App Module Names</td><td valign="top">View the list of Application noted module names.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vbannercfg</td><td valign="top">View banner config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vbluelawcfg</td><td valign="top">View blue law config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcarwashcfg</td><td valign="top">View carwash config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcashaccsite</td><td valign="top">View cash acceptor config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcashierpdlist</td><td valign="top">View cashier report period list</td><td valign="top">View list of cashier report periods available</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcashierrept</td><td valign="top">Cashier Reports</td><td valign="top">View the cashier period reports</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcashiertrackingcfg</td><td valign="top">View cashier tracking configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcashiertrackingrept</td><td valign="top">View cashier tracking report</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcouponfamcfg</td><td valign="top">View coupon family config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcurrencycfg</td><td valign="top">View currency config</td><td valign="top">View currency dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcwpaypointcfg</td><td valign="top">View carwash paypoint config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcwpaypointpdlist</td><td valign="top">View cw paypoint period list</td><td valign="top">View list of cw paypoint periods available</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vcwpaypointpdrept</td><td valign="top">View cw paypoint period report</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vdatetime</td><td valign="top">Get Time and Date</td><td valign="top">View the Controller internal time</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vdcrheadercfg</td><td valign="top">View DCR header config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vdcridlescreencfg</td><td valign="top">View DCR Idle Screen config</td><td valign="top">View DCR Idle Screen dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vdcrmessagecfg</td><td valign="top">View DCR message config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vdcrtrailercfg</td><td valign="top">View DCR trailer config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vdiscountdenomcfg</td><td valign="top">View discount denom config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vecheckcfg</td><td valign="top">View Echeck Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vemvcfg</td><td valign="top">View EMV Configuration</td><td valign="top">View All EMV Configuration Settings</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vemvinit</td><td valign="top">View EMV Initialization</td><td valign="top">View All EMV Initialization Settings</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vepsprepaidcfg</td><td valign="top">View EPS Prepaid Card Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vepssiteassetdata</td><td valign="top">View Site Asset Data of EPS</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vesafecashierrept</td><td valign="top">ESafe Cashier Reports</td><td valign="top">View the cashier period reports</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vesafecfg</td><td valign="top">View Esafe Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">veventset</td><td valign="top">Register event listener</td><td valign="top">Register {alias, url} pair as event listener for a specific event type</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">veventunset</td><td valign="top">Unregister event listener</td><td valign="top">Unregister the specified event listener for a specific event type</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfeaturelist</td><td valign="top">View feature list</td><td valign="top">View list of installed features</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfeecfg</td><td valign="top">View fee config</td><td valign="top">View fee dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfepcardcfg</td><td valign="top">View Fep's card configuration parameters</td><td valign="top">View Fep's card configuration parameters like various limits, enable/disable card</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfepcardtypecfg</td><td valign="top">View Fep's card configuration parameters based on card Type</td><td valign="top">View Fep's card configuration parameters based on card Type like limits, enable/Disbale etc</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfepcfg</td><td valign="top">View Fep's configuration parameters</td><td valign="top">View Fep's configuration parameters like network, cashback etc</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfepdetails</td><td valign="top">View Basic Fep Details</td><td valign="top">View Basic Fep Details like the available commands, enabled, is primary etc</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfoodservicecfg</td><td valign="top">View Food Service Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vFPDcfg</td><td valign="top">View FP Display Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfuelcfg</td><td valign="top">Update Fuel Site Configuration</td><td valign="top">Update the fueling dispensers, products, mops, tanks, and prices for the site</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfuelposstat</td><td valign="top">View fueling position status</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfuelprices</td><td valign="top">View In-effect Fuel Prices</td><td valign="top">View the in-effect fueling prices for the site</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfuelrtcfg</td><td valign="top">In-effect Fuel Site Configuration</td><td valign="top">View the in-efectfueling dispensers, products, mops, tanks, and prices for the site</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfuelrtprices</td><td valign="top">View In-effect Fuel Prices</td><td valign="top">View the in-effect fueling prices for the site</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfueltaxex</td><td valign="top">View Fuel Tax Exemption Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfueltotals</td><td valign="top">Fuel Totals Report</td><td valign="top">View the electronic dispenser report for a given period</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vfueltotalsz</td><td valign="top">Compressed Fuel Totals Report</td><td valign="top">View the electronic dispenser report for a given period (gzip)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vgrouplist</td><td valign="top">View Group List Configuration</td><td valign="top">Review available report groups</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vifsfcfg</td><td valign="top">View IFSF Network Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vinhouseacctcfg</td><td valign="top">View in-house account config</td><td valign="top">View in-house account dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vlogocfg</td><td valign="top">View logo config</td><td valign="top">View logo dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vloyaltycardcfg</td><td valign="top">View Loyalty Card Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vloyaltycardtypecfg</td><td valign="top">View Loyalty Card Type Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vloyaltyglobalcfg</td><td valign="top">View Global Loyalty parameters</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vMaintenance</td><td valign="top">View NAXML maintenance datasets</td><td valign="top">View configuration datasets as NAXML maintenance documents</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmaintfprht</td><td valign="top">View maint fueling point running hose totals</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmaintpostal</td><td valign="top">View maint postal code</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmaintregistration</td><td valign="top">View maint registration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmainttelephone</td><td valign="top">View maint telephone number</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmainttotalizers</td><td valign="top">View maint totalizers</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmanagedcfgstatus</td><td valign="top">View Managed Update Status</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmanagedmodulecfg</td><td valign="top">View Configuration</td><td valign="top">View Current Module Configurations</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmenucfg</td><td valign="top">View menu config</td><td valign="top">View menu dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmobilecfg</td><td valign="top">View Mobile Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmobilehostlist</td><td valign="top">View Hosts List</td><td valign="top">View Mobile Hosts List</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmobilereport</td><td valign="top">View Mobile Report</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmobilereportlist</td><td valign="top">View Reports List</td><td valign="top">View Mobile Reports List</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmoddescmap</td><td valign="top">View Module/Descriptions map</td><td valign="top">View mapping of module names to their descriptions.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmodulecfg</td><td valign="top">View a Module Configuration</td><td valign="top">View Configuration of a given named module.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmodulecfgref</td><td valign="top">View Module Referentials</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmopcfg</td><td valign="top">View MOP config</td><td valign="top">View MOP dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vMovement</td><td valign="top">View NAXML movement reports</td><td valign="top">View reports as NAXML movement documents</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmwscashierdraweramts</td><td valign="top">View Cashier Drawer Amounts</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmwscashmovementreport</td><td valign="top">View MWS Cash Movement Report</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmwslog</td><td valign="top">Manager workstation event logs</td><td valign="top">Report to indicate Manager workstation event logs</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vmwsposjournal</td><td valign="top">View manager work station event in POSJournal reports</td><td valign="top">View manager workstation related posjournal reports</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vnetposcfg</td><td valign="top">View Network Configuration</td><td valign="top">View POS related Network Configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vnetworkcfg</td><td valign="top">View Network Settings</td><td valign="top">View Network Settings(IP, route, etc..)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vnetworkmenu</td><td valign="top">View Network Menu xml</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpaymentcfg</td><td valign="top">View payment config</td><td valign="top">View payment dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpayrollpdlist</td><td valign="top">View payroll period list</td><td valign="top">View list of payroll periods available</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpayrollpdlist2</td><td valign="top">View payroll period list</td><td valign="top">View list of payroll periods available</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpayrollrept</td><td valign="top">Payroll Reports</td><td valign="top">View the payroll period reports</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpayrollrept2</td><td valign="top">Payroll Reports (new format)</td><td valign="top">View the payroll period reports (new format)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpendmdlcfg</td><td valign="top">View Pending Configurations</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vperiodlist</td><td valign="top">View period list</td><td valign="top">View list of periods for which reports are available</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpinpadmsgcfg</td><td valign="top">View Pinpad Idle and Swipe messages</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vPLUCacheList</td><td valign="top">View PLU cache list</td><td valign="top">View the list of PLUs cached on POS</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vplupromocfg</td><td valign="top">View PLU Promo config</td><td valign="top">View PLU Promo dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vPLUs</td><td valign="top">View PLU dataset</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vPLUUpdateStatus</td><td valign="top">View PLU Update status</td><td valign="top">View PLU Update status info</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpolicycfg</td><td valign="top">View policy config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpopcfg</td><td valign="top">View pop config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vposcfg</td><td valign="top">View POS config</td><td valign="top">View POS dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vposjournal</td><td valign="top">View NAXML POSJournal reports</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpospaymentconfig</td><td valign="top">View POS Payment Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpossecurity</td><td valign="top">View POS security config</td><td valign="top">View POS security dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vprepaidcfg</td><td valign="top">View Prepaid Card Config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vproprietarynetworkmenu</td><td valign="top">View Proprietary Network Menu xml</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpscdcrcfg</td><td valign="top">View DCR config</td><td valign="top">View DCR dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpscdcrkeycfg</td><td valign="top">View DCR Key config</td><td valign="top">View DCR Key dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vpsinfo</td><td valign="top">View process table - Text</td><td valign="top">View process table and thread specific process table - Text</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vrefinteg</td><td valign="top">View support doc</td><td valign="top">View referential integrity support document</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vregistercfg</td><td valign="top">View register config</td><td valign="top">View register specific dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vreportcfg</td><td valign="top">View Report Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vreportlist</td><td valign="top">View Report List Configuration</td><td valign="top">Review the available reports</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vreportpdlist</td><td valign="top">View report period list</td><td valign="top">View list of report periods available</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vreportstatus</td><td valign="top">View Manager Review Status</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vrestrictionscfg</td><td valign="top">View restriction config</td><td valign="top">View restriction dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vrubyrept</td><td valign="top">Ruby Reports</td><td valign="top">View the processed reports for the site organized by period</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vsalescfg</td><td valign="top">View sales config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vsalesnetworkmenu</td><td valign="top">View Sales Network Menu xml</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vsapphireprop</td><td valign="top">View Controller system properties</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vscreencfg</td><td valign="top">View POS Screen Configuration</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vsecuritylogservercfg</td><td valign="top">View Current Security Log Server IP Address</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vsiteassetdata</td><td valign="top">View Site Asset Data</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vslogancfg</td><td valign="top">View slogan config</td><td valign="top">View slogan dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vsoftkeycfg</td><td valign="top">View softkey config</td><td valign="top">View softkey dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vsyslog</td><td valign="top">View system log - Text</td><td valign="top">View system log (syslogd)- Text</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vsysresourcesmap</td><td valign="top">View System Resource Mappings</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vtaxratecfg</td><td valign="top">View tax rate config</td><td valign="top">View tax rate dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vthemecfg</td><td valign="top">View Screen Themes</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vtilleventreport</td><td valign="top">View Till Event Reports</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vtlogpdlist</td><td valign="top">View T-Log period list</td><td valign="top">View list of periods for which reports are available</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vtlssite</td><td valign="top">View TLS config</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vtransset</td><td valign="top">Period Reports with fully masked card holder data</td><td valign="top">Review reports for the site - fully masked card holder data</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vtranssetz</td><td valign="top">Compressed Period Reports with fully masked card holder data</td><td valign="top">Review reports for the site (gzip) - fully masked card holder data</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vtriggerpullcfg</td><td valign="top">View Trigger Pull Configuration</td><td valign="top">View All Trigger Pull Configuration Settings</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vupgradesummary</td><td valign="top">View Upgrade Summary Report</td><td valign="top"> </td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vuseradmin</td><td valign="top">View User configuration</td><td valign="top">User admin view</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vvendingmachinecfg</td><td valign="top">View Vending Machine config</td><td valign="top">View Vending Machine dataset config</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vvipercfg</td><td valign="top">View Viper's site level Config</td><td valign="top">View Viper's site level Config like various limits, and pop configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vviperpdlist</td><td valign="top">Allow Viper period list view</td><td valign="top">View available periods on Viper</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">vviperrept</td><td valign="top">Viper reports</td><td valign="top">View network reports from Viper</td></tr></tbody></table>

### Manage Devices

The Manage Devices form is used to add and enable external POS devices like the Attendant Payment Terminal and Carbon Verifone Commander Workstation.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Attendant Payment Terminal and Carbon Verifone Commander Workstation Feature References for more information on this feature.*&#x20;
{% endhint %}

![](/files/b1f11f710deb5f21d8846724ad105c34b930af46)

1. In Verifone Commander Config Client, go to Security > Manage Devices.
2. Click on Guidelines to generate a token, to read the guidelines.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/HlcyQlEF89aWDR4VFSTS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. Click Add to start adding the terminals.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/OyFYz6IXUYgbb5SfDoX7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. Enter the external POS ID in the Terminal ID field. The ID should be between 151 and 199. Each application type should have a unique ID. This terminal ID should be entered as the POS ID for the terminal while configuring the terminal from **Devices > Attendant Payment Terminal > Terminal**.
5. Select the application type from Application Type drop-down.
6. Add a description for the terminal to help identify the terminal.
7. Get the IP address and port for the terminal from the IT team.
8. Select Enable to enable the device.
9. Click Save. A one-time password (OTP) is required to save the configuration.
10. Click Generate OTP and enter the OTP generated on the Verifone Commander display.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/YmRyhyrrQvguRVKmGyTU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
11. After save is successful,
12. User can see a ‘Generate’ button in ‘Token Action’ column of the form.
13. User will not be allowed to modify the ‘Terminal ID’ of the saved entry.
14. On clicking ‘Generate’ button, token is sent to the corresponding device that is configured from **Devices > Attendant Payment Terminal > Terminal**.
15. APT device is expected to accept the token and send the details like serial number, model, version, etc. to Verifone Commander.
16. When the Verifone Commander receives a response from the device, ‘Serial number’ and ‘Status’ columns are updated on the Config Client form
17. Once token generation is successful, user will not be allowed to modify the ‘Application Type’ of the device entry

### POS Security

#### Employees

Use to edit, add, and delete employees. In addition to logging in and out of the register, this employee information is used for the Payroll Report, Summary by Register Report, and Summary by Cashier Report. The current employees are listed on the left side of the form.

![](/files/6b1b47bc58ac93a90a22e3c146e646f745fca622)

<table><thead><tr><th width="295">Field/Button</th><th width="466">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Name</td><td>Assign a name for employee. Alphanumeric, 1 - 30 characters.</td></tr><tr><td>Employee Number</td><td>Assign a unique employee number, such as a company assigned ID, to identify the employee for internal and payroll purposes. Alphanumeric, 1 - 15 characters. The Employee Number is used for the Employee Number Login functionality and for security validation when a cashier does not have a high enough security level to complete a function such as applying a discount.</td></tr><tr><td>Security Level</td><td>Select the employee’s security level. The employee has access to all functions that have a security level less than or equal to the security level assigned.</td></tr><tr><td>Can Cashier</td><td>Select to allow the employee to perform cashier functions when in Sales mode.</td></tr><tr><td>New Password</td><td><p>Enter the password that the employee must use to clock in or out. Alphanumeric, 1 - 8 characters.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Confirm New Password</td><td>Enter the password again to confirm.</td></tr><tr><td>Delete</td><td><p>Select to delete the selected employee information.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Security Ctrls

Use to assign a security level to submenu items in the list. The Items in the list are reports or non-sales functions. These security levels correspond to the Security levels assigned to each employee. Only the entries in the Security Level column can be changed. Only employees with the assigned security level can view these reports or perform these non-sales functions.

![](/files/72d0d106a3ee6a211b1c4ea259739696f5cbcea7)

Select a security level from the drop-down list.

**Backdoor Login Restriction**

Backdoor login access to the POS has been restricted. With the existing implementation, the security level assigned for the backdoor menu is `10`. The `Device Control` and `Adjust Screen Saver` are the options provided through backdoor entry.

![](/files/306432efd49b693f0f24e52b5bdfb5d2dd9e9c68)

After the backdoor login has been restricted the default security level for `Device Control` and `Adjust Screen Saver` is changed to 7.

![](/files/72d0d106a3ee6a211b1c4ea259739696f5cbcea7)

#### Sales Functions Security

Use to assign a security level to the following sales functions in the list:

* Apply Updates (MUP)
* Safe Drop Correction (SDC)
* Refund (REF)
* Void Ticket (VTI)
* Void Line (VLI)
* Price Override (POR)
* Discount (MDC)
* Suspend (SUS)
* No Sale (NSA)
* Payout (POU)
* Error Correct

Only employees with the assigned security level can perform these functions.

![](/files/f8f624e521615fbfc530cdaf5c14c5e14273b182)

When the user clicks a security level and **Apply All**is selected, the value is applied to all the sales functions.

The user can also configure any of the functions independently. Default value for Pay Out is 7 and Default value for Apply Updates is 7. Default value for all the other functions is 0. 0 indicates that the function does not require a security check and any employee can perform the function.

### Site Security

The POS Pairing process establishes a trust relationship between the Verifone Commander and each Verifone POS Workstation and creates secure communication links. It is similar to where a cellphone is paired to a speaker or automobile dash display.

The POS workstation pairing process is strongly recommended by Verifone to be performed on the same day the system is Auto Upgraded. After an auto upgrade, each Verifone POS displays messages that the system needs to be paired.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*POS Pairing*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/pos-pairing) *Feature Reference documentation for more information on this feature.*&#x20;
{% endhint %}

#### Pairing after the initial Auto Upgrade, Pairing Expired/Revoked

If the POS displays the “Sec. Alert - Pairing Invalid” or the “Sec. Alert - Pairing Required” message, follow these steps to pair the Verifone POS Workstation with the Verifone Commander. The POS Workstation displays one of the two messages below at login to Sales or between each transaction in Sales.

![](/files/adb3803865d9cb73ceaf0223c66faa04e01079ec)

![](/files/679479bb2b5245589da177b67f4f6a6cbecae2f0)

1. On the POS Workstation, navigate to CSR Func > Maintenance Menu. Press **\[Perform POS Pairing]**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/6iPIqceVWctwjf9aFHdm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. A message asking to perform POS pairing displays, press **\[Yes]**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/MvZrmxUpZhYOtK3iktZa" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. A message “Rebooting to start the pairing process...” will briefly display. The POS will reboot and then the “Pair POS” screen displays.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/tlLHKzAPyUJbQKeanw5n" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. At Configuration Client and using the Manager credentials, navigate to **Configuration Client > Security > Site Security**.
5. An OTP is required to complete the process. Press the \*\*\[Generate OTP]\*\*button.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/4oAg9NcIFLhTPTgaS46K" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
6. The “OTP has been generated. Please read it from the Verifone Commander’s status display.” confirmation message displays. Press \*\*\[Ok]\*\*to continue.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/MHDeeJpV7jAIiGvGTRdH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
7. Read the OTP digits from the Verifone Commander. Enter the four OTP digits into the text box and then press **\[OK]**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/suKQJbN5GS97PwGJTK9r" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
8. The Site Security form opens. Press **\[Start Pairing Service]**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/18apXSsQiQRHXnI70Cdz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
9. A confirmation message stating “Pairing service is started” displays. Press \*\*\[OK]\*\*to continue.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/3UP2hWaqngvU4X1xE4lr" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
10. Go back to the POS Workstation. Press **\[Pair POS]**.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/YM8s84ndlZcCzIIumFW3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
11. A Pairing OTP dialog box displays on the POS.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/Qn2wJUG43QkNGQu1UwjL" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
12. Navigate to Configuration **Client > Security > Site Security**. Press **\[Retrieve Pairing OTP]**.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/pYqFn0g0giQ0s8O20rE8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
13. A “Pairing session OTP” dialog box displays.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/EEIUnWE6y2vUiW3WCwzz" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
14. Go back to the POS workstation. Enter the 6-digit Pairing session OTP code from Configuration Client into the “Pairing” dialog box.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/8T8bBGtqbHIvUOM2Nscm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
15. Press **\[OK]**. The message “Processing, please wait...” displays and then after a moment, “Successfully Paired” displays.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/oGSd4EsCcvyYJkN3yFmB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

    <figure><img src="/files/g4rY7ZGdCtdfOu19BFDT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
16. Press \*\*\[OK]\*\*to continue. A message “Pairing completed, preparing to start POS application...” displays.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/l91080mNzCAWMUpWDnd5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
17. Repeat these steps if:

* Pairing was not successful
* The site has more than one POS Workstation

#### Pairing the POS Workstation After New Installation

After a new installation, the POS Workstation displays the Pair POS screen below after it boots up. Follow steps 4 to 17 above.

![](/files/3e2b9f9009f97fe38a42131e577a27492e56d22b)

#### Revoke All Trust

If a workstation needs to be removed for repair or sent to another store, use the following steps to Revoke All Trust from the Pairing Relationship.

1. On the Site Security form at **Configuration Client > Security > Site Security**.
2. An OTP is required to complete the process. Press the \*\*\[Generate OTP]\*\*button.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/PYVwvAiaouiAWC6N2EDH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. The “OTP has been generated. Please read it from the Verifone Commander’s status display.” confirmation message displays. Press \*\*\[Ok]\*\*to continue.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/GEi5dJNVq4iuAzKRvFTm" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. Read the OTP digits from the Verifone Commander, Enter the four OTP digits into the text box and then press **\[OK]**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/remc1kKptWyCva416qWB" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
5. The Site Security form opens. Press **\[Revoke All Trust]**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/ItoQ4PLPSyibVpHQPaog" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
6. A confirmation message stating “This action will remove all prior pairing relationships. All POS Workstations will need to be paired again. Are you sure you want to continue?” displays. Press **\[Yes]**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/7BpDH1aYS1KO80wlLxj1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
7. The “Processing request. Please Wait...” message displays before the successful message. Press **\[OK]**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/UXhwpw0m3AFptqTivxds" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
8. Follow the steps in \*\*“**Pairing after the initial Auto Upgrade, Pairing Expired/ Revoked**”\*\*section to pair the other POS Workstations.

### Security Log Server

Syslog is a way for network devices to send event messages to a logging server – usually known as a Syslog server. The Syslog protocol is supported by a wide range of devices and can be used to log different types of events. For example, a router might send messages about users logging on to console sessions or a webserver might log access-denied events.

This form is used to report security and OS related events to the configured server. Enter the log server’s IP address in this form.

A one-time password (OTP) is required to open and edit this form. Click Generate OTP and enter the OTP generated on the Verifone Commander display to the One-Time Password form.

![](/files/1d8a52ece7c775e761544048a6047ed1b1b44c00)

The following is how the security logs appear on the server display:

![](/files/323e7ced147bd41bc6cf3abb86e43f03fefc687e)

From Commander Feature Release Major Oils can configure the Syslog server through Policy Management when logging into C-Site Management as a major oil.

<figure><img src="/files/0inMTomxh9GMxpkiAnRf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to Policy Management form and select MO Security Log Server

<figure><img src="/files/uIzlrMIIHLtQQixeFoKH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
In the details tab enter the security log server details

<figure><img src="/files/t3j1q4b31REA11qagiGS" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to the assign tab, to assign the configuration to sites

<figure><img src="/files/mc37oApbvo7Eqojt4b9l" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
First unassign the configurations from the sites and save the form before assigning the new configuration to the entire sites.&#x20;
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
After assigning the configuration to sites, click Apply Changes.&#x20;
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Verifone Commader Central*](/customer-documentation/petro-and-c-store/commander-central) User Guide for more information.
{% endhint %}

### My Profile

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the*[ *Password Reset*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/password-reset) *Feature Reference for more information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

Using this menu, a Config Client user can reset their own password without calling the Helpdesk. The primary benefit of this feature is to reduce the number of calls generated to the Helpdesk.

![](/files/ecdd6bed08694676f6c0faf2b02d1761a95c2bc3) ![](/files/f93f6cce1f00f17aa723a1565bb070a1669f6672)

#### Setup Challenge Questions

From software release 55.01 and higher, there is no option to skip entering the challenge questions or option to leave any of the questions left blank. By making it compulsory to enter the challenge questions, users can reset passwords themselves by answering the challenge questions.

.![](/files/9b516c84334ed7a701bb58d70a8f99a0b8b9568d)

![](/files/ab16ac793cde405015a5daa068f9fe6a0f0f69d8) ![](/files/3a39d18517b506e1f6dd0e5a50222a249d422e60)

![](/files/0fc91d476bc0dd61d8df2f09490914eb8ae8d9c6)

#### Change Password

After logging in, a user can change password using the Change Password menu that can be assessed from **Security > My Profile**.

![](/files/f93f6cce1f00f17aa723a1565bb070a1669f6672) ![](/files/2c5a4ccae4a2faa247b336272a150e9dc5ac1097)

#### Forgot Password

“Forgot Password” link on login page of Config Client or Manager Workstation displays a prompt where user must enter the username and click Submit to start the process of resetting password.

![](/files/1f7c2f420b4eec9c24ea47d4f65528b1daee3f33)

If the user doesn’t already have challenge questions set or if the username doesn’t exist, the server shows an error.

![](/files/51123faa85a04022914632d7dd53dd2567b74931)

If the challenge questions are set, any two of the questions are shown for the user to answer.

![](/files/d6a27d7f257fedc88361b65407f1609a9ce6a544)

On answering the questions right, the user is prompted to enter a new password.

<figure><img src="/files/9z8eHOEN65uuxteLPkJH" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/YMXkFgbQHfsXJYFzarpY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Initial Setup

Contains the forms in the Initial Setup tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Initial Setup Tab](/files/e4cb0e91fc348fd0ebce9b642fd282b1396bb1b5)

### Date and Time

The Date & Time Configuration form is used to verify or edit the date, time, and time zone on the Verifone Commander.

<figure><img src="/files/snSW3OFUFoHu3MTFu2hS" alt="" width="563"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Select the date, month, and year from the drop-down list boxes.

The displayed time is the current time. To change the time, select the time from the drop-down list boxes.

#### Time Zone

Use to select the time zone in which your site is located.

#### NTP Server

Enable to get the time from the Network Time Protocol (NTP) server instead of the system clock. This section can be used to configure the IP address of the NTP server.

From Commander Feature Release, major oils can configure the NTP server through Policy Management when logging in to C-Site Management as a major oil.

<figure><img src="/files/0inMTomxh9GMxpkiAnRf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Go to the Policy Management form and select **NTP**.

<figure><img src="/files/0P1NLCsKhmE7F4nkdacU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
In the **Details** tab, enter the NTP server details.

<figure><img src="/files/oMHFztOC4jo62OU2iT8s" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to the **Assign** tab to assign the configuration to sites.

<figure><img src="/files/M0J6Ps6l5oPJYilI1E3x" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
First unassign the configurations from the sites and save the form before assigning the new configuration to all sites.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
After assigning the configuration to sites, click Apply Changes.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

The following is the merchant view from **Site Management > Site Details > System Settings > NTP Configuration** after the policy is applied.

<figure><img src="/files/5BWhpcXSggFpvwSbce9Z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Verifone Commander Central*](/customer-documentation/petro-and-c-store/commander-central) *User Guide for more information.*
{% endhint %}

### Registration

The Registration form presents information that must be supplied to the Verifone Technical Support Centre to obtain a Registration Key.

Call the Verifone Technical Support Center at (888) 777-3536. The Support Center will process the registration while you are on the phone.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Registration is only done once, at the time of installation.*
{% endhint %}

![](/files/6e964be7a47dc8913c2cafeb87b7da3fe478a0ac)

#### Registration Key

Enter the Registration Key supplied by the Verifone Technical Support Center.

### View Feature Info

The Feature Information form displays the options installed on the system. To view the entire list, select the last item and press the down arrow on your keyboard. Click Print to print the entire list.

![](/files/a0ca4f6b8af84cb42e637a1bae2cef23d7011314)

### Maintenance Configuration

Refer to the [Maintenance](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/maintenance) chapter.

### System Properties

Use to select, update, and save System Properties.

Detailed descriptions of the system properties can be found in the respective feature’s feature reference manuals.

![](/files/3b85dcb247ee46c8505548dafba38ffafd40fce5)

| **Field/Button**     | **Allowable Value/Function**           |
| -------------------- | -------------------------------------- |
| System Property Name | Displays the property name.            |
| Value                | Displays the property value.           |
| Save                 | Click to save the selected properties. |

#### System Properties Description

The following is the list of system properties and their descriptions:

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field</th><th valign="top">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">allow.concurrent.scanner</td><td valign="top">Allows two scanners to work</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">apply.upgrade.forcefully</td><td valign="top">Opt-in for forced auto-upgrade</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">auto.print.Pd.report</td><td valign="top">Auto print reports</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Properties that control the daily message display</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">DailyMsg.poll.interval</td><td valign="top">The interval in which the system checks for daily messages.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">DailyMsg.scroll.interval</td><td valign="top">The interval the message pauses before adding another line when the window must be scrolled to display all messages.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">DailyMsg.server.IP</td><td valign="top">IP address of server hosting daily message text.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">DailyMsg.server.Port</td><td valign="top">IP port to use on the server hosting daily message text.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">DailyMsg.server.URL</td><td valign="top">URL to reach the daily message text files</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">data.trans.hst.days</td><td valign="top">Number of days to keep t-log</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">database.plu.isgempromaster</td><td valign="top">Sales configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">disable.pinpad.cardreader</td><td valign="top">Disable PIN pad card reader between transactions.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Note: <em>Refer to the</em> <a href="/spaces/5nJgnNKJ9ZrZeEdr7pqh/pages/pMHufSC1YunXgeWHQJrk"><em>Digital Video Recorder</em> </a><em>Feature Reference documentation for more information on this feature.</em></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">dvr.localIPPort</td><td valign="top">DVR local port</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">dvr.multicastEnable</td><td valign="top">Enable multicast</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">dvr.multicastHost</td><td valign="top">DVR multicast host</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">dvr.multicastPort</td><td valign="top">DVR multicast port</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">dvr.ttl</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">eps.needs.immediate.declined.receipt</td><td valign="top">EPS Needs Immediate Declined Receipt (Options = yes,no)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p>E-Safe Properties</p><p>Note: <em>Refer to the Tidel Sentinel E-Safe Interface Feature Reference documentation for more information on this feature.</em></p></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">esafe.coin_denomination</td><td valign="top">E-Safe - Coin Denominations</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">esafe.note_denomination</td><td valign="top">E-Safe - Note Denominations</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">esafe.retryAttempts</td><td valign="top">E-Safe connection retry attempts</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">esafe.retryInterval.milliseconds</td><td valign="top">E-Safe connection retry interval in milliseconds.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">esafe.socketTimeout.seconds</td><td valign="top">E-Safe - Socket timeout in seconds</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">event.monitor.history.limit</td><td valign="top">How much event monitor history data is shown</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">extPOS.config.depts</td><td valign="top">External POS properties</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">fcc.dcrs.test</td><td valign="top">Test Gilbarco DCRs comma delimited</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">force.InHouse.PayInOut</td><td valign="top">Force In_House for Pay IN and pay OUT</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">fuel.max.curr.limit</td><td valign="top">Set limit for the maximum currency at pump</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">fuelsys.tankmonitor.tankcapacity</td><td valign="top">Enable Fuel Tank Monitoring</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">include.cinit.activation.criteria</td><td valign="top">Show Auto Upgrade notification</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">journalPrinter.enabled</td><td valign="top">Enable journal printer</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">journalPrinter.port</td><td valign="top">Journal printer port</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p>Kitchen Printer Configuration</p><p>Note: <em>Refer to the</em> <a href="/spaces/5nJgnNKJ9ZrZeEdr7pqh/pages/1f403fd4c14b0e4b3b19ec21e3e32aeed339cfdb"><em>Kitchen Printer</em></a> <em>Feature Reference documentation for more information on this feature.</em></p></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">kp.svc.list</td><td valign="top"><p>Kitchen printer service list</p><p>kp.svc.POS use the exact text</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">kp.svc.POS.CommID</td><td valign="top">Indicates which COM port of the POS terminal the kitchen printer is on.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">kp.svc.POS.host</td><td valign="top">Indicates which POS terminal the printer is on.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">loyalty.ppg.stack</td><td valign="top">Enable Loyalty PPG stacking</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">mobile.feature.enabled</td><td valign="top"><p>Enable Mobile Feature</p><p>Note: <em>Refer to the</em> <a href="/spaces/5nJgnNKJ9ZrZeEdr7pqh/pages/57d26f5da64c4d106e7728a098059b272ee9cbf2"><em>Mobile Payment</em></a> <em>Feature Reference documentation for more information on this feature.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p>Money Order Prompt</p><p>Note: <em>Refer to the</em> <a href="/spaces/5nJgnNKJ9ZrZeEdr7pqh/pages/291818b18ffaeb56c4f2d03513e9f2a606ced72a"><em>Money Order</em></a> <em>Feature Reference documentation for more information on this feature.</em> </p></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">mopayee.prompt</td><td valign="top">Money order prompt</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">mopayee.swb</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">moptr.maxVendorPayment</td><td valign="top">Maximum amount for Money Order Vendor Payment.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">mws.response.time</td><td valign="top">Manager Workstation Response Time</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">naxml.config.pluHasCheckDigit</td><td valign="top"><p>NAXML input processing</p><p>Note: Refer to the <a href="/spaces/5nJgnNKJ9ZrZeEdr7pqh/pages/39a2090cff5bb4a158da2178b2d975920991ceaf">VIP NAXML Mix &#x26; Match</a> Feature Reference documentation for more information on this feature.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">pdclose.forcelogout.time.inMins</td><td valign="top">AEOD force logout warning time in minutes</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">promotions.enableNaxmlDeal</td><td valign="top">Enable Naxml promotions.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">receipt.enterprise.footer.alignment</td><td valign="top">Receipt Footer Alignment (Options - LEFT, RIGHT, CENTER)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">receipt.enterprise.header.alignment</td><td valign="top">Receipt Header Alignment (Options - LEFT, RIGHT, CENTER)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">receipt.print.programName</td><td valign="top">Print the promotion program name on receipt</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">remote.server.hostname</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Remote Log Server properties</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">remote.server.hostname</td><td valign="top">Host where the logs are stored</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">remote.server.logBuffer.size</td><td valign="top">Log server buffer size</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">remote.server.openRetry</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">remote.server.port</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">remote.server.prefix</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">remote.server.socektTimeout.second</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">rsd.useTestHost</td><td valign="top">Use RSD test host</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ruby.fuelsys.driveOffAlert</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ruby.fuelsys.driveOffRepeat</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">safeDrop.calculator</td><td valign="top">Calculator appears on screen during safe drop</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">sales.foodorder.expire.minutes</td><td valign="top">Expiry minutes for food order</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">sales.print.zerovalueitem</td><td valign="top">Prints receipts for zero value items</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">standard.keybd.filename</td><td valign="top">POS Keyboard file name</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Amber Alert</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">sys.amber.alertCountUrl</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">sys.amber.alertDataUrl</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">sys.amber.compareUrl</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">sys.amber.enable</td><td valign="top">Enable amber alert</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">sys.amber.pollFreqSecs</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ticket.reprint.includeDCRTrans</td><td valign="top">Include DCR transactions in ticket reprint</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">topaz.enablevirtualkeyboard.expresspanel</td><td valign="top">Enable or disable virtual keyboard button on express panel</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">topaz.safedrop.numbLines</td><td valign="top">Number of blank lines on safe drop receipt</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">topaz.sales.allowDismissalOfGroupedItemMenu</td><td valign="top">Grouped item menu configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">topaz.sales.allowDismissalOfModifierMenu</td><td valign="top">Grouped item menu configuration</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">topaz.sales.print.printTaxLines</td><td valign="top">Print separate tax lines on receipt</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">topaz.sales.showPluModifiers</td><td valign="top">Enable or disable display of plu modifier list</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">upgrade.token.timeout</td><td valign="top">Auto Upgrade - timeout value for token in seconds</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">viper.custom.feecode</td><td valign="top">Viper custom fee product codes</td></tr></tbody></table>

### Local Area Network Configuration

Local Area Network Configuration provides a UI for configuring the LAN. Use it to configure Global Routes, Device Specific IP Configuration, Device Specific Routes, and DNS.

![](/files/2534612fccf05d77a9dc24a09d08067c08c19ae0)

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to the Network Configuration Guide for each profile for more information.
{% endhint %}

From Verifone Software Release 55.02, after an auto upgrade for Sunoco, the default route is Verifone Zone. The changes for Sunoco are listed below:

| Current                                      | Changes                                                               |
| -------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Isolated Payment Nic** Default Route = Yes | **Verifone Zone Nic** Default Route = Yes                             |
| **Device Specific Routes** 12 Configured     | **Device specific Routes** In addition to the current, added two more |
| **DNS** Default configured                   | **DNS** Sunoco Specific DNS                                           |

### VHQ Configuration

Customers can choose from the following VHQ options:

1. Sign a SOW - Verifone performs services to customer PIN pads through VHQ.
2. VHQ Administered – Verifone does the estate management for a fee.
3. VHQ Own Instance – Customers want to own their own instance and move all their PIN pads to their own instance.

The objective of having all Petro PIN pads on VHQ is the ability to remediate and resolve issues found in the field faster.

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to the VHQ User Reference documentation for more information on this feature.
{% endhint %}

POS sends the following VHQ data to EPS:

* Enable/Disable (VHQ)
* VHQ Address
* Customer ID
* Store ID
* Lane ID
* Service ID
* Customer Profile
* Pinpad ID

Enable/Disable VHQ, Customer ID, and VHQ Address are configured through the VHQ Configuration form.

EPS sends the same information to PIN pad as part of the diagnostic message when the POS logs in. VHQ extracts the information from PIN pad.

In order to view and update VHQ Configuration, create new user role functions to view and update **VHQ Configuration**.

* vvhqconfiguration – View VHQ Configuration
* uvhqconfiguration – Update VHQ configuration

A person with the `manager` role has these functions, view and update, enabled by default. All other roles have the view function enabled by default.

Refer to **Configure Roles** for more information.

![](/files/ce009a8640036fddcc8ea0a435e09f68125215f4)

After you enable VHQ, the form allows you to edit Customer ID and VHQ address.

![](/files/411f01fb0d2f2b1550b8b912bbfc2d46e3fb72a4)

On save, the form validates the Customer ID and VHQ address. The VHQ address can be a URL or an IP address. The Customer ID can contain alphanumeric characters up to 64 characters long. If validation is not successful, an error message is displayed.

#### Service and Maintenance (SAM)

Beginning with ViperPAY version 4.06.xx, an additional Service and Maintenance (SAM) feature will be available for Mx9xx Series PIN pads. The objective of having all Petro PIN pads connected with the Service and Maintenance feature is the ability to remediate and resolve issues found in the field faster. The SAM feature is included as part of ASM entitlement for Verifone Commander locations and includes improved Verifone Helpdesk support functions, such as:

* Review general configuration of the device, including network and system configuration.
* Review PIN pad diagnostic logs.
* Correct some operating system and application issues.
* Perform diagnostics remotely on the PIN pad, such as screen calibrations.

The SAM feature can be enabled after each PIN pad has the ViperPAY application loaded or upgraded. Enablement is performed by selecting **Accept** on the Terms & Conditions prompt that appears after the PIN pad application is loaded or upgraded. The SAM feature is PIN pad-specific, so the prompt appears on all PIN pads once the application is loaded or upgraded.

Rejecting the Terms & Conditions will disable SAM functionality. Verifone strongly encourages our customers to enable the Service and Maintenance feature.

![](/files/d1f1107399905faba3383e0e9ba690e03f5e8dae)

Should a customer reject the agreement after updating the ViperPAY version and want the Service and Maintenance feature later, they can enter into System Mode on the PIN pad, navigate to “Enable VHQ default” and change the value to 1. They will then need to run the application from the PIN pad home screen and accept the Terms & Conditions prompt. This must be completed for each PIN pad.

{% hint style="info" %}
*The above process is the same when a user changes from SAM to No SAM on the PIN pad.*
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
*Some PIN pads have Accept and Reject soft keys. Use these keys for SAM enablement.*
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
*SAM is only available for PIN pads that are not a part of a client managed instance of VHQ.*
{% endhint %}

### Verifone Commander Console

The Verifone Commander Console is a cloud-based enterprise application where Verifone Commander transactions and reports can be viewed. To view Verifone Commander transactions and reports in Verifone Commander Console, configure Verifone Commander Console in Configuration Client.

![](/files/72ed480624f090d69ccfe0fd862ae60ad66b0e0e)

| Field/Button                   | Allowable Value/Function                    |
| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------- |
| Enable Cloud Agent             | Select to enable Cloud Agent                |
| Verifone Commander Console URL | Enter the Verifone Commander Console URL.   |
| Site ID                        | The Site ID of the store                    |
| Service ID                     | Verifone Commander Service ID. 7 characters |
| Postal Code                    | Enter the postal code of the site.          |

### Cloud Configuration Manager

The Cloud Configuration Manager is a cloud-based enterprise application used to manage Verifone Commander configuration settings for a site or group of sites. All Verifone Commanders that are managed through Cloud Configuration Manager must have the Cloud Configuration Manager agent configured in Configuration Client.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Cloud Configuration Manager documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### General

<figure><img src="/files/0b5479b63983fdd2c8eb6591d41bcce4ffd0f7e4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

| Field/Button | Allowable Value/Function                                                      |
| ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Host URL     | The URL of Cloud Configuration Manager.                                       |
| Company      | Company name that was set up when requesting for Cloud Configuration Manager. |
| Custom ID    | Leave it as blank                                                             |
| Site ID      | The Site ID of the store                                                      |
| Service ID   |                                                                               |

#### CM Diagnostics

Use CM Diagnostics to see if Verifone Commander is connected to the Cloud Configuration Manager.

### Cloud Connect

The Verifone Commander Central application allows you to configure POS system data remotely through the web. A technician does not need to visit each location to make changes and updates. These updates can be made selectively or all at once for all POS devices from the web application.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Verifone Commander Central*](/customer-documentation/petro-and-c-store/commander-central) *User Reference documentation for more information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### Annual Software Maintenance

Annual Software Maintenance ensures the Verifone payment devices, site controllers, POS workstations and peripherals operate on software and tools that meet or exceed the requirements of current PA-DSS standards.

Verifone POS customers are required to enroll in the ASM Program available through major oil brands, Verifone distributors or Verifone. Without current ASM coverage, customer locations are NOT entitled to software installation, upgrades, reloads or remote assistance.

Go to <https://www.verifone.com/asm> on a web-enabled device for more information.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Retailers should reach out to your distributor or Verifone sales representative to get the ASM license.*
{% endhint %}


# Store Operations

Contains the forms in the Store Operations tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Store Operations Tab](/files/46c5d77cc005407b9ca08a8c3a86018d713fe3d9)

### Payment

#### Currencies

Use to define the common currency, one alternate currency, and the exchange rate of the alternate currency in relation to the common currency.

{% hint style="info" %}
From Commander Release 57.00, receipts can print more than two characters, up to five, in the currency symbol. The **Print Symbol** field was added to the currency form.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/Bp5ryDTo8BdTzfIEIB5L" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/9YJdkWS6BHD8CuQLXaaW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

| Field/Button        | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                                                                                                           |
| ------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Name                | Enter a descriptive name for the currency (alphanumeric, 1 - 14 characters). All transactions use this currency unless the **\[OTHER CURR]** key is pressed. Each currency is selected separately. |
| Delete              | Click to delete the selected currency.                                                                                                                                                             |
| Symbol              | Select a symbol for each currency. The symbol appears on receipts.                                                                                                                                 |
| Currency Code       | Three digit currency code                                                                                                                                                                          |
| Exchange Rate       | Enter the rate at which the alternate currency is compared to the base currency (0.000000 - 999.999999).                                                                                           |
| Singular Print Name | Singular print name of the currency                                                                                                                                                                |
| Plural Print Name   | Plural print name of the currency                                                                                                                                                                  |
| Print Symbol        | Print the symbol on receipts, up to 5 characters.                                                                                                                                                  |

From Commander Release 57.00, receipts can print more than two characters, up to five, in the currency symbol. The **Print Symbol** field was added to the currency form.

This feature is especially useful in the LAC region, where receipts must print three-character currency codes. These countries print the following currency codes on receipts:

* Barbados: BDS
* Eastern Caribbean: XCD
* St. Martin: NAF
* Jamaica: JMD
* Guyana: GYD
* Suriname: SRD

<figure><img src="/files/OuPwsc7enmPEByMW8dyR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Fees

Use to add an additional charge (for example, bottle deposits) to an item or department. The Fees tab can contain up to 99 different fees. The current fees are listed on the left side of the form.

![](/files/a6e07214c32c21f02e548eb1e46f38a4fdc6c797) ![](/files/aa19e40ae35bd7441c122895f789958e383daf25)

| Field/Button      | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Name              | Enter a descriptive name for the Fee (alphanumeric, 1 - 9 characters). The name prints on receipts.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
| Delete            | Select to delete the selected fee.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
| Department        | From the drop-down menu, select the department to which fee transactions are charged for report totals.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| Fee is Refundable | Select to indicate that the fee is refundable with the cost of the item if it is returned.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| Fee Type          | \*\*Percentage:\*\*Percentage Fee will be calculated as the configured percentage of base selling price. For example, if Percentage Fee is configured as 4.555 and the same fee is applied to Item F with base selling price $9.98, the Fee applied will be 4.555 percentage of 9.98. ie 9.98\*4.555/100 = .45.\*\*Range/Amt:\*\*Fee calculation for sales will be updated to process by Range Amount. |
| Amount (1)        | Enter the amount of the first fee (0.00 – 9999.99).                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |

| Range (1)  | Enter the ending dollar amount for items to which the first fee applies.                                                             |
| ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Amount (2) | Enter the amount of the second fee (0.00 – 9999.99).                                                                                 |
| Range (2)  | Enter the ending dollar amount for items to which the second fee applies.                                                            |
| Amount (3) | Enter the amount of the third fee (0.00 – 9999.99).                                                                                  |
| Range (3)  | Enter the ending dollar amount for items to which the third fee applies.                                                             |
| Amount (4) | Enter the amount of the fourth fee (0.00 – 9999.99).                                                                                 |
| Range (4)  | Enter the ending dollar amount for items to which the fourth fee applies.                                                            |
| Amount (5) | Enter the amount of the fifth fee (0.00 – 9999.99). This fee is applied to all amounts higher than the range end for the fourth fee. |

### Merchandise

The Merchandise Manager form is used to add, delete, and restore categories and departments. The Product Code tab displays the current product codes. Product codes cannot be edited.

**Categories**

Use to define the categories for your site. The current categories are listed on the left side of the form.

The maximum number of categories that can be configured by platform:

* Ruby Ci - 9999
* Verifone Commander - 9999

![](/files/be7b1d754798939c50d9efa73e30e8ffc2f5cb97)

| Field/Button | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                          |
| ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Add          | Click to add a new category                                                                                       |
| Number       | Enter a unique number for the category.                                                                           |
| Name         | Enter a unique name for the category. Quotation marks and forward slashes (`/`) cannot be used in category names. |

**Product Code**

The Product Code tab contains view-only data and cannot be edited. The fields in this tab are Number, Name, Status and Fuel (Yes or No).

**Departments**

Refer to [Department Sales](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/department-sales).

### Restrictions

**Blue Laws**

Refer to [Blue Laws](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/restrictions#blue-laws).

**ID Checks**

Refer to [ID Checks](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/restrictions#id-checks).

**PLU Promotions**

Refer to [PLU Promotions](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/plu-promotions).

#### Online Age Verification

TruAge is a digital identification solution that enhances current age-verification systems at all retail points of sale and protects user privacy. TruAge was developed by NACS (National Association of Convenience Stores) the global trade association that represents the convenience store industry, and Conexxus, its standards-setting partner.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Age Restrictions feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

### PLUs

Refer to [PLU Sales](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/plu-sales).

### Sales

#### Sales Configuration

The Sales Configuration form is used to set up the sales functions and the login/logout messages for the site.

{% hint style="info" %}
*All the Security Level configurations from this form have been moved to Security > POS Security > Sales Functions Security.*
{% endhint %}

![](/files/0a61f410bf6d780997519273c168e0c28ec9ef09)

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Allow Amount Entry for Refund</td><td valign="top">Allows amount entry for refund so that the cashier can give the amount entered as refund to the customer as a roundoff figure after taking the difference from the customer.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Canadian GST</td><td valign="top">Select if the site collects Canadian GST tax. Special prompts for Canadian GST appear in the Tax Rate File.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Cardload Recharge Dept</td><td valign="top">Select to assign the department number for cardload recharge.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Cash Drawers Connected</td><td valign="top">Enter the number of cash drawers connected to this register (1 - 2).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Cash Underrun Auto Refund</td><td valign="top"><p>If disabled, cashier must complete the underrun transaction by selecting a MOP.</p><p>If enabled, when cashier claims the fuel sale, amount is automatically refunded.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Check Drawer Amount on Safe Drop</td><td valign="top">Select to compare the amount of the MOP entered to the calculated amount currently in the drawer.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Count Underrun Customers</td><td valign="top">When a cashier completes a prepay underrun transaction, the underrun customer count is incremented in the Summary Report, Shift Report and Daily Report with the attribute “Underrun Customer”.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Disable Error Correct Key</td><td valign="top">“Error Correct” key is not displayed on the POS touch-screen when this parameter is enabled.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Discount Denomination</td><td valign="top"><p>Refer to [Discount Denominations](/spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/4pXZMN23346h1MZdh7Cc#discount-denominations) for configuring discounts.</p><p>Select so that when the cashier selects the discount key (hard key, soft key, or touch-to-modify menu), any configured discounts are displayed as part of the discount overlay.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Discount Type – Pct or Amt</td><td valign="top"><p>Select the type of discount to apply when the [DISC] key is used.</p><p>Percent — The discount is calculated as a percentage of the price and then subtracted from the price of the item.</p><p>Amount — The discount is directly subtracted as a dollar amount from the price of the item.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Display PLU not found Department List</td><td valign="top">Select to set a department number to assign to PLUs that are not in the PLU department list.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Drawer Alarm Timer</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the number of seconds a cash drawer is allowed to remain open before an alarm is triggered (0 - 99).</p><p>Note: <em>“Drawer Open During Sale” must not be selected for the drawer alarm timer to work.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Drawer Open During Sale</td><td valign="top"><p>Select to allow the cash drawer to remain open during transactions. (If not selected, the cash drawer must be closed before the next transaction can be started.)</p><p>Note: <em>Make sure that “Drawer Open During Sale” is not selected if you are entering a value in “Drawer Alarm Timer”.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Employee Number Login</td><td valign="top"><p>When this feature is enabled, a cashier can login to the register using their Employee Number instead of their cashier record. Employee number and password are configured in Security > POS Security > Employees.</p><p>The employee number is unique to each employee.</p><p>When this feature is enabled, all cashier related actions require Employee Number with corresponding password. Only the clock in/out functions can be used with alternative login.</p><p><img src="file:///C:/Users/Dolly_A1/AppData/Local/Temp/msohtmlclip1/01/clip_image004.png" alt="">Note: After installation this parameter is disabled by default.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Enable Managed Update</td><td valign="top">Enable to provide an interim approval step during the PLU file update process and to allow updates to take effect within the POS system immediately upon approval. No restart required after approval.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Enable Receipt Tax Detail</td><td valign="top">Enable to print the tax details on the receipt. Even if this feature is disabled, if there is a taxable rebate in the transaction, the tax details are printed on the receipt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Enable Auto Settle Overrun</td><td valign="top">Select to determine whether to apply a charge on a prepaid sale in case of an overrun. When enabled, the overrun amount should automatically be settled to “Drive Off” MOP to complete the transaction.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Error Correction Security Level</td><td valign="top">Select to set the security level required to perform an [ERROR CORR] on an item in a transaction.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Error Message Prompt Timer</td><td valign="top">Enter the length of time (in seconds) that error messages display (2 - 30).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Fixed Discount Rate</td><td valign="top">If “Is Fixed Discount” is selected, enter the percent or amount (set in “Discount Type”) that is automatically applied when the [DISC] key is pressed.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Force DOB on ID Check</td><td valign="top">Select to force ID checks by displaying messages, beeping, and restricting sales until a birth date is entered, scanned, or swiped.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Force No Sale Print</td><td valign="top">Select to print “No Sale” on the receipt and the journal when the cashier presses [No Sale] in Sales mode. (If not selected, “No Sale” prints on the journal only.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Force Refund Print</td><td valign="top">Select to print a refund receipt when the cashier performs a refund in the Sales mode. (If not selected, the refund prints on the journal only.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Force Void Line Print</td><td valign="top">Select to print “Void Line” on the receipt and journal when the cashier voids a line in the Sales mode.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Force Void Transaction Print</td><td valign="top">Select to print “Void Ticket” on the receipt and journal when the cashier voids a ticket in the Sales mode. (If not selected, “Void Ticket” prints on the journal only.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Fuel Discount</td><td valign="top">Enter the dollar amount per gallon discount that is applied when a fuel discount key is used (0.00 – 99.99).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Fuel Discount Title</td><td valign="top">To rename Fuel Discount with a descriptive name, enter up to 30 characters.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Idle Prompt Displays Due Sale</td><td valign="top">Select to display “No Due Sales” when the terminal is idle, and no fuel transactions are due. Due fuel sales display if one or more fuel sales are due. (If not selected, “Ready for Sale” displays when the terminal is idle. Due fuel sales are viewed by pressing the [VIEW] key.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Is Cashier # Required for Each Sale</td><td valign="top">Select to require the cashier/employee number and password before starting each sale.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Is Fixed Discount</td><td valign="top">Select to automatically enter discounts (set in “Discount Type” as a percent or amount) for the amount entered in “Fixed Discount Rate” when the [DISC] key is pressed. (If not selected, all discounts must be entered as individual amounts.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Is Sub-total Required</td><td valign="top">Select to require pressing the [TOTAL] key before the MOP is chosen.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Is Total in Double</td><td valign="top">Select to print the transaction total in double-wide characters on the receipt and journal. (If not selected, the transaction total will print in single-wide characters.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Maximum Till Transaction Amount</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the maximum transaction amount.</p><p>&#x3C;img src="file:///C:/Users/Dolly_A1/AppData/Local/Temp/msohtmlclip1/01/clip_image005.png" alt="A black background with a black square</p><p>AI-generated content may be incorrect.">Note: <em>Maximum amount is 9999.99</em>.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Maximum Amount</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the maximum amount that any one department item may cost if ‘0’ is entered for Department > Max Amt. (0.00 – 9999.99).</p><p><img src="file:///C:/Users/Dolly_A1/AppData/Local/Temp/msohtmlclip1/01/clip_image006.png" alt="">Note: <em>The value set in Department >Max Amt overrides any value set here.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Maximum Discount</td><td valign="top">Enter the maximum discount (either percent or dollar as set in “Discount Type”) that can be applied to an item when using the [DISC] key (0.00 – 99.99).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Maximum Quantity</td><td valign="top">Enter the maximum quantity of any one item that may be sold in one transaction (0.00 – 9999.99).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Minimum Amount</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the minimum amount that any one department item may cost if ‘0’ is entered for Department > Min Amt (0.00 – 9999.99).</p><p><img src="file:///C:/Users/Dolly_A1/AppData/Local/Temp/msohtmlclip1/01/clip_image005.png" alt="">Note: <em>If Department > Min Amt is not ‘0,’ then its value overrides the value set here.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Minimum Discount</td><td valign="top">Enter the minimum discount (either percent or dollar as set in “Discount Type”) that can be applied to an item when using the [DISC] key (0.00 – 99.99).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Money Order Low</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the number of checks remaining before an alarm message indicates that the money order machine needs to have more checks loaded (0 - 99).</p><p><strong>Note:</strong> <em>Refer to the</em> <a href="/spaces/5nJgnNKJ9ZrZeEdr7pqh/pages/291818b18ffaeb56c4f2d03513e9f2a606ced72a"><em>Money Order</em></a> <em>Feature Reference for more information on this feature.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">One Cashier per Drawer</td><td valign="top"><p>Select to limit login to one cashier per cash drawer until totals are closed. This can be overridden by personnel with higher security levels than the cashier. If not selected, more than one cashier is allowed per cash drawer.</p><p><strong>Note:</strong> <em>This feature is not supported.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Open Drawer Cashier Close</td><td valign="top">Select to close open drawer before another cashier can use the cash drawer.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">PLU Not Found Department</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter a department number to assign to PLUs that are not on the PLU File and are entered as a sale (0 - 9999).</p><p>0000 — Disables the PLU Not Found department.</p><p>&#x3C;img src="file:///C:/Users/Dolly_A1/AppData/Local/Temp/msohtmlclip1/01/clip_image006.png" alt="A black background with a black square</p><p>AI-generated content may be incorrect.">Note: <em>The department number must also be assigned as the PLU Not Found department from Manager > Merchandise > Department.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prepaid Card Activate Department</td><td valign="top">Enter the department number for prepaid card activation sales transactions.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prepaid Card Recharge Department</td><td valign="top">Enter the department number for prepaid card recharge sales transactions.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prevent Modify Key Cycling</td><td valign="top">Select to prevent cycling through the modifiers of a PLU. (If not selected, cycling through the modifiers of a PLU from the lowest priced modifier to the highest priced is allowed.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print DOB on Journal</td><td valign="top">Select to print DOB on journal.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print DOB on Receipt</td><td valign="top">Select to print DOB on receipt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print Receipt</td><td valign="top">Select to print a receipt for every transaction (if not selected, a receipt will only print for No Sale, Pay In, Pay Out, Clock In/Clock Out, Void, Car Wash, POP Discounts, Credit Transactions, and when using the [Ticket Print] Key).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print UPC on Receipt</td><td valign="top">When this feature is enabled, the actual UPC or PLU will be printed on the receipt, along with the description.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt Dine In</td><td valign="top">Select to prompt dine in at food kiosk.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt Food Order Name</td><td valign="top">Enable to prompt for entering customer name for food orders.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt Food Order Phone Number</td><td valign="top">Enable to prompt for entering customer phone number for food orders.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt Loyalty for PLU Not Found</td><td valign="top">When enabled, if a scanned barcode or manually entered number comes as “PLU Not Found”, the system asks the user if the number is a Loyalty Card.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Receipt Print PPG Discount Table</td><td valign="top"><p>Enable to print clearer breakdown of discounts on the fuel receipt. This includes pop, loyalty, and any other discounts taken off fuel prices.</p><p>Chevron has this parameter enabled by default from Release 54.01 and for all other FEPs this parameter is disabled by default.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Receipt Print Program Name</td><td valign="top">Receipt prints loyalty program name.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Register Time-Out Timer</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the number of minutes (001 – 999) after which an idle terminal automatically switches out of Sales mode.</p><p>Entering 000 indicates that an idle terminal will not automatically switch out of Sales mode.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Release Terminal During Close</td><td valign="top">Select to allow the terminal to return immediately to Sales mode after a close shift or close daily is started.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Reminder to Use Imprinter</td><td valign="top">Determines whether a message is displayed that reminds the cashier to use the imprinter after completing a transaction using the Manual Credit MOP.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Reset Display on Drawer Close</td><td valign="top">Idle sales message returns when the drawer closes.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Reset Display on Time-out</td><td valign="top">Idle sales message returns when the time-out elapses.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Reset Display Time-out Value</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the time (in seconds) before the idle sales message returns to the operator display after a transaction is complete. When “Reset Display on Time-out” is selected, a value must be entered here (2 – 3600).</p><p>1 = 2 seconds</p><p>0 = disables the option to reset display on time-out</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Stack manual Discount</td><td valign="top">If enabled, multiple manual discounts can be applied on a line item. Cannot apply multiple discounts if item has NAXML discount applied to it.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Store Number</td><td valign="top">Enter the number or name that identifies the store. This information is printed on receipts and reports (alphanumeric, 1 - 5 characters).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Value Added Tax (VAT)</td><td valign="top">Select if value added tax (VAT) is collected at the site. Special prompts for VAT appear in the Tax Rate File (U.S. and Canadian sites usually do not collect VAT).</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Sales Login/Logout Message

Use to enter messages that are displayed when an employee logs in or out of Sales mode.

<figure><img src="/files/aVbdtMy6BwLEyYz6d2Ss" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

| Field/Button                   | Allowable Value/Function                                       |
| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Log In - Show Log-In Message   | Select to display the prompt when the user logs on to Sales.   |
| Lines                          | Enter or edit the information displayed when Sales is entered. |
| Log Out - Show Log-Out Message | Select to display the prompt when the user logs out of Sales.  |

### Menu Configuration

Refer to [Menu Key Configuration](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/menus#menu-configuration).

### Register

The Register Configuration form is used to set up banners, logos/slogans, soft keys, and copy registers for the site.

#### Banner

Use to define the message that appears on the customer display when sales transactions are not in process.

![](/files/a7679e62fcc61e3fd6dd06d7185fcd6552560cca)

| Field/Button      | Allowable Value/Function                                                  |
| ----------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Register          | Select the register.                                                      |
| Line 1 and Line 2 | Enter the messages for lines 1 and 2 (alphanumeric, up to 80 characters). |
| Rotate            | Select a rotation option — None, Line 1, Line 2, Both.                    |

#### Logos/Slogans

Use to enter the information that prints in the header (logo) and footer (slogan) of receipts.

![](/files/94a18f20f99a64573428a63f06b022b12034485b)

| Field/Button              | Allowable Value/Function                                 |
| ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- |
| Register                  | Select the register.                                     |
| Ticket Logo/Ticket Slogan | Enter the information that appears on register receipts. |
| Enabled                   | Select to enable each logo and/or slogan.                |
| Mode                      | Select Single- or Double-wide characters.                |
| Alignment                 | Select Left, Right, or Center.                           |

#### Soft Keys

Refer to [Soft Keys](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/soft-key#soft-keys)

#### Copy Registers

Use to copy files from one register to another.

![](/files/acfd2c16f7196bfbe21b9204c3858282cb0b0eaa)

| Field/Button                      | Allowable Value/Function                                               |
| --------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Select Register - Source Register | Select the register to copy.                                           |
| Destination Register              | Select the register to which you want to copy files.                   |
| Select Files to Copy              | Select the files you want to copy: Banners, Soft Keys, Logos, Slogans. |

### Touch Screen

The Touch Screen Configuration forms allow you to configure fuel keys, assign buttons, define the parked menu panel, and orient the touch screen.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Release 53 and Higher*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/release-53-and-higher-ui-reference) *feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

### Self Checkout

Self Checkout (SCO) is a self-checkout POS application for C-Stores implemented on B53 and Higher UI.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Self-Checkout*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/self-checkout) *feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### Self Checkout (SCO) Monitoring

Device monitoring lets you monitor configured devices from a cashier-operated POS, an attendant handheld device, or another remote machine. Self Checkout devices can be configured for monitoring through the Touch Screen configuration.

**Self Checkout Monitoring Buttons**

From Release 55.02, the **Self Checkout Monitoring Detail View** feature is available on C18 POS.

Click the self-checkout monitoring icon on the POS sales screen to open a pop-up that lets cashiers monitor self-checkout transactions live.

For example:<br>

<figure><img src="/files/jN11JO6NTAy3ovCPs3oA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
This feature is not available on Topaz or Ruby2 registers.
{% endhint %}

The following buttons represent self-checkout device statuses:

<table><thead><tr><th width="212" valign="top">Icon</th><th valign="top">Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/7ygmOp0SgMCFLmcdW0as" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Self Checkout is offline.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/axODBA51iA6ddPWAKExq" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Self Checkout is in Non-Sales mode.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/eGK8AiS4O74R0epkxvS6" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Self Checkout lane closed.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/yZObrynp7EPwXCfULdyb" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Self Checkout is in Idle mode.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/zJBKvCBsorkJGCYmygnu" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Last transaction was suspended either because customer choose to pay at counter or because cashier suspended the transaction. The SCO is moved to idle state.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/AgbqBPtwVg3ZwW8glDMV" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer checked in to the self checkout.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/qO6itsVfwZH2PDUnd23O" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer added items to cart on the self checkout device.<br>The monitoring button shows the number of items added and the total amount.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/78iLsNTMZMUa4I357J2Q" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer is making a payment.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/kZfIvcMirWgbTXNntwrq" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer payment failed.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/gVzL8lodp8HYG4DB1frV" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Cashier logged in and payment failed.<br><br>Note: All the images with a white dot on the top left corner indicates a cashier has logged in to the SCO device.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/qyIMiItZku2oRpe7EVPj" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer requested help before adding items.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/CL1lkdgoH9xM5BS11Qyc" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer requested help after adding items.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/z7LsZhQsdHXktApn2vFg" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer requested help and is proceeding with sale.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/1rMminHi4gpfBRN2A8R3" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer requested help and is proceeding with payment.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/lReuueOo3PzzYTux9BJ3" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top"><p>Cashier logged in and is proceeding with payment.</p><p>Note: All the images with a white dot on the top left corner indicate a cashier has logged in to the SCO device.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/rcECqwIyq4D2oVxyXQfd" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer requested help; but, proceeded with payment and payment failed.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/84zWwWdqhWyGB25tNDVH" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Cashier logged in while self checkout is in Idle mode.<br><br>Note: All the images with a white dot on the top left corner indicate a cashier has logged in to the SCO device.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/bq09AJAYViaf6ntBDB0u" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Cashier logged in to self checkout from customer checked in mode.<br><br>Note: All the images with a white dot on the top left corner indicate a cashier has logged in to the SCO device.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/Cvxg73r9q7YAdkmGZ86O" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Cashier logged in to self checkout during sales.<br><br>Note: All the images with a white dot on the top left corner indicate a cashier has logged in to the SCO device.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/ciWxVepA4Ax59C2Phw0e" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top">Customer added age restricted item.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**Self Checkout Monitoring Using Light Pole**

From Verifone Commander Release 55.02, an LED light pole can be integrated to the C18 Self Checkout device.

The light pole:

* Visually notifies store personnel that a customer using Self Checkout may need assistance.
* Lets staff monitor what the customer is doing at Self Checkout, even when they are not viewing the Self Checkout monitoring buttons on the POS.

The light pole is a plug-and-play device and does not require configuration changes in the Verifone Configuration Client. Install the light tower and reboot the C18. The light pole can only be added to a C18 Self Checkout device. The light ring on the C18 changes color accordingly.

The following are the colors of the light pole based on what is happening at the Self Checkout:

**Non Sales Screen**

**No light**: No light when SCO is in Close Lane mode, CSR functions screen, or when SCO is offline.

**Self Checkout Ready to Use**

Green: Green solid light when SCO is checked in without adding any items.

**Self Checkout In Use**

White: White solid light when SCO is in use.

**User Requires Assistance or Age Verification Item Scanned**

Red: Red slow flashing light when the user requires assistance or an age verification item is scanned.

**Cashier Logs in to Assist Customer**

Blue: Blue solid light when cashier logs in to Self Checkout to assist customer.

**Suspend Transaction**

Yellow: Yellow slow flashing light when the customer selects "Pay at Counter" or when the cashier logs in and suspends a transaction.

**Self Checkout Monitoring Configuration**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Base 53 and Higher feature reference documentation for information on how to configure the touchscreen UI.*
{% endhint %}

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
From **Store Operations > Touch Screen > Panel Configuration.** Select Add Item to an Item Panel.

<figure><img src="/files/ibgJa7HPGSQJVlZugAF2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
In the new row, select **Monitoring** from the drop-down list.

<figure><img src="/files/SGVUYZWrlMR11b6aKpjy" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select Self Checkout as the **Device Type** and select the **Device ID** of the self checkout.

<figure><img src="/files/FfFVhaicgp9SZuN1Uju5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to **Store Operations > Touch Screen > Screen Configuration** and add the item panel containing the Self Checkout Monitoring item to a screen panel.

{% hint style="info" %}
SCO must be logged in at least once before configuring for SCO monitoring; else the device id will not be listed.
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/A2tRPWtrmbd1h53GyT72" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Go to **Store Operations > Touch Screen > Register Configuration** and assign the screen to a register.

<figure><img src="/files/ENIYGUPhYcSPGUeJDDnw" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### House Account

A House Account is a non-network, local store account that is set up with credit granted at the discretion of the site manager. House accounts require an account number, which prints on the receipt. Verifone Commander keeps and reports totals for House accounts but does not keep records of individual transactions or balances. Follow store policy to manually record transactions.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the In-House Accounts feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

Set `force.InHouse.PayInOut` to **Yes** in **Configuration Client > Initial Setup > System Properties** to enable sites to assign In-House Accounts with Pay In and Pay Out.

![](/files/5dc6413d62f7cf38765217ec8d5d92ca0f49b47a)

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Add</td><td valign="top">Click to add a new account. The account is automatically enabled unless you clear the Enabled check box.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Delete</td><td valign="top">Select to delete the selected account.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Account Number</td><td valign="top">Enter the account number. (alphanumeric, 1 - 20 characters).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Account Name</td><td valign="top">(Optional) Enter the name of the customer. (alphanumeric 0 - 20 characters).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to enable the account.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt for Sub Acc#</td><td valign="top">Enable to prompt for sub account number.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Trigger Function</td><td valign="top">Select what triggers a "In-House Account? [Y/N]" prompt.</td></tr></tbody></table>

### Group Price Change

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Group Price Change feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

Use this form to change the prices of multiple PLUs assigned to a selected department at the same time.

<figure><img src="/files/4n9FTE1uRnK9v2Mgi6Wf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

To change a group of prices:

1. In the department list, select the department that contains the products needing the price change.
2. Click an adjustment type — Increase, Decrease, Make all prices the same.
3. Click an adjustment option — Amount, Percent.
4. Enter the adjustment amount as dollars and cents (0.00 - 9999.99) or percent (000.000 - 9999.99).
5. Select the PLUs to be adjusted.

* Click Select All to select every PLU in the department.
* Select several adjacent PLUs by using SHIFT and click.
* Remove selections by clicking Select None.

6. Click OK.

### Managed Updates <a href="#toc139626620" id="toc139626620"></a>

The Managed Updates feature provides an interim approval step during the PLU file update process and allows updates to take effect in the POS system immediately after approval. The approval step lets store management use a third-party system, such as SAP Retail Store, to identify, print, and update shelf labels before those price changes are reflected in the POS system.

**Enable Managed PLU Update**

From **Store Operations > Sales > Sales Configuration**, enable “Enable Managed Updates”.

<figure><img src="/files/lM2aBoyEioWeb92qWZPl" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Managed Update Security Level**

In **Store Operations > Sales > Sales Configuration > Managed Update Security Level**, enter the security level of the manager who can apply the update.

<figure><img src="/files/ltht1llMbJFId1MwQei5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**"Apply Updates" Touchscreen Button**

In **Store Operations > Touch Screen > Panel Configuration**, select **Add Item** and set **Type** to **Function**. Select **Apply Updates** to assign this function to a touch screen key or Topaz POS key for easy access.

<figure><img src="/files/kM4ns71zlmHBU704cHKZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Base 53 and Higher feature reference documentation for information on configuring the touch screen.*
{% endhint %}

**Pending Updates**

View Pending Managed Updates from **Store Operations > Managed Updates**.

![](/files/f454f08c4257a9b7d18a258ae021826eec5e2d5c)

### Fiscal Receipt

This feature is available for LAC countries. In many LAC countries, controlled receipts, such as “Facturas,” are printed from the POS. These receipts typically include a controlled sequence number and other POS-controlled data.

After all MOPs are processed, the application determines which of the five receipt types to print.

The five types of receipts are:

* Fiscal Sale
* Fiscal Refund
* Fuel Voucher
* Non-Fiscal Network
* Pump Test

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Transaction Processing of MOPs to Generate Receipts</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><p><strong>Pump Test</strong></p><p>If Pump Test MOP is used, the transaction generates a Pump Test Receipt. This will not require any data input.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p><strong>Fuel Voucher</strong></p><p>If Fuel Voucher MOP (with fuel voucher MOP code) is used, the transaction generates a Fuel Voucher Receipt. The Fuel Voucher MOP can be used only with Postpay Fuel and Manual Fuel line items.</p><p>When this MOP is used, no split tender, no change and no refunds are allowed.</p><p>This MOP requires 2 cashier prompts:</p><p>a) For Fuel Voucher number (Alphanumeric 0-15 chars): “Enter <em>[receipt type name]</em> Number:“</p><p>b) For Customer number (Alphanumeric 0-15 chars): “Enter Customer Number:“</p><p><em>Note:</em> More than one post pay fuel line can be allowed.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p><strong>Non-Fiscal Network</strong></p><p>If a Network MOP is used and the FEP returns the flag “FiscalReceipt” = <em>FALSE</em>, the application generates a Non-Fiscal Network Receipt.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p><strong>Fiscal Refund</strong></p><p>For a Fiscal Refund receipt, the system prompts for the original Fiscal Sale receipt number.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p><strong>Fiscal Sale</strong></p><p>If the transaction is none of the four previous receipt types, the system generates a Fiscal Sale Receipt.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Site

Use this form to configure site-level fiscal receipt settings.

![](/files/8ac07a961653bedb19107d45ff31332c948f1830)

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Customer Tax ID</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Name</td><td valign="top">Enter customer Tax ID Name; alpha-numeric string between 3-20 characters.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Minimum Length</td><td valign="top">Enter customer Tax ID Number; minimum length (numeric value between 0-20).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Maximum Length</td><td valign="top">Enter customer Tax ID Number; maximum length (numeric value between 0-20).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Check Digit</td><td valign="top">Drop-down box with 2 values: ‘None’ and ‘Modulo 11’.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Tax ID Database</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Enable DB</td><td valign="top">Click to enable Tax ID Database.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Customer Name</td><td valign="top">Use to prompt for customer name to be added to Tax ID DB.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Customer Address</td><td valign="top">Use to prompt for customer address to be added to Tax ID DB.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Warning Thresholds</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Sequence Number</td><td valign="top">A countdown alarm that notifies the number of sequence numbers still available on the range defined for a specific authorization number. Numeric value between 1-3. Default = '100'.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Authorization Days</td><td valign="top">Number of days before the Ending Authorization Date expires. Numeric value up to 2 digits (00-99). Default Value is 15 days.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Other Settings</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Merchant Tax ID Name</td><td valign="top">Merchant Tax ID name.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Use common Sequence Number # for All APTs</td><td valign="top">If this parameter is enabled, all the APTs configured in a site have a common sequence number. Default = Enabled.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Common APT Register ID</td><td valign="top">Select the APT register ID to configure. Only this APT appears in the register selection field in the Register form.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print Currency Symbol</td><td valign="top">If this parameter is enabled, the currency symbol is printed on every amount printed on the receipt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print Line Item Unit Price</td><td valign="top"><p>If this parameter is enabled, the unit price is printed after the quantity on every receipt printed and the header is printed as: “Qty/Unit P” (Quantity/Unit Price) and translated to Spanish as “Ctd./P. Unit.” (Cantidad/Precio Unitario).</p><p>If this parameter is disabled, the header is printed as “Qty” and translated to Spanish as “Cant.”. Default value = disabled. This only applies to Honduras.</p><p>English:</p><p>0123456789012345678901234567890123456789</p><p>Description Qty/Unit P. Amount</p><p>----------- ----------- ------</p><p>Description Qty Amount</p><p>----------- --- ------</p><p>Spanish:</p><p>0123456789012345678901234567890123456789</p><p>Descripcion Ctd./P.Unit Monto</p><p>----------- ----------- ------</p><p>Descripcion Cant. Monto</p><p>----------- ---- ------</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print Verbose Total</td><td valign="top"><p>If this parameter is enabled, the verbose total is printed on the receipt. Default = disabled. This only applies to Honduras.</p><p>Note: The maximum verbose total amount printed on the receipt matches the maximum total amount on the receipt. See the example of receipts in the next table for more information.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print Tax summary Table</td><td valign="top"><p>If this parameter is enabled, the Tax Summary Table is printed on the receipt. Default = disabled. This only applies to Honduras.</p><p>This table has 4 columns:</p><p>· Imp%: Tax rate</p><p>· Base: Amount before Tax</p><p>· Tax: Tax rate * Base</p><p>· Total: Base + Tax</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"></td><td valign="top"></td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Register

This form is used to configure the different types of fiscal receipts. You can configure **Fiscal Sale**, **Fiscal Refund**, **Fuel Voucher**, **Non-Fiscal Network**, and **Pump Test**.

<figure><img src="/files/oBRWv6NSDC9FbbqKQXRc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th width="494" valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Select Register</td><td valign="top">Select the POS which is configured to print the fiscal receipts.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Enable Fiscal Receipts</td><td valign="top">Select to enable fiscal receipts.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Add</td><td valign="top">Select fiscal receipt to configure and click Add</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p>Receipt Type Configuration</p><p>Note: These configuration fields are enabled or greyed out depending on the receipt being configured.</p><p><img src="/files/VA6YEOb6dVUUExZAw4f1" alt="" data-size="original"></p><p><img src="/files/9CAoVBuoKPJbUe2Afr2a" alt="" data-size="original"></p></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Name</td><td valign="top">Name of the receipt type (e.g., “FACTURA”).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prefix/Serie</td><td valign="top"><p>Alphanumeric string between 0-15 characters. Default = Empty.</p><p>Receipt Type Number: This is composed by a serie/prefix number (e.g., “8902”) and a sequence number (e.g., “00098214”).</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Begin Sequence</td><td valign="top">8-digit value between 00000001 – 99999999 (leading zeros not required for input). Default = “00000000”.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">End Sequence</td><td valign="top">8-digit value between 00000001 – 99999999 (leading zeros not required for input). Default = “00000000”.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Update Next Sequence</td><td valign="top">Select to update next sequence manually in case of a system failure.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Next Sequence</td><td valign="top">8-digit value between 00000001 – 99999999 (leading zeros not required for input). Default = “00000000”</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Authorization Name</td><td valign="top"><p>Alphanumeric string value between 3-20 characters (including special characters). Default = “Autorizacion No:” (e.g., “Autorización DGI”).</p><p>Note: Spanish special characters are not allowed.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Authorization Number</td><td valign="top">Alphanumeric string up to 40 characters (including special characters). Default = Empty (e.g., “AFC-DGC-SCC-006-06-2011”).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Starting Authorization Date Label</td><td valign="top">Char string up to 30. Default = “Fecha Inicio de Emision".</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Starting Authorization Date</td><td valign="top">The Authorization Number is valid from this date. Short Date Format string. This should be selected from a calendar representation.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Ending Authorization Date Label</td><td valign="top">Char string up to 30. Default = “Fecha Limite de Emision".</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Ending Authorization Date</td><td valign="top">Last valid day of the Authorization Number. Short Date Format string. This should be selected from a calendar representation.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Merchant Tax ID</td><td valign="top">Alphanumeric between 0-20 characters. Default = Empty.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt for Final Consumer</td><td valign="top"><p>Drop-down box with the following values:</p><p>Disabled: Prompt for Tax ID # and if the &#x3C;ENTER> key is pressed, then is a Final Consumer.</p><p>Prompt Y/N: This option is to indicate if after enabling Prompt for Final Consumer, the prompt displayed should be: “Final Consumer? Yes/No”.</p><p>Menu: This option is to indicate that after enabling Prompt for Final Consumer, the prompt displayed should be a menu: “1. Final Consumer. 2. Customer with Tax ID #”.</p><p>Note: ‘Final Consumer’ is any customer that requires a ‘Fiscal Receipt’ but will not provide a Customer Tax ID #.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt for Customer Data</td><td valign="top">Enable/disable prompts for Customer Data (Name, Tax ID Number).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt for Original Receipt</td><td valign="top">Enable/disable prompting for Original Receipt Number.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt</td><td valign="top">Prompt to get the original fiscal sale receipt number: Alphanumeric string value between 0-30 characters (including special characters). Default = “No Factura Original: ”.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt for Fuel Voucher Number</td><td valign="top">Enable/disable prompting for Fuel Voucher Number.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Fuel Flat Tax

This form allows the configuration of two flat taxes per fuel grade.

The flat tax is a fixed amount per unit of measure. For example, 11 cents per gallon of a specific fuel product. Depending on the country, this amount can include up to 4 digits to the left and 3 digits to the right of the decimal point, for example, `XXXX.YYY`.

{% hint style="info" %}
Guatemala has only one fuel flat tax per fuel grade.
{% endhint %}

![](/files/4ede088767a1ffe3c9632089f352de850e9c7125)

| Field/Button         | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                     |
| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Fuel Flat Tax Name   | <p>Tax name. Allows up to 10 characters.</p><p><strong>Note</strong>: Guatemala only needs 3 characters.</p> |
| Fuel Flat Tax Amount | Tax amount.                                                                                                  |

The POS prints receipts with the Flat Tax information.

![](/files/30f18c5254cf2bbfbbdf9e1ab818d08a51875192)

#### Tax Exemption

Use the form to configure tax exemption if a Tax Exemption MOP code is used.

![](/files/16bb4096e2d1296c6180428f72f1dfb66c66e61a)

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Tax Exemption Type Name</td><td valign="top"><p>This name is associated to the acronym of the government entity that is tax-exempt (e.g., “SAR” = “Servicio de Administración de Rentas” (Revenue Management Department).</p><p>Alphanumeric, maximum 20 characters.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Tax-Exempt Purchase Order # Prompt</td><td valign="top">Alphanumeric, maximum 20 characters. (Description needed)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Tax-Exempt Customer # Prompt</td><td valign="top">Alphanumeric, maximum 25 characters. (Description needed)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Exempt Merchandise Sales Tax</td><td valign="top">Select to exempt merchandise sales tax. This parameter is enabled by default. Greyed out in this screen in base 52.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Exempt Fuel Sales Tax</td><td valign="top">Select to exempt fuel sales tax. Greyed out in this screen in base 52.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Exempt Fuel Flat Taxes</td><td valign="top">Select to exempt fuel flat tax. Greyed out in this screen in base 52.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### System Properties

The following system properties should be enabled for Honduras:

* Print Tax-Exempt Total Line: If this is enabled, the system should print the line “Exento Imp.” + \[tax-exempt total amount].
* Print Discounts Line: If this is enabled, the system should print the line “Descuentos y Rebajas ” + \[sum of all amounts discounted].
* Print Subtotal Line Label: If this is enabled, the system should print the label “Subtotal Gravado” in the subtotal line
* Print Line Before Total: If this is enabled, the system should print a line before the total amount

#### Currency Selection

Use this feature if the country uses a currency other than the U.S. dollar.

In Verifone Commander Configuration Client, select the country currency in **Payment Controller > EPS Configuration > EPS Global Configuration**.

![](/files/1960529b10cabfc4663ba7d131d246967b96f73d)

### Charity Donations

The charity donation feature lets a customer donate a set amount to a charity.

During the tendering process, the system prompts customers to make a charity donation.

When the customer uses **Cash** as the MOP, two options can be enabled in Configuration Client and presented on the PIN pad:

* Donate the change amount. This is calculated as the difference between the amount due and the amount paid.
* Round to the next dollar amount. This rounds the transaction to the next whole dollar. The donation amount is the difference between the purchase total and the rounded dollar amount.

![](/files/e5ae443fdabe2eeb0c74c41b79e55e8d0d6f6f48)

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Enable Charity Donations</td><td valign="top"><p>Enable charity donations.</p><p>Note: When Enable Charity Donations is selected, by default Prompt Indoor is selected and cannot be edited.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Department</td><td valign="top">Select charity department.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p>Cash</p><p>Note: Cash is only available for indoor charity.</p></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Rest for charity</td><td valign="top">Select if this option appears for cash payments. This donates the remaining amount for charity.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Round to next dollar</td><td valign="top">Select if this option appears for cash payments. Rounds off the transaction to the next whole dollar. The donation amount is the difference between the total amount of the purchase and the rounded dollar amount.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p>Card</p><p>Note: Cards can be used for both Indoor and Outdoor charity.</p></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt Outdoor</td><td valign="top"><p>Enable to show charity prompts for outdoor transactions.</p><p>Note: <em>DCRs must be initialized for changes to take effect</em>.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Preset Amount 1</td><td valign="top">Enter the preset amount option 1.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Preset Amount 2</td><td valign="top">Enter the preset amount option 2. This option is only available for outside transactions.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Preset Amount 3</td><td valign="top"><p>Either this option or “Round to next dollar” can be selected as the third option.</p><p>OR</p><p>Enter the preset amount option 3.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Round to next dollar</td><td valign="top"><p>Either this option or “Preset Amount 3” can be selected as the third option.</p><p>Select if this option appears for credit/debit card payments. Rounds off the transaction to the next whole dollar. The donation amount is the difference between the total amount of the purchase and the rounded dollar amount.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

When the customer uses `Credit` or `Debit` cards as the MOP, they are presented with three preset contribution amounts configured in Configuration Client, or two preset contribution amounts and a **Round to next dollar** option.

The chosen selection is shown on the receipt, where it reflects the contribution. Only one charity can be active for any site.

The following configurations should be done before configuring the Charity Donations Configuration form:

1. Create a department for charity with NACS code `971`. Refer to [Department Sales](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/department-sales) for more information on creating departments.
2. For Cash MOP, enable the **Tender Amount Required** parameter. Refer to [Methods of Payment](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/methods-of-payment) for more information.

{% hint style="info" %}
*After you make configuration changes, go to **Configuration Client > Tools > Refresh Configuration** to apply them.*
{% endhint %}

#### Charity Donation Receipts

**Outdoor Receipt**

![](/files/de56830656cfdfe751d379db222ac7f59e6e4f56)

**Indoor Receipt**

![](/files/b537bf6b27bf2e780a4a7bbab146dfc87f0b14f1)

### Close Lane

This is a Self Checkout feature.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Self Checkout*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/self-checkout) *feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}


# Promos and Discounts

Contains the forms in the Promos and Discounts tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Promos and Discounts Tab](/files/46a31e451e1e40004076777b8a6a2df7816ed5a6)

### NAXML Deal

Refer to [NAXML Deal](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/naxml-deal).

### POP Discount

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*POP Discount* ](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/pop-discount)*feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

### Coupon Scanning Configuration

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Coupon Scanning*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/coupon-scanning) *Feature Reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

### Discount Denominations

<figure><img src="/files/16af5e96906f100657d5f9d7c1958e7e2f2acc11" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Use this feature to configure discounts that the cashier can select during a sale. When the cashier selects the discount key, hard key, soft key, or touch-to-modify menu, any configured discounts are displayed as part of the discount overlay.

{% hint style="info" %}
*This feature should be enabled in Configuration Client > Store Operations > Sales Configuration.*
{% endhint %}

| Field/Button | Allowable Value/Function                                                 |
| ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Discounts    | Click to add a discount name. A total of 16 discounts can be configured. |
| Delete       | Select to delete the selected discount and click Save.                   |
| Name         | Enter the discount name.                                                 |
| Type         | <ul><li>Percent</li><li>Amount</li></ul>                                 |
| Amount       | Enter the percentage or amount discount.                                 |


# Forecourt

Contains the forms in the Forecourt tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Forecourt Tab](/files/0e80b243db7e4917aebce38dbc92e9f2d6dc8cb6)

### DCR

Refer to [Configuring Dispenser Card Readers](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/dispenser-card-readers#configuring-dispenser-card-readers)

### Fuel

Refer to [Fuel Configuration](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/fuel-manager#fuel-configuration)

#### Fuel Prices

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to* [*Cash Credit Pricing*](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/cash-credit-pricing) *for more information.*
{% endhint %}

The Pricing Manager form is used to set up fuel pricing, including tier pricing. Tier Two pricing can be set up at any time but does not take effect until the appropriate information is entered in the “Start Tier 2 Pricing” and “Number of Tier Hours” parameters in Fuel > Site Parameters > Fuel Site Parameters.

Select the product, then double-click the Price text boxes and enter the price (0.000 - 9.999). The price of all products changes to match the price entered in the top text box after ENTER is pressed. Prices can be edited if necessary.

{% hint style="info" %}
*When entering a price, take care when placing the decimal point. For example, to change a price to 1.159, enter it as written here. To change a price to 1.500, enter the trailing zeros.*
{% endhint %}

If you only change fuel prices, initialize Fuel Prices for the changes to take effect by selecting:

* Forecourt > Initialization > Fuel Prices

If you change other fuel parameters as well as prices, you will need to initialize Fuel and DCRs for the changes to take effect. To do this, select both of the following:

* Forecourt > Initialization > Fuel
* Forecourt > Initialization > DCRs

{% hint style="info" %}
*Make sure that your fueling positions are not in use when initializing any Fuel Prices, Fuel, or DCRs.*
{% endhint %}

![](/files/a7114a5d31e6138b816381de94855692c012c8cf)

Fuel prices are limited to four characters and a maximum of $9.999 with three decimal places. This section shows how to configure a site to use fuel prices with two decimal places for prices greater than $9.999 per gallon in the `$xx.xx` format.

#### Configuring Fuel Prices for 2 Decimal Places

1. Go to **Forecourt > Fuel > Fuel Config Pending > Site Parameters** and disable “Force .9 Cents Per Gallon”.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/5iNjD2jwNRT2UxXHgbWG" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Go to **Forecourt > Fuel Prices Pending** and change all existing product prices with the third decimal place set to 0 (for example, from $2.152 to $2.150).<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/mapvPKebunQ44gOw0aQJ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. Go to **Forecourt > Fuel > Fuel Config Pending > Site Parameters** and change “PPU Decimal Position” and “Total Decimal Position” to “2”.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/km9bPYgaCjXgGfUm7ChZ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. Go to **Forecourt > Fuel Prices Pending** and change product prices per gallon to the `$XX.XX` format for both Tier One and Tier Two prices.

![](/files/a9dd2576992b64ece738c1dd7d2d07d06bda21c1)

#### Feature Limitations

* Sites can be configured to use fuel prices with either two or three decimal places: `$xx.xx` or `$x.xxx`. Sites cannot have mixed decimal positions while using a single Verifone Commander.
* At two-decimal sites, prices with three decimal places, such as $4.299, are calculated at the two-decimal amount, such as $4.29.
* By default, sites are configured for three decimal places in the `$x.xxx` format.

### DCR Keys

Each DCR should be assigned to a DCR key configuration. If a site has a mix of DCRs with and without alphanumeric capabilities, it requires two or more DCR key configurations.

For DCRs with alphanumeric capabilities, select “Enable Alphanumeric.” Leave it cleared for DCRs that accept only numeric input.

Use this form to configure DCR keys for different DCR positions.

![](/files/3b8d8340eeca08665c14d5ae65be0964cb688f14)

| Field/Button        | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                                                                                     |
| ------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Add                 | Click Add to configure a new DCR Keys layout.                                                                                                                                |
| Delete              | Select to delete the selected DCR Keys layout.                                                                                                                               |
| Label               | Enter a label for the new DCR Keys layout.                                                                                                                                   |
| Enable Alphanumeric | For DCRs with alphanumeric capabilities, select “Enable Alphanumeric” to use the alphanumeric keys layout. Leave this field cleared for DCRs that accept only numeric input. |
| Assign Positions    | Click Assign Positions and select the DCRs that can be used for entering alphanumeric characters. DCRs without alphanumeric capabilities are grayed out.                     |
| #Rows               | Number of rows for the DCR Keys layout.                                                                                                                                      |
| #Columns            | Number of columns for the DCR Keys layout.                                                                                                                                   |
| Assign Positions    | Select to assign the DCR Keys layout to the DCRs in the site.                                                                                                                |

{% hint style="info" %}
*Click the keys to configure their values.*
{% endhint %}

### DCR Idle Screen

The DCR Idle Screen Configuration form is used to set up what displays on the DCR screen when not in use.

![](/files/7d1f756f8579ae3455ccb845a1aa9f135b6e3d4c)

![](/files/c810623fa973e1caac37d186eca25dada4a88721)

| **Field/Button**            | **Allowable Value/Function**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Add                         | Click Add to configure a new DCR idle screen.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
| Delete                      | Select to delete the selected DCR idle screen.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| Name                        | Enter a name for the DCR idle screen.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
| DCR Non-Graphic Idle Screen | <p>These are the text lines that appear on a non-graphic DCR’s idle screen.</p><ul><li>If it is a 4-Line display DCR, the 4 configured lines appear on the screen, one line each.</li><li>If it is a 2-Line or Single-Line display DCR, the 4 lines scroll one after another in that order.</li></ul>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
| Graphic Enabled             | Select this option if the DCR has a Graphic Keypad. If this field is disabled, the panel below shows the “DCR Non-Graphic Idle Screen” configuration. If it is enabled, it shows the “DCR Graphic Idle Screen” configuration.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
| DCR Graphic Idle Screen     | <p>If “Graphics Enabled” is selected, the Graphic Idle Screen configuration opens. The Left and Right keys let the user configure what is displayed on each key. The middle lines let the user display text in the middle for the top two rows and use the bottom two rows for the keys. If the Middle Text Line is configured, the keys on those lines are not displayed on the DCR. When each key button is clicked, the following pop-up is displayed to configure the key.</p><ul><li><strong>Softkey Type</strong>: Tags the key text as one of the predefined types.</li><li><strong>Softkey Text</strong>: The text displayed for this key on the DCR. After the text is entered here, the text next to the button changes to match it.</li></ul> |
| Assign Positions            | Select to assign the DCR idle screen to the DCRs in the site.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |

### Outdoor TAVE

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*TAVE Feature Reference*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/transarmor-verifone-edition-tave) *documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

### Cash Acceptor

The Cash Acceptor Configuration form is used to set up and edit cash acceptors at the site. Site Information determines the behavior of all cash acceptors at a site. Attributes determine the behavior of a specific cash acceptor at a specific fueling point.

Select the Cash Acceptor in the list at the bottom of the form, then select the value check boxes that apply to that Cash Acceptor.

![](/files/b6006202b892e2c90b0dae9221b2300955fba7ae)

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Disable If Cheated</td><td valign="top">Select to turn off a cash acceptor when someone tries to cheat it.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Disable If Paper Low</td><td valign="top">Select to turn off a cash acceptor if the receipt tape is running out.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Disable If No Printer</td><td valign="top">Select to turn off a cash acceptor if the printer is not working.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Prompt ‘insert cash’</td><td valign="top">Select to have the phrase “OR INSERT CASH” appear at the end of the idle prompt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">$1 Bill Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to allow acceptance of one-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">$2 Bill Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to allow acceptance of two-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">$5 Bill Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to allow acceptance of five-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">$10 Bill Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to allow acceptance of ten-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">$20 Bill Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to allow acceptance of twenty-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">$50 Bill Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to allow acceptance of fifty-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">$100 Bill Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to allow acceptance of one hundred-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Bill Orientation</td><td valign="top"><p>This parameter does not apply to Tokheim dispensers.</p><p>Select to require that bills are inserted face-up with the black-seal end first.</p><p>(If not selected, bills can be inserted face-up in either direction.)</p><p>Note: <em>The black seal appears on the front of the bill to the left of the face.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Timeout [Seconds 10-99]</td><td valign="top">Enter the time (in seconds) between when a customer inserts a bill and when the pump shuts off if no fuel has been pumped (10 - 99).</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><p>Cash Acceptor Attributes -</p><p>Cash Acceptor</p></td><td valign="top">Select the number of the fueling point.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Duplicate Acceptor</td><td valign="top">Click to copy the current cash acceptor’s attributes to any number of other cash acceptors. In the Duplicating Acceptor form, select the cash acceptor(s) to which you want to copy and click Done Duplicating.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Cash Acceptor In Dispenser</td><td valign="top">Select to indicate that the fuel pump has a cash acceptor.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Reset Printer Error</td><td valign="top"><p>Note: <em>This parameter is not currently supported.</em></p><p>Note: Select to enable the printer after the cash acceptor has been disabled and brought back online.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print Totals Now</td><td valign="top"><p>Note: <em>This parameter is not currently supported</em>.</p><p>Note: Select to print the amount of money in the cash acceptor.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>

### Fuel Tax Exempt

The Fuel Tax Exemption Configuration form allows taxes to be removed from a post-pay fuel sale by setting up one to five fuel tax exemptions. Each exemption can be set up by Amount Per Gallon, by the Tax File Entry set up in **Store Operations > Payment > Tax Rates**, or by both.

The Fuel Tax Exempt Receipt Lines section is used to enter up to four lines of text that you want to print on the header of Fuel Tax Exemption receipts.

![](/files/659f6956832f4f230bc80fcc9d3f9f7fab560db4)

| Field/Button                   | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| ------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Fuel Tax Exempt Record         | Select a record number.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| Delete                         | Select to delete the selected fuel tax exempt record.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
| Name                           | Enter a name for the fuel tax exemption. The name appears on receipts and reports.                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
| Amount                         | Enter the dollar amount per gallon of tax (0.000 – 99.000)                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| Type                           | Select the tax type to exempt: Amount Per Gallon – The dollar amount per gallon. Tax File Entry – Taxes applied in **Store Operations > Payment > Tax Rates**. Both – A combination of Amount Per Gallon and the tax rates entry set up in **Store Operations > Payment > Tax Rates**. |
| Signature Line                 | Select to print the receipt with a signature line to certify the customer’s eligibility for the tax exemption.                                                                                                                                                                         |
| Fuel Tax Receipt Lines (1 - 4) | Enter up to four header lines for the fuel tax exemption receipt (alphanumeric, 1 - 10 characters).                                                                                                                                                                                    |

### Rapid Change Fuel Config

Rapid Change Fuel is configured from **Forecourt > Rapid Change Fuel Config**.

This feature allows the cashier to quickly change the pump’s service level and auto approval from the POS without changing the fuel configuration in Verifone Commander Configuration Client or requiring manager intervention.

![](/files/609517812a0d99ab5893481c988c275172622381)

To change the fuel configuration level from the POS, the cashier should access *CSR Functions > Fuel Manager > Rapid Change Fuel Configuration*.

### Unattended DCR

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the*[ *Unattended Fueling*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/unattended-fueling) *feature reference* *documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}


# Devices

Contains the forms in the Devices tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Devices Tab](/files/a0782f98c813422e3aba094059f07b8b90e5e980)

### Car Wash

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to [Car Wash Configuration](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/car-wash#car-wash-configuration)
{% endhint %}

### Car Wash Paypoint

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Car Wash Pay Point*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/car-wash-pay-point) *feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

### Tank Level Sensor

The TLS Configuration form is used to set up and edit Tank Level Sensor parameters.

![](/files/9a0ae899ca1a472e52db7f622fd923729491224e)

| Field/Button    | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                                          |
| --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Low Limit Alarm | Select to turn on the TLS low-limit alarm.                                                                                        |
| Unit of Measure | Select the unit of measure for which the TLS is configured — Gallons or Liters. (The unit of measure appears on the TLS reports.) |
| Tank Variance   | Enter the number of gallons or liters that fuel tank totals can vary from the actual amount (0 - 999).                            |

### Electronic Check

The Electronic Check form is used to configure E-Check parameters.

![](/files/66d1d3bd7f5d10f2540b15c2ab7192411220d4ae)

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Merchant</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Merchant ID</td><td valign="top">Enter the merchant ID number assigned by the network. (Alphanumeric, up to 24 characters. Spaces and special characters are not allowed.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Merchant Name</td><td valign="top">Enter the merchant’s name. (Alphanumeric, up to 40 characters. Spaces are allowed, but not at the start or end.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Address</td><td valign="top">Enter the address to print at the top of all receipts. (Alphanumeric, up to 40 characters. Special characters are allowed.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">City</td><td valign="top">Enter the city to print at the top of all receipts. (Alphanumeric, up to 30 characters. Spaces are allowed, but not at the start or end.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">State</td><td valign="top">Enter the state code. (Alphabetic, up to 2 characters.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Zip</td><td valign="top">Enter the ZIP code. (Alphanumeric, up to 10 characters. Dashes and spaces are allowed, but not at the start or end.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Merchant Phone</td><td valign="top">Enter the phone number to print at the top of all receipts. (Numeric, 0-15.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Processor Phone</td><td valign="top">Enter the check approval host’s phone number that prints on the receipt. (Numeric, 0-15.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Transaction</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">IP Address</td><td valign="top">Enter the IP address that the host uses for transaction approval requests.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Port Number</td><td valign="top">Enter the port number that the host uses for transaction approval requests. (Non-negative value, maximum 999999999.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Upload Check Image</td><td valign="top">When an Electronic Check payment is processed, a copy of the check image is captured by default, temporarily stored on Verifone Commander, and then uploaded to the check image server. When disabled, the check image is not captured or uploaded.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Image</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">IP Address</td><td valign="top">Enter the IP address that the host uses to upload a copy of the check image.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Port Number</td><td valign="top">Enter the port number that the host uses to upload a copy of the check image. (Non-negative value, maximum 999999999.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Trailer Line 1-4</td><td valign="top">Enter the text for the first, second, third, and fourth lines that print at the bottom of the receipt. (Alphanumeric, up to 40 characters. Spaces are allowed, but not in the starting position.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Misc</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Allowed Dual ID Swipe Prompt</td><td valign="top">Select to prompt for proof of identification from the check writer.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Check Writer Name Prompt</td><td valign="top">Select to prompt for the check writer’s name.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Check Writer Address Prompt</td><td valign="top">Select to prompt for the check writer’s address.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Check Writer Initials Prompt</td><td valign="top">Select to prompt for the check writer’s initials.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Date Of Birth Prompt</td><td valign="top">Select to prompt for the check writer’s date of birth.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Supplemental ID Prompt</td><td valign="top">Select to prompt for secondary proof of identification from the check writer.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Offer Customer ECA</td><td valign="top">Select to prompt the cashier to ask the check writer to accept the use of an electronic check.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Limits</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Dual ID Floor Limit</td><td valign="top">Enter the dollar limit at which the check writer must provide identification. (0-999.99.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Phone # Prompt Limit</td><td valign="top">Enter the dollar limit at which the check writer must provide a phone number. (0-999.99.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Response Timeout</td><td valign="top">Enter the time allowed to wait for a reply from the host. (0-999.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Close Period</td><td valign="top"><p>Select the period when the batch is closed.<br></p><ul><li>Period 1 (Close Shift)</li><li>Period 2 (Close Day)</li></ul></td></tr></tbody></table>

### Electronic Safe

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Tidel Sentinel E-safe Interface feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

The Electronic Safe (E-Safe) is available for use at sites with Verifone Commander and the POS. An IP connection to the safe hardware allows safe drop amounts to be retained and totaled for comparison with the total amounts in the safe at shift or day close.

The reports available for the Electronic Safe are:

* E-Safe Cashier Report — A report that reconciles each cashier’s safe drop amounts with amounts recorded on the Electronic Safe.
* E-Safe Day Report — (Generated at Shift or Day close) A report that reconciles all cashiers’ safe drop amounts with amounts recorded on the Electronic Safe for the period.
* E-Safe Content Report — A report that is generated whenever the safe is opened. This time-stamped report that lists the actual contents of the safe is stored on Verifone Commander and can be printed when required.

![](/files/299bb6f2a06c7ef371878442f3995f0267128c53)

| **Field/Button** | **Allowable Value/Function**                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
| ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Use E-Safe Only  | Select if all safes at the site are interfaced with the POS system. Do not select this parameter if safe drops will be made to a safe that is not interfaced with the POS system.                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
| Close Period     | <p>Select the period when the Electronic Safe is closed.</p><ul><li>– Period 1 (Close Shift)</li><li>– Period 2 (Close Daily)</li></ul>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| Safe Type        | Select the E-Safe manufacturer.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
| Safe ID Mapping  | **Employee** — From the drop-down list, select an employee who can make safe drops to the Electronic Safe. **Safe ID** — Select the number of the Electronic Safe to configure. **Employee Safe ID** — Enter the login ID that the selected employee uses to access the Electronic Safe.                                                                                              |
| Add              | Click Add to add a new Electronic Safe number to be configured.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       |
| Delete           | Select Delete to remove the selected Electronic Safe.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
| Device Type      | <p>Select the Device Type installed at the site. The following are the Tidel device types:</p><ul><li><strong>BCD</strong>: Bulk Coin Dispenser</li><li><strong>BCD-R</strong>: Bulk Coin Dispenser and Recycler</li><li><strong>BCND</strong>: Bulk Coin and Note Dispenser</li><li><strong>SCD</strong>: Sentinel Control Device</li><li><strong>Tidel Tube Vend</strong></li></ul> |
| Enable           | Select to enable the Electronic Safe. (The safe will not exchange data with the POS system unless it is enabled.)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
| Description      | Enter a recognizable description of the Electronic Safe.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| IP Information   | Safe IP — Enter the IP Address of the Electronic Safe. Safe Subnet — Enter the Subnet of the Electronic Safe. Safe Gateway — Enter the Gateway of the Electronic Safe. Safe Port — Enter the Port number of the Electronic Safe.                                                                                                                                                      |
| Timeout (sec)    | Enter the communication timeout in seconds.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |

### Fuel Price Display

The Fuel Price Display Configuration form is used to set up and edit the Fuel Price Display sign to suit the requirements of the site.

After configuring or changing Fuel Price Display, initialize Fuel Prices for the changes to take effect. To initialize Fuel Prices, select **Forecourt > Initialization > Fuel Prices**.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Make sure that your fueling positions are not in use when initializing Fuel Prices*.
{% endhint %}

![](/files/81d387f0ee63041629ef8bfb73cf07b8cfab7688)

| Field/Button                           | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
| -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Site Parameters**                    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| Fuel Price Display Channel             | Select the fuel price display channel.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
| Enable Channel                         | Select to enable the Fuel Price Display feature.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          |
| Delay Pump (0 – 300 secs)              | When a fuel product price is decreased using the **Forecourt > Fuel > Fuel Prices – Pending** form, the decreased price is sent to the pump first and then to the Fuel Price Display. As a result, there is a delay before the Fuel Price Display shows the decreased price. The Delay Pump parameter is used to delay the changed price at the pump so the changed prices appear at both places almost at the same time. |
| Delay Sign (0 – 300 secs)              | When a fuel product price is increased using the **Forecourt > Fuel > Fuel Prices – Pending** form, the increased price is sent to the Fuel Price Display first and then to the pump. As a result, there is a delay before the pump shows the increased price. The Delay Sign parameter is used to delay the changed price at the Fuel Price Display so the changed prices appear at both places almost at the same time. |
| **Product Mapping**                    |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| Fuel Price Display ID \[0-9]           | <p>Select the ID number that maps to the fuel price line on the Electronic Sign, then select Enable. (Follow the Fuel Price Display sign manufacturer’s guidelines for IDs.)<br><strong>Note</strong>: The displayed fuel price is set in <strong>Forecourt > Fuel Prices</strong>. If tier pricing is in effect, the Fuel Price Display price is the current tier price.</p>                                             |
| Enable                                 | Select to enable Fuel Price Display.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
| Fuel Product \[1-9]                    | In the Fuel Product list, select only the fuel product(s) to be displayed for the fuel price display ID.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
| Service Level                          | Select the service level — Self, Full, Mini.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| Price Level                            | Select the price level — Cash, Credit, Check.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
| Implied Decimal \[0-5]                 | For most U.S. sites, select 3. For information, see the Verifone bulletin for your Fuel Price Display sign.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| Fuel Price Display Text - Lines \[0-9] | Enter text to display on the Fuel Price Display sign (alphanumeric, up to 128 characters). HTML text attributes may be used. For information, see the Verifone bulletin for your Fuel Price Display sign.                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
| Delete                                 | Select to delete a line.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |

#### Fuel Price Display Initialize

Fuel Price Display Initialize should only be used after the sign has been repaired or if it is displaying pricing errors after losing power. In these cases, do the following:

**Devices > Initialization > Fuel Price Display**

### Vending Machine

{% hint style="info" %}
*This feature is no longer supported.*
{% endhint %}

### Attendant Payment Terminal

Attendant Payment Terminal (APT) is a mini-POS used in the forecourt. Use **Devices > Attendant Payment Terminal** to configure APT.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Attendant Payment Terminal (APT) reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### Global

This form is used to enter the configuration that applies to all APT terminals.

![](/files/d66eb3272781c20ffc6fc528dc3c2ce664291ce5)

| Field/Button                 | Allowable Value/Function                                                                     |
| ---------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Login for Every Transaction  | Enable to log in for every transaction. Default value = Disabled.                            |
| Login Timeout (1-15 minutes) | The time a login lasts. Default value = 10 min.                                              |
| Cash Receipt Required        | Enable to print cash receipts. Default value = Enabled.                                      |
| Preset Security Level        | Security level of the user who can log in to the terminal. Default value = ‘0’.              |
| Enabled Payment Codes        | Click Edit to select the supported payment codes. Default value = All Payment Codes enabled. |
| Enabled Departments          | Click Edit to select the enabled departments. Default value = All departments disabled.      |

#### Terminal

Use this form to enter each terminal’s details.

![](/files/eb59ac9eb72d815d60bcf1823a36f24646e641d0)

| Field/Button           | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                   |
| ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Terminal ID            | Select the Terminal ID. The external POS terminal IDs and IPs are configured in Security > Manage devices. |
| Receipt Header/Trailer | Enter details that will be printed on the receipt header and trailer.                                      |
| **Parameters**         |                                                                                                            |
| Fueling Stations       | Click to attach fueling positions to the APT.![](/files/829e283ba7de83706f60d63d9cbaeab5dca927b9)          |
| PINpad type            | Select if the PIN pad for making payments is internal or external.                                         |
| Allowed Operations     | Select the operations allowed using the APT.                                                               |

### Vista Devices

{% hint style="info" %}
*This section is used for newer Food Service implementations, not iOrder. Instructions are available in the Food Service Implementation Guide used by the installing service technician (VASC).*
{% endhint %}

### Food Service

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to all the iOrder reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

The Food Service form is used to configure the iOrder Kiosk connection parameters.

![](/files/9bfc7d10cc0de251d6b58426e720bd06c3f16dda)

| Field/Button                              | Allowable Value/Function                             |
| ----------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- |
| **iOrder Configuration**                  |                                                      |
| iOrder IP                                 | Enter the iOrder IP address                          |
| iOrder Port                               | Enter the iOrder Port                                |
| Send POS Food Orders to KDS               | Enable to send food orders to kitchen display system |
| **Food Service Payment (Notify Kitchen)** |                                                      |
| Notify Electronically                     | Enable to notify the kitchen electronically          |
| Notify via Receipt                        | Enable to notify the kitchen via receipt             |
| Receipt Message                           | Enter the receipt message                            |

### Cash Recycler

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Self Checkout* ](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/self-checkout)*Feature Reference for more information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}


# Payment Controller

Contains the forms in the Payment Controller tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Payment Controller Tab](/files/02b142ecfb4cd6a1519aa64476e741095703fdcc)

### POS Configuration

Refer to [Configuring Network Functions](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/network-functions#configuring-network-functions)

### Mobile Payment Configuration

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Mobile Payment* ](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/mobile-payments)*feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

EPS Prepaid Configuration

The EPS Prepaid Configuration form is used to configure prepaid cards, PIN-based products, and money transfer cards.

* Prepaid card (Stored value card or SVC) – A cash value is placed on the card, which can then be used for purchases until the cash value is used up. The card may be recharged with additional cash value.
* PIN-based product – The customer buys the PIN-based product and uses the PIN (Personal Identification Number) printed on the receipt or card to activate the product.
* Money transfer card – The customer presents the card and cash at the site, designates the payee by number, and the electronic payment is made.

![](/files/1f2a96b78a25b880c382a8e6c02ca270b6d65875)

1. Select the InComm in the Network Name dropdown menu.
2. Check the Prepaid **Enabled** box.
3. Click **Add**.
4. Select the appropriate prepaid department from the Department dropdown list.
5. Check the Enabled and/or Pre-Validate boxes.

* The Enabled check box is used to enable or disable the prepaid department.
* The Pre-Validate check box is used to specify whether an InComm Pre-Authorization Request needs to be sent to the host when selling items from a prepaid department. The Pre-Authorization Request is used to verify whether the actual transaction can be successfully completed before the payment is tendered.

6. Click the Reprint Security Level column to set security levels for reprinting the receipt at the POS.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/J6QneSs9FOfLqAuXn6Y2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
7. Three types of message prompts are displayed to the cashier during the prepaid card activation or recharge process:\
   \
   **Guideline message prompt**: When enabled, Guideline Prompt prompts the cashier when a prepaid card activation item (`ProdCode: 560 to 575`) is added to the ticket. This message instructs the cashier to follow guidelines to avoid fraud. The default message for the guideline prompt is “Please ensure you are following AML fraud guidelines by not selling more than $1900.00 in cards to one customer - The limit is $999.00 in the state of Arizona.”\
   \
   **Purchase message prompt**: When enabled, Purchase Prompt prompts the cashier if a PIN Activation item (`ProdCode = 560`) is added to the ticket. The Purchase Prompt appears after the Guideline Message Prompt if the guideline prompt is enabled. This prompt instructs the cashier not to give PIN numbers for prepaid cards over the phone. The Purchase Prompt has **YES** and **NO** buttons. If the cashier responds **YES**, the PIN Activation item can be added to the ticket. If the cashier responds **NO**, the PIN Activation item is not allowed for sale, and the item is removed from the ticket with an error message. The default message for the purchase prompt is “Is this purchase being made by someone on site?”\
   \
   **Cancel message prompt:** When the cashier responds **NO** to the Purchase Prompt, the PIN Activation item is removed from the ticket and the Cancel Prompt message, if enabled, is shown to the cashier. This prompt informs the cashier that the item is being removed because it cannot be sold. The default message for the Cancel Prompt is “PIN numbers are never to be given to anyone over the phone - NO EXCEPTIONS!”<br>
8. Click **Save** to save the configuration.

### Third Party Product Configuration

The Third Party Product Configuration feature provides support for financial transaction services provided by the Cullinan Group.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Cullinan*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/cullinan-financial-transaction-services) *Feature Reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

### EPS Configuration

#### EPS Global Configuration

![](/files/12e54ad95aaa4a8967343ce7f2aed5e2e50904a7)

**EPS**

Refer to [EPS](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/network-functions#eps-global-configuration)

**POP**

Refer to [POP](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/network-functions#eps-global-configuration)

**PINPAD Message**

Refer to [PINPAD Message](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/network-functions#eps-global-configuration)

**Loyalty**

Refer to [Loyalty](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/network-functions#eps-global-configuration)

**Trigger Pull Configuration**

The Trigger Pull function allows the host network to access the site at any time for debugging, support, or application updates.

![](/files/cee18e5f57d67ab50cdb14b2530df2e3bb46ecba)

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Local Configuration</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Merchant ID</td><td valign="top">The Merchant ID is provided to the store by the network and is part of the terminal identification number.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Company ID</td><td valign="top">The Company ID is provided to the store by the network and is part of the terminal identification number.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Terminal ID</td><td valign="top">Terminal ID number. This number, supplied by the network, is part of the terminal identification number.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Update Available Timeout (minutes)</td><td valign="top">Timeout for the Update Available prompt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Update Download Timeout (minutes)</td><td valign="top">Timeout for the update download.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Remove Pending Update on Manual Trigger Pull</td><td valign="top">When this option is enabled, any pending updates are canceled before the trigger file is downloaded.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Display Alarm on POS on Manual Trigger Pull</td><td valign="top">When this option is enabled, an alarm is displayed on the POS during a manual trigger pull.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Update Location</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Service End Point</td><td valign="top">This parameter contains the URL for the web service that provides the trigger files.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Passcode</td><td valign="top">This parameter contains the password required by the web service that provides the trigger files.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Communication Options</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">IP</td><td valign="top">Communication uses an IP network.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Dial</td><td valign="top">Not applicable.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***EMV Configuration***

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to the EMV feature reference documentation for information on this feature.\
There are two feature references for EMV: “[Inside EMV](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/emv-inside-emv) Feature Reference” and “[Outside EMV](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/emv-outside-emv) Feature Reference.” Refer to both feature reference documents to understand this feature.
{% endhint %}

***EMV Initialization***

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to the EMV feature reference documentation for information on this feature.\
There are two feature references for EMV: “Inside EMV Feature Reference” and “Outside EMV Feature Reference.” Refer to both feature reference documents to understand this feature.
{% endhint %}

***Quick Chip Configuration***

Refer to Quick Chip Configuration

***PTPE***

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the PTPE feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### Buypass Configuration

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Network Configuration documentation for each FEP for more information.*
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
*From software release 55.01, for the Valero distribution of Buypass, the following parameters in the Admin Messages section are enabled by default and are not editable:*

* *Send Fuel Sale XML*
* *Send Site Asset As XML*<br>

*The following parameter is disabled by default and is not editable:*

* *Send Site Asset As CSV*
  {% endhint %}

#### Full-Service Attendant Configuration

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Full-Service Attendant*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/full-service-attendant) *feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

**FEP**

Use this tab to enable Full-Service Attendant (FSA) cards.

![](/files/188f1835114d6e2f997ff7c3be92cf75c888b134)

1. Select **FEP Enabled**
2. Click **Save**

**FEP Card**

Use this tab to configure each FSA card.

![](/files/0c85401e58a2e27d026df07cb2f8832b60bf4e14)

| Field/Button      | Allowable Value/Function                                                                      |
| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Card Table Index  | The record number of the FSA card. This number cannot be changed after a card has been saved. |
| Card Abbreviation | Enter the card abbreviation.                                                                  |
| Card Name         | The name of the FSA card.                                                                     |
| Lower ISO         | Enter the lower ISO of the card, as given by the card provider.                               |
| Upper ISO         | Enter the upper ISO of the card, as given by the card provider.                               |
| Pan Length        | Enter the PAN length of the card, as given by the card provider.                              |
| Card Enabled      | Select to accept the FSA card at the DCR.                                                     |

#### InComm Configuration

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*InComm*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/incomm) *Configuration feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### Payware Fleet Configuration

This form is used to enable and configure Payware Fleet Card transactions.

**FEP**

<figure><img src="/files/cd54461878f21c1494587d67769fc44102e65e55" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Network</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">FEP Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to enable the network.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Dealer ID</td><td valign="top">Enter the merchant ID number. (Alphanumeric, up to 11 characters.)</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Terminal ID</td><td valign="top">Enter the terminal ID.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Acquirer ID</td><td valign="top">Enter the acquirer ID.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>Communication Options</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Mode</td><td valign="top">Select the physical connection.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">IP Address/ Domain Name</td><td valign="top">Enter the IP address.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Port</td><td valign="top">Enter the port number.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Enable TLS</td><td valign="top">Select to enable secure communication.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>FEP Parameters</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Brand</td><td valign="top">Enter the brand code.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Transport Protocol Data Unit</td><td valign="top">Enter TPDU (Transport Protocol Data Unit). The default value is “6000010000”.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Net International ID</td><td valign="top">Read-only value used for troubleshooting.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><strong>NACS to Payware Product Mapping</strong></td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">ID</td><td valign="top">Auto-generated.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">NACS Code</td><td valign="top">Enter the NACS code.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Product Name</td><td valign="top">Auto-generated on save based on the NACS code entered.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">PW Host Code</td><td valign="top">Map the Payware host code to the NACS code.</td></tr></tbody></table>

**FEP Card**

<figure><img src="/files/kT23UP1qPAHWL92UIJCh" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Card Abbreviation</td><td valign="top">Enter the abbreviated proprietary card name.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Card Name</td><td valign="top">Enter the proprietary card name.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Lower ISO</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the lower beginning digits that identify the proprietary card.</p><p><strong>Note:</strong> <em>If only one number is provided, add a ‘0’ to the end. For example, XXXXXX0.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Upper ISO</td><td valign="top"><p>Enter the upper beginning digits that identify the proprietary card.</p><p><strong>Note:</strong> <em>If only one number is provided, add a ‘9’ to the end. For example, XXXXXX9.</em></p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">PAN Length</td><td valign="top">Enter the total number of digits embossed on the card.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Card Enabled</td><td valign="top">Select to enable the selected proprietary card.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Manual Entry Allowed</td><td valign="top">Select to allow the account number to be entered manually.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Card Limits</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Print Customer Name</td><td valign="top">Select to print the customer name.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Fiscal Receipt Enable</td><td valign="top">Select to enable fiscal receipt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Signature on Financial Advice</td><td valign="top">This parameter applies only to indoor prepay transactions. If enabled, the prepay receipt is not printed at the time of prepay. A prompt instructs the consumer to go inside for the receipt after fueling.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Max Value for Pump Auth</td><td valign="top">Enter the maximum value for pump authorization.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Driver ID Prompt Enable</td><td valign="top">Select to enable the driver ID prompt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Driver ID Max Length</td><td valign="top">Enter the maximum driver ID length: 1-12.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Driver ID Min Length</td><td valign="top">Enter the minimum driver ID length: 0-12. A value of 0 means optional.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Vehicle ID Prompt Enable</td><td valign="top">Select to enable the vehicle ID prompt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Vehicle ID Max Length</td><td valign="top">Enter the maximum vehicle ID length: 1-8.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Vehicle ID Min Length</td><td valign="top">Enter the minimum vehicle ID length: 0-8. A value of 0 means optional.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Odometer Prompt Enable</td><td valign="top">Select to enable the odometer prompt.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Odometer Max Length</td><td valign="top">Enter the maximum odometer length: 1-6. The default maximum is 6.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Odometer Min Length</td><td valign="top">Enter the minimum odometer length: 0-6. A value of 0 means optional. The default minimum is 0.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">PAN Mask Configuration</td><td valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Starting Visible Characters</td><td valign="top">Specify the PAN masking for receipts. No more than the first 6 or last 4 digits can be exposed.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Ending Visible Characters</td><td valign="top">Specify the PAN masking for receipts. No more than the first 6 or last 4 digits can be exposed.</td></tr></tbody></table>

#### Loyalty Configuration

This form is used to enable and configure Loyalty Cards.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Loyalty Sales*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/eps-loyalty) *feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### Punch Card Configuration

{% hint style="info" %}
*This feature is not yet implemented.*
{% endhint %}

**Proprietary Fleet Configuration**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Proprietary Fleet Configuration feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### EZ - Receipt Configuration

This feature is no more supported.&#x20;


# Reporting

Contains the forms in the Reporting tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Reporting Tab](/files/1a3902b1f76cba1bdfb3891ba0baf82434e2c4a0)

### Report Configuration

Refer to [Report Configuration](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/reports-manager#report-configuration)

### Cashier Tracking

Refer to [Cashier Tracking](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/reports-manager#cashier-tracking)

### Close Car Wash Pay Point Period

Refer to [Close Car Wash Pay Point Period](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/reports-manager#close-car-wash-pay-point-period)

### Site Asset Data

Refer to [Site Asset Data](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/reports-manager#site-asset-data)

### Close Day Now

Refer to [Close Day Now](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/reports-manager#close-day-now)

### Mobile Food Order Report

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Mobile Food Order Feature Reference for more information on the feature.*
{% endhint %}


# Tools

Contains the forms in the Tools tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Tools Tab](/files/cedaf7341627f5051f138d931556957700a30e0e)

## Rule Manager

Use to configure rules that automatically comply with corporate policies, laws, and regulations, to limit the number of and amount of certain products that can be sold over a period to a customer.

To open Rule Manager, click **Tools > Rule Manager**.

![](/files/dc2f5be9b33f514b6d864645a53c4b59fdee823c)

Rule Manager allows you to:

* Activate/deactivate a rule
* Reorder rules (move up, move down)
* Modify a rule
* Create a copy of a rule, rename it, and modify it
* Create a new rule
* Delete a rule
* Set up fast food orders on POS. See “Fast Food Orders on POS.”

### Activating or Deactivating a Rule

To make a rule active or inactive

* To activate a rule — Click the “**Active**” check box in front of the rule and click Save.
* To deactivate a rule — Clear the “**Active**” check box in front of the rule and click Save.

![](/files/3bbe3501f00c7061f6f20410e620689bed888651)

### **Creating a Rule**

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
In Rule Manager, click **Add**.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enter a name for the rule.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enter a description (optional).
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Enter Register number.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the scope of the rule:

* Transaction — The rule is evaluated at the time of sale.
* Line Item — The rule is evaluated when the item is entered as a line item.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the item that triggers the rule to be evaluated. Depending on the rule you are modifying, select one of the following:

* PLU
* Department
* Payment
* Transaction Begin
* Transaction End
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}
Add conditions for the rule. Select the condition type from the drop-down list box.

<figure><img src="/files/yahm2pr58p2GseV5q6Yg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the operator to apply to the rule.

<figure><img src="/files/9hzXFKZD2ELyrdxMgD4f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Operator types “equal to, not equal to, and like” appear for “PLU, Department, Product Code, and MOP” Condition Types.

Operator types “equal to, not equal to, greater than, less than, greater than or equal to, and less than or equal to” appear for “Quantity and Amount” Condition Types.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click “Edit” in **Set Conditions** section to select the PLUs or Departments or MOPs.

<figure><img src="/files/vTDQIVXOuOAgVMupCkAc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Or add the quantity or amount for Condition Types, “Quantity” and “Amount”.

<figure><img src="/files/d4cfUlSTxq9kCMomVTOX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click Edit in **Available Actions** section to determine the actions that occur when the rule is triggered, and the condition evaluates to true.

<figure><img src="/files/0NTWa9dnieFBJTrKPw2d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/46ggQPohfjO8M3KYG6oW" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The available actions are:

* Alert Cashier: When the rule is triggered, alert the cashier.
* Apply Blue Law: When the rule is triggered, apply a blue law.

{% hint style="info" %}
Note: *Blue Laws are set up in* *Store Operations > Restrictions > Blue Laws*.
{% endhint %}

* Apply ID Check: When the rule is triggered, apply an ID check.
* Apply Min.Security Level Check: When the rule is triggered, check if the cashier has the minimum-security level to perform the transaction.
* Journal Event: When the rule is triggered, journal the event with a message.
* Veto: When the rule is triggered, prevent the transaction from taking place. For example, prevent a credit card MOP from being used when lottery is in the transaction.
* Enter/Select POS Kitchen Printer: When the rule is triggered, send the transaction to the selected kitchen printer.
* Send to Kitchen Display System via iOrder: When the rule is triggered, send the transaction to the Kitchen Display System (KDS).
* Add Receipt Message: When the rule is triggered, add a message on the receipt.
* Change Receipt Header: When the rule is triggered, change the receipt header.
* Add Item: When the rule is triggered, the selected menu key is displayed.
* Restricted Department: Used for LAC to restrict fuel, lubricants, and merchandise from being sold at the same time in a single transaction. This action will restrict selected departments here to be mixed with non-selected departments in a transaction.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click **Set Attributes** to set actions for the selected action type.

<figure><img src="/files/Rhs2B16GRpiLobVGpps4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/xWGI3wBBTrSii1TnQxoq" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click **Close**
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
In Rule Manager, click **Save**.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

### Modifying a Rule

Rules can be modified to change:

* whether they act on a line item or a transaction,
* which event triggers the rule,
* which conditions are in effect for the rule,
* which actions occur when the rule is triggered.

In Rule Manager, select the rule that you want to modify and click Modify.

### Copying a Rule

The copy feature can be used to create the basis for a new rule. To copy a rule and rename it:

1. In Rule Manager, select the rule.
2. Click Copy. The copy is added to the end of the rule list, with \_0 appended to the end of the original name.

### Deleting a Rule

To delete a rule

1. In Rule Manager, select the rule to be deleted.
2. Click Delete. The rule is deleted.

### Fast Food Orders on POS

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*POS to iOrder Feature Reference*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) *documentation for more information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Kitchen Printer Feature Reference*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) *documentation for more information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

#### Send PLUs from the POS to the Kitchen Printer

A kitchen printer can be installed, and the Rule Wizard can be used to create a rule that sends selected PLUs from the POS to the specific kitchen printer and prints a receipt.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
Create a new rule. See “Creating a New Rule.”
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Follow the procedure to create the rule. See “Creating a Rule". Set the following attributes for the rule:

* Scope of the rule — Select Transaction.
* Trigger for the rule — Select Transaction End.
* Conditions — Enter PLUs for the rule and select “Like” as the operator to apply to the rule.
* Action — Select Send to Kitchen Printer and click Add.
* Further define Action — Select or enter the name of the specific kitchen printer.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}
Activate the rule. “See Activating or Deactivating a Rule.”
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
See “**Store Operations > Menu Keys**” to make the rule part of an Order Menu.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

#### **Entering customer name for food orders taken at POS**

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
From **Tools > Managed Modules**, do the following:

1. Select Kitchen Printer Service as kp.svc.POS
2. Set System Hosting Kitchen Printer to 'sitecontroller'
3. Click on Advanced Settings
4. Select connection port and save
5. Check Enable Kitchen Printer Service and save
6. Click Tools->Refresh Configuration
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}
In **Tools > Rule manager**, create new rule

1. Select Scope as “Transaction”
2. Select Trigger Type as “Transaction End”
3. Select Condition Type as “Department” and Operator Type as “like”
4. Select the food department
5. In Available Actions, select “Enter/Select POS Kitchen Printer”
6. In Set Attributes form, Select Kitchen Printer as “kp.svc.POS”
7. Reboot Verifone Commander
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}
From **Store Operations > Sales > Sales Configuration**:

1. Select “Prompt Food Order Name”
2. Select “Prompt Food Order Phone Number”
   {% endstep %}
   {% endstepper %}

## Managed Modules

Managed Modules is an interface for assigning port numbers and configuring communication parameters for hardware modules connected to the POS or Verifone Commander. The configuration changes do not require a reboot of the Verifone

Commander or the POS. Based on the device type selected, the default communication settings are populated.

For any changes to be reflected in the system, select “**Tools > Refresh Configuration**” from Configuration Client and logout and login back to the POS.

Changes to Fuel Driver and DCR Driver modules need driver initialization from “**Forecourt > Initialization > DCR/Fuel Driver**”.

Changes to Car Wash module need a DCR initialization from “**Forecourt > Initialization > DCR**”.

### Current Configuration

The current configuration tab is used for viewing, adding, or editing the port and communication parameters of each hardware module.

![](/files/97327d2d6c5b5f2b6e09c1c7c9f48804b38b5406)

### Host Name

Select the host to which the hardware module is connected. The host can be the Verifone Commander, or each POS controlled by the Verifone Commander.

### POS

Use to add the port and enable the hardware module connected to each POS. Select the POS from the Host Name drop-down list. To switch ports, disable the device you want to move, as well as the device you want to move it to. Otherwise, the Port Name drop-down only shows the port the device is already assigned to.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Most of these modules have* [*feature references*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt)*. Refer to* [*Feature References*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) *for information on these modules.*
{% endhint %}

### **Select Module**

#### **Check Scanner**

Use to add the port and enable check scanner.

![](/files/a6bbeb04e6da7f72b5c8b851201dce9a23ef15e4)

#### **Coin Dispenser**

Use to add the port and enable coin dispenser.

![](/files/f5204ebbaa89b80256e5ad823ed6ca70315a0605)

#### **DVR Logging Types**

The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) feature provides a DVR interface to the Point of Sales (POS) System to detect and deter attendant fraud. The DVR broadcasts certain transactions performed on the POS terminal and displays these events with video images recorded at the time the events occurred. This provides video images of attendant actions coupled with a journal of events as recorded by the POS terminal.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Digital Video Recorder*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/digital-video-recorder-dvr) *Implementation Guide for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

The “DVR Logging Type” configuration allows selecting types or classes of DVR events to be recorded.

![](/files/f0958db9e5e11291e46b73fadd7a3fc2fbf14398)

#### **DVR Journal**

Use this form to add the port and enable DVR device.

![](/files/4cf6ac0ef537be1e72eb779db2558c991380d5a7)

#### **PIN Entry Device**

Use to add the port and enable PIN Entry Device.

![](/files/55251d6da79eb322194b25670cae71b95c5e4f39)

#### **Customer Display**

Use to add the port and enable Customer Display of C18 POS.

On the back of the main C18 display are two USB ports located just below where the main display is mounted to the "handle bar". Connect the C18 Customer Display cable to one of the USB ports.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the C18 Customer Display Installation guide for more information.*
{% endhint %}

Reboot the C18 system and wait for the main display to show "**C18 Press Enter or Touch Screen to log in**".

![](/files/856709d2cfce8e8f82ae923b2f567fc6886dced3)

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
De-select **Enable Device**
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
For "Port Name", select **USB Display**.

{% hint style="info" %}
*If "USB Display" is not shown in the list, make sure to connect the C18 Customer Display and reboot the POS.*
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click ‘**Save**'.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select the "Enable Device" checkbox and Click "**Save**" again.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Restart POS.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

When the application starts, **Register Closed**is displayed on the Customer Display.

After logging in to 'Sales', the phrase "Thank You" should be scrolling across the Customer Display.

#### **Scanner**

Any USB port on the POS can be used to connect a USB Scanner device. After connecting a new scanner to the POS, restart the POS before configuring the scanner.

*Recommendation is to have the scanner connected to the POS either during reboot or during an Auto-Upgrade process.*

*If an existing scanner is being replaced or reconnected to the POS, the POS must be restarted.*

*If a reconnected device was configured before, then no configuration steps described here are necessary. However, the system must be restarted.*

Any combination of serial or USB scanner can be connected for primary and secondary scanner.

Scanner configuration and changes can only made through **Configuration Client > Tools > Managed Modules**.

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to [Zebra Scanners DS457, DS5502, DS9208 and DS9308 Guide](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/zebra-scanners) for more information on this feature.
{% endhint %}

### Controller

Use to add or edit the port and communication parameters of each hardware module connected to the Verifone Commander. Select the Verifone Commander from the Host Name drop-down list.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Most of these modules have* [*feature references*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt)*. Refer to* [*Feature References*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) *for information on these modules.*
{% endhint %}

### **Select Module**

![](/files/6933960d6f9e82dfcfd99c11efbad6ffe051870e)

#### **Auxiliary Forecourt**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Auxilliary Forecourt*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/auxiliary-forecourt-point-of-sale) *Feature Reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

Use to configure Auxilliary Forecourt devices like Aux Pos, Petro Vend and Wetstock Management Devices.

![](/files/874bc3b6df0fb6a92d1d8ce4157f98f56cb320bc)

1. Click Advanced Settings next to Auxiliary Forecourt Channel 1<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/DMsCz4uIs1SRV9TqordA" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Select **Enable**to enable Channel 1
3. Select the Device Type: Aux Pos, Petro Vend or Wetstock Management
4. Assigns the Verifone Commander serial port to be used for the Channel
5. Click **Advanced Settings**of **Fueling Positions**if the Device Type is \*\*Petro Vend.\*\*A Petro Vend device on a channel can control 16 fueling positions.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/9U52Hs5jI4JGtffQmaK4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
6. Click **Save**on the Channel 1 Fueling Positions to go back to the Auxiliary Forecourt Channel 1 Configuration form.
7. Click **Advanced Settings**of **Emulated PCTs** if the Device Type is **Petro Vend.**<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/vYSy1Qpa4LpE9vSRHiP3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
8. Select PCT 1 for Channel 1 Petro Vend Configuration.

#### **Car Wash**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Car Wash*](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/car-wash) *topic in this document for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

1. From the Select Module list, select Car Wash
2. Select Device Type
3. Click Advanced Settings<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/5fdkwmMuDKHODI7hBI2h" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. Select the Serial Port

#### **DCR Driver**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Dispenser Car Reader*](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/dispenser-card-readers) *topic in this document for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

![](/files/fb873f516328fe691427d560edb91feefa5c02b8)

{% stepper %}
{% step %}
From the Select Module list, select DCR Driver
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Select to enable DCR Control
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click Advanced Settings next to DCR Channel 01

<figure><img src="/files/qWvBVjrPyqTlvJMmo0KM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Click Enable Channel.
2. Select IP Enabled for outside EMV DCRs
3. Select Port name for serial port DCRs.\
   ;**\*\*Following the upgrade to Verifone Release 56.00, the serial port DCRs are no longer supported. It is important to delete any existing Serial DCR configurations. Failure to remove these settings will result in the Serial DCR not activating and a persistent alarm on the Point of Sale (POS) system until the configuration is cleared. If you are unsure if your site is using serial DCRs, contact the Verifone Helpdesk or a Verifone Authorized Service Contractor prior to applying the upgrade.**<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/aAIbQHfmBSSnSVCYBM1Z" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. Select DCR Family type: Bennett, Gilbarco, Invenco, Tokheim, VFI SPP, Wayne
5. If debit encryption is to be used, click Advanced Settings
6. Select Debit Encrypt Type

   * **DSM**: Select if using a Dresser/Wayne DUKPT Security Module (DSM).
   * **DUKPT**: Select for all US sites not using a GSM or DSM.
   * **GSM**: Select if using a Gilbarco Security Module (GSM).
   * **MS**: Select only for non-US sites using Master Session encryption.
   * **NONE**: Select if not configuring for Debit (no encryption).\
     There were complaints that on some Wayne devices, particularly 5-inch and 7-inch models, that the font size was sometimes too small.

     To fix this issue the new option called "Graphic Enhancer" is included in this form only for Wayne. The parameter contains three levels: LOW, MEDIUM and HIGH. The "LOW" option is the default. "MEDIUM" and "HIGH" is used to increase the font size.<br>

     <figure><img src="/files/wj0ZynDfvlqVvFwgVKMN" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

   Using "MEDIUM" and "HIGH" run the risk of the font being too big such that it ends up clipping, especially, if there is another softkey opposite.<br>

   For example:\ <br>

   <figure><img src="/files/jYP9jCrwE3RO7urlEOHn" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

   \
   These clippings can be prevented by switching around some of the softkeys.<br>

   At present, "MEDIUM" and "HIGH" font size changes are only supported on 5-inch and 7-inch Wayne devices.
7. Click Save
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click Save on DCR Channel 01 window

{% hint style="info" %}
*In feature Set 19 or higher for Wayne, there is an option to enable Enhanced CAT used for Secure CAT DCRs. This setting would only be used at Exxon Mobil sites that have Secure CAT DCRs (legacy or Dual CATs with injected secure messages). For both Wayne and SPP, if debit is used at the DCRs for the site a Debit Encrypt Type other than NONE must be selected (failure to do so will result in the keypad not functioning properly).*
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click Save on DCR Channel 01 window
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Set up additional DCR channels as required using previous steps.
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
Click **Advanced Settings**at DCR Positions to configure the appropriate channel for each DCR.

<figure><img src="/files/CVCJcGL4SRvij9cmeM8t" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}
For each DCR, specify the channel to which it is assigned.
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

#### **DVR Configuration**

The Digital Video Recorder (DVR) feature provides a DVR interface to the Point of Sales (POS) System to detect and deter attendant fraud. The DVR broadcasts certain transactions performed on the POS terminal and displays these events with video images recorded at the time the events occurred. This provides video images of attendant actions coupled with a journal of events as recorded by the POS terminal.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Digital Video Recorder*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/digital-video-recorder-dvr) *Implementation Guide for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

![](/files/7aa42116c67d9e4cc32225ad0c6b4e01398545e9)

1. Select the DVR mode: mode of communication for the DVR interface. The values are:
2. Multicast: multicast communication is enabled. This is the default value.
3. Serial: serial communication is enabled
4. Both: serial and multi cast communications are enabled
5. Disabled: configures the system to not generate DVR events
6. Multicast IP Address: The default Multicast IP Address is populated
7. Multicast Port Number: The default Multicast Port Number is populated
8. Local UDP port connations are to use: the fully qualified IP address and the multicast address. For example, 230.0.0.1:14001
9. Number of upstream hops allowed for multicast packet: The DVR “Multicast” uses the “Multicast UDP Datagram” broadcasting mechanism to send DVR event info. According to the IETF standard regarding “Multicast UDP Datagram”, the default ‘hop’ (or Time-To-Live - TTL) is ‘1’. The TTL value is used by routers that when they receive a datagram, they decrement the TTL value. If the TTL is still is greater than ‘0’, the datagram is forwarded to the router’s upstream LAN port (WAN). The IETF cautions about using a TTL value grater than 1 for multicast UDP datagram in that they do not want the Internet flooded with these multicast datagrams and only allows use of the TTL value greater than 1 if the routers are kept within an internal network.
10. We supply the ability to specify a value greater than 1 for those customers who have DVR monitoring equipment not in the “VFI Zone” and need to UDP datagram to forward ‘upstream’.
11. Click Advanced Settings to select port<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/5nvvTCdlvFxGip7EAPft" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
12. Select port
13. Select baud rate
14. “Use Extended Protocol Mode” selects whether the DVR events send prepended byte codes normally used by journal printers. Unselecting this entity does not send the byte codes. Enable this value for backwards compatibility of legacy DVR equipment.

For any changes to be reflected in the system, select “**Tools -> Refresh Configuration**” from Configuration Client.

#### **DVR Logging Types**

The “DVR Logging Type” configuration allows selecting types or classes of DVR events to be recorded.

For any changes to be reflected in the system, select “**Tools -> Refresh Configuration**” from Configuration Client.

![](/files/e96286e425499f39a72749d80bec55b7d7337bc4)

#### **Fuel Driver**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Fuel Manager*](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/fuel-manager) *and* [*Fuel Sales* ](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/fuel-sales)*topics in this document for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

![](/files/348c692ace7142e41166aa46cb698b399de48efb)

1. Enable SPI when running Smart Pump Interface (SPI) at the site.
2. Click Advanced Settings to configure Fuel Channel 01<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/s40KMChNnuPsBbSZZBYa" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. Click to Enable Channel.
4. Assigns the Verifone Commander serial port to be used for the Channel.
5. Select Dispenser Type.
6. Click Advance Settings in Dispenser Type to configure Dispenser Type advanced settings.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/lcHG1KfsRDPfe7pyPtDE" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
7. Click Save/Cancel to go back to Fuel Channel form.
8. Specify Total fueling positions on this channel.
9. Enter the maximum and minimum delay for communication.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Maximum and Minimum Delay are used with Non-Modular Highline pumps only*.
{% endhint %}

**Configuring Hydrogen Fuel**

1. Hydrogen Fuel can be configured in in Bennet Dispenser Type.
2. Select Bennet as Dispenser Type.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/4svjql7dIFmKxy2HWRf3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. Click Advanced Settings.
4. Select Direct/RS485 as the Protocol.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/zEoxkw72OJUFV0ba0uZt" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
5. Select 8 as Data bits<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/USzowBwbhDWqJ1UsXD4F" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
*Bennett Direct/RS485 Dispenser Protocol can also support traditional fuel*.
{% endhint %}

Go to “**Forecourt > Fuel > Fuel Config – Pending > Fuel Products**” from Configuration Client to configure Hydrogen fuel.

<figure><img src="/files/LXuzc5MLuzTlDbcprxSU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
*Product codes 0331 (HYDROGEN H35) and 0332 (HYDROGEN H70) are the Hydrogen Fuel product codes.*
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/AzjO69WbU39nWkuziyyU" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Assign Hydrogen Fuel to Hose from **Configuration Client > Forecourt > Fuel Config > Fueling Positions**. Assigning Fueling Position is same as for the existing fuel products.

![](/files/50a46cc338d50a7e9da530426f8a162a841525fd)

#### **Fuel Price Display**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the Fuel Price Sign Communication document for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/d13d48edc68f0c223705c8491b76683b48f0707e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click Advanced Settings to select port.

![](/files/51afd94b2646f06281daeac0c52232b09da28763)

#### **Fuel RFID Configuration**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*ORPAK AVI/RFID Fueling System feature reference*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) *documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

Enter the RFID configuration details.

![](/files/b6a64bbbb262c3b98e5f8825ee6a17012206323b)

#### **GSM**

<figure><img src="/files/768a1f2aa53d45e17d0cb4d5ffd0cfa7f37c7916" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click Advanced Settings for each GSM (Gilbarco Security Module) port to assign the port.

![](/files/332b1da10261515f93b7a00d1f014cf4eff4e56a)

#### **Kitchen Printer Service**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Kitchen Printer feature reference*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) *documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

![](/files/6e077219f6b145aa81083dd19f83b9600d3cc510)

1. Click to Enable Kitchen Printer Service
2. Select the port for connection

#### **MNSP VPN Management Service**

Verifone POS systems establishes or enables on-demand secure connections through the Managed Network Service Provider (MNSP) router. This enables the Verifone support personnel to interact with the POS systems through a VPN connection. New PCI requirements do not allow continuous, persistent connections outside of the VFI Zone and that if connections are to be made, they must be initiated by the customer using **Maintenance > Help Desk Diagnostics**from the POS.

Use this form to configure the MNSP VPN configuration.

![](/files/66fd004313f374c351087eaa93c6770c8c434b16)

#### **Money Order Feature**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Money Order Feature Reference*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) *for more information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/26cd8e2e986429924219e4c817cdd2b542f49c97" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Select to enable money order feature
2. Reset Totals on Period Close is enabled by default and resets totals on the money order device when a period is closed by the cashier.
3. Select Device Terminal Type: MoneyGram Delta Network, Western Union ICE, or Western Union T7E.
4. Click Advanced Settings to enter the communication parameters.

**MoneyGram Delta Network**

<figure><img src="/files/0fdd4a4233f78552fe3a58e1a073cce967934623" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Select the Port
2. Enter Terminal Id

**Western Union ICE6000**

<figure><img src="/files/1e7c4e4526a6baa7a4163f3cb835f2f59532f445" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Enter the money order terminal’s IP address
2. Enter the Terminal Id of the money order device
3. Enter the forwarding IP address for the money order terminal. Typically the WAN side IP address of the Verifone zone router at the site should be entered.

{% hint style="info" %}
*The WAN side IP address of the Verifone zone router is the forwarding IP address that should be used for the standard money order device configuration where the device resides on the store LAN.*
{% endhint %}

**Western Union T7E**

<figure><img src="/files/140d73133824408a4556f7deb91687b4ccc947d7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Select the Port

#### **Speedpass**

![](/files/7b1084a60909ab2be09f72d644b952eb51424ac6)

**Speedpass Wayne Device 1**

1. Click Advance Settings of Wayne Device 1<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/K8jKyDaOxlSABJrhnIIg" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Click to Enable
3. Trac Controller Address for device1 is HEX 95
4. Select Port
5. Begin DCR #: 1
6. End DCR #: 1- 32

**Speedpass Wayne Device 2**

1. Click Advance Settings of Wayne Device 2
2. Click to Enable
3. Trac Controller Address for device2 is HEX 96
4. Select Port
5. Begin DCR #: 33
6. End DCR #: 33 - 64

**Speedpass Gilbarco Device**

1. Click Advance Settings of Gilbarco Device 1<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/C9Ecw0ZP8uAjzZd6H1us" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Click to enable DCR Positions.

#### **Tank**

<figure><img src="/files/80af9e3dd846538a99cbf4aece7754a2d6f93a6b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

BIR (Business Inventory Reconciliation) E-DIM is an expansion card in the TLS box that receives transaction data from Verifone Commander fuel sales for reconciliation.

1. Select Tank Model as **EDIM**
2. Click **Advance Settings**<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/F744a9mn2MWpZcLkE6zF" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. Change Serial Port name to Port to be used, all other settings should be left default.

#### **Tank Level Sensor**

The Tank Level Sensor (TLS) is used for communicating with devices used to monitor the level of fuel in the tank. The sensor also sends alarms that are displayed on the POS.

![](/files/e49cabba4d3b587780eac6bcfcb1e57368e74e9d)

1. Select Device Type\
   \
   Veeder Root TLS 450 is the more advanced version of Veeder Root TLS, which can support 16 tanks and has more alerts incorporated.

   <figure><img src="/files/JcgZETbSrxLge1yvtZDM" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Click Advanced Settings to select port.

![](/files/fda84e1d98e5500364f8070d46a1a4796916627d)

#### **Receipt Printer**

Use to add the port and enable Receipt Printer.

![](/files/8b44e7cfdaeca75d205e8292c0e26474cb072903)

#### **Order Confirmation System**

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Outside Confirmation Board feature reference*](broken://spaces/vbu5hXPd6kwo3uSpxPju/pages/mRiR72rDii4785FQjJLt) *documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

Use to configure the order confirmation system.

<figure><img src="/files/vZk8WvnXV9qnuz9m8wm8" alt="" width="495"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. If the "Enable OCS" is selected, de-select and press \[Save].
2. For "OCS Type", select Delphi Systems OCS Ethernet
3. Select \[Advanced Settings].
   1. For "Device Network Address”, enter IP for the device.
   2. For "Device Network Port”, enter listening port for the device.
   3. Press \[Save].
4. Select the Enable OCS and press \[Save].

### Pending Configuration

**Feature not available.**

### System Resources

System Resources tab shows a list of the module names and the ports to which the modules and Channels are assigned.

![](/files/b0697d49ee7368ff5807e27051cb5878385b4d4d)

## Refresh Configuration

After any changes are made to Car Wash, POP, or Network parameters including Loyalty, the command “Tools > Refresh Configuration” needs to be executed for the new settings to be applied to fuel and DCRs.

After changes are made to DCR parameters, the command “Tools > Refresh Configuration” is executed for the new settings to be applied to DCRs.

Changes to the Receipt Header/Trailer parameters also require a DCR download. All the DCR position attributes except **Pay At Pump**, **Push To Start Button**, **Grade**

**Select Button**, and **Lever On Pump**require a **Initialize DCR Driver**in addition to “**Tools > Refresh Configuration**”.

## Ping Utility

Use to ping the devices in the LAN to check the communication status. Enter the IP address of the device and click Ping

![](/files/680042be73593abcbff0695beb9f819b680653a8)

## Image Upload

Users can import their own images and logos from Tools > Image Upload.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Self Checkout*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/self-checkout) *User Reference documentation for information on this feature.*
{% endhint %}

## Event Manager

Enhanced System Monitoring feature provides a mechanism for retailers to remotely monitor certain events that occur at the site. Data required to monitor the site remotely is collected from all the registers at the site and sent to a configured remote server.

{% hint style="info" %}
*This document does not cover information on how to configure the server to receive events and view events. This section only covers the configuration done through the Configuration Client.*
{% endhint %}

Events that can be monitored are of two types:

* Real Time Events: A Real Time Event triggers notification to the remote server only when there is an occurrence of a specific activity at the site.
* Scheduled Events: Unlike Real Time Events, Scheduled Events trigger notification to the remote server periodically. We can configure the desired frequency rate at which the remote server should receive notifications.

### Event Configuration

<figure><img src="/files/6970eecf2b73279c1c1e9ebcce38ccb01269ef3a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<table><thead><tr><th valign="top">Field/Button</th><th valign="top">Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td valign="top">Name</td><td valign="top">An alias to the server. This should be unique.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">URL</td><td valign="top">The URL to reach the remote server.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Enable Event</td><td valign="top">Check “Enable Event” to register for the event. A target server can be registered for multiple events.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Event Type</td><td valign="top"><p>The following are the event types:</p><p><br></p><ul><li><strong>APP_START</strong>: Select to get notification when applications are started on each register including Verifone Commander.</li><li><strong>SALES_MONITOR</strong>: All Sales transactions are sent to the server at certain frequency of time.</li><li><strong>MWS_MGRACCEPTED</strong>: Get notification when the totals are accepted by manager on the Manager Workstation.</li><li><strong>FUNDS_AUDIT</strong>: Get notification when funds are audited.</li><li><strong>PERIOD_CLOSE</strong>: An event is triggered on period close.</li><li><strong>FUEL_INIT</strong>: An event is triggered when fuel gets initialized.</li><li><strong>PERIPHERAL_STATUS</strong>: Get notification on the status of peripherals like scanner, PIN pad etc on each register.</li><li><strong>OTP_GENERATED</strong>– When OTP Generated is enabled, Verifone Commander transmits the one-time password (OTP) that is requested within Configuration Client for specific secure actions, especially EPS Global Configuration, to the specified server URL. Enabling this function allows the OTP to be retrieved from the server rather than requiring the site to provide the OTP.</li></ul><p><strong>Note:</strong> Verifone does not dictate how communication for the listening server is configured or set up. The server must be listening for the event to be collected at the time the Verifone Commander creates the event. The Verifone Commander does not retry or verify if the listening server received the message. It only functions to broadcast the one-time password.</p><p><strong>Note:</strong> This event can be used in conjunction with Verifone’s TSA Program. Contact your Sales Account Manager for more information on TSA.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top"><img src="/files/AjXutBRXV21hXSskCjWV" alt="" data-size="original"></td><td valign="top"><p>Certain events provide flexibility to receive a mapped user’s secure token (Cookie) as part of event notification.</p><p>This secure token can be used by the remote machine to fetch the data further from the site by executing CGI commands.</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Notification Frequency</td><td valign="top">This is applicable only for Scheduled event (Sales monitor). User can select the desired frequency rate listed.</td></tr><tr><td valign="top">Test Event Registration</td><td valign="top">The Test button is used to resend the last occurred event data (real time event) and snapshot of current system data (scheduled event).</td></tr></tbody></table>

## Reboot Commander

This option reboots Verifone Commander.

![](/files/e8f1f1688e2208131c5b2a323d78b7343f8ba3bd)

After the user selects “Yes”, an OTP is required to complete the process.

## Lab Settings

This feature should only be enabled for the customer lab Verifone Commanders.

Till Base 55.02, the customer lab Verifone Commanders onboarded to C-site management CST environment, would revert to production after every Auto Upgrade (AU) or full install, as the AU or full install removes the CST files. The ESG had to help the lab Verifone commanders to point back to the C-site management CST environment.

After updating the site to Base Release 55.02, the pointing back to C-site management CST environment can be done from the configuration client without taking the help of ESG.

1. To enable **Lab Settings**, go to **Configuration Client > Security > Manage User > Configure Role**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/lboEVgpCSdvr0wrHItMQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. Select the role and then select **Edit**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/uSnnGn2UL8xLyiu1BHIQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
3. Enable **vcloudconnectprofile**and **ucloudconnectprofile**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/3zOigfBx7YY5LMG0WzSK" alt="" width="440"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

   <figure><img src="/files/1OXm0uMJV6cmn8MQSfD4" alt="" width="438"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
4. Click **Save.**
5. Reboot Verifone Commander from **Tools > Reboot Commander**<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/CWpR9vAjQN8TKpR6cQdC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
6. Go to **Tools > Lab Settings**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/tNy4ZKzznXfCK89Vjp3C" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
7. Select **Enable for Lab Environment**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/5Ccs4LLRynFYYzD5YV8B" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
8. The following guidelines appear. Select **Yes**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/PbrFP4lHlLCb8H0iDJUC" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
9. Select **Customer Lab**.<br>

   <figure><img src="/files/HVyTO2QQyjJopbrybpfQ" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
10. Select **Ok**at the reboot message.<br>

    <figure><img src="/files/hzwkh5Lc11M7sXKrnpGX" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Without rebooting the Commander previous profile shows

<figure><img src="/files/DHk4i6E62T8FbOJiQKdj" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Go to **Tools > Reboot Commander**. After the user selects “Yes”, an OTP is required to complete the process.

## Helpdesk Diagnostics

This menu is accessible from Configuration Client and POS.

This menu provides diagnostic information. The diagnostics information can be used by both the Helpdesk as well as site users.

The screens provide overall Online/Offline/Mixed status for configured devices in each section.

* * **Online**= Device(s) is/are connected and functioning.
  * **Offline**– Device(s) is/are not connected or functioning.
  * **Mixed**– One or more devices is not connected or functioning.

There is a visual indicator (e.g. green/orange/red) along with the textual status.

### General Status

The General Status screen reports the general status of the system. General Status reports overall Online/Offline/Mixed status of:

* Controller (Verifone Commander)
* Zone Router
* Secure Services
* Electronic Check, if configured
* Electronic Safe, if configured
* Food Services, if configured
* Configured Registers
* Configured Register Printers
* Configured Register Scanners
* Configured Pinpads

![](/files/12522cd716c320253d27ba2d6ece877ee2e0c6e2)

### Forecourt Status

This screen reports the last Online/Offline status and Offline time of all configured:

* * Pumps
  * DCRs
  * Car Wash
  * Car Wash Paypoint
  * Tanks connected to a Tank Level Sensor
  * Fuel Price Display
  * Vending Machine
  * Cash Acceptor

![](/files/2204efa9a85e27a7e4cedba783ef510b9c1c083f)

### POS Status

The POS status screen reports the following:

* The Online/Offline status and time of all configured registers along with their ID.
* The register as the device name (e.g. Topaz, Ruby2).
* The detailed status and time of all configured printers.
* Primary Scanners that are connected to a configured register and if they are enabled or disabled.
* The detailed status and Offline time of all configured Electronic Check services.
* The detailed status and Offline time of all configured Electronic Safes.
* The overall status and Offline time of Verifone Commander Core Services.
* The overall status and Offline time of EZR (connectivity from Verifone Commander devices to EZR).
* The MAC address of EZR.
* The overall status and Offline time of Secure Services (connectivity from Verifone Commander to online support).
  * The status and Offline time of connectivity to Cybera Support
  * The status and Offline time of connectivity to VRSD

![](/files/226f04cde992f815b1ad1f72cf985790df8c06c9)

### Payment Status

Reports Online/Offline status and time of all configured Feps, listed by Fep name. These include all configured Payment, Lottery, and Loyalty Feps, as well as Mobile.

Reports the following information (if supported) for the Feps:

* Last Batch Closed
* Current Batch Number
* Current Batch Count
* IP Address
* Last Transaction Date
* Current Net Amount
* Current Terminal Batch
* Store and Forward count

![](/files/75783d27801903ac88cce26ec40ee7a4b896b506)

### MNSP Status

Shows the MNSP Status.

<figure><img src="/files/4PUz31nOfSIz3YHq2wWD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Help

Contains the forms in the Help tab of the Commander Configuration Client.

![Help Tab](/files/8cdf0c690c3db8f689a9a16a1982857b41b98419)

## About

The About screen in the Help tab displays the versions of the software that the system is running.

### Software Separation

From Verifone Commander Release 57.00 deliverables are divided into the following separately deliverable software "products"​.&#x20;

1. "EPS" – Electronic Payment System (formerly "Viper")​
   * Major releases are certified by payment partners​
2. "Foundation" – The rest of the system:​
   * POS, Self-Checkout, Fuel, Food Service, Back Office Interface, etc.

Further subdivisions divides these major products into many fine-grained software "modules"​.

#### Benefits​

* Separation promotes faster innovation of POS features while maintaining stable interfaces with payment hosts and partners.​
* Enables future Commander software pieces to be developed/delivered on independent schedules​.
* Potential for frequent enhancement of non-payment related features without need of brand recertification.
* Facilitates pinpoint changes to specific features and configuration​.
* Modules are independently versioned and auditable, facilitating maintenance and customization.

&#x20;With this change the **Version Information** screen from **Help > About** has changed from the previous to the detailed one as below:

<figure><img src="/files/7xmD7s1K6nc6YDxpdX2u" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Inorder to see the detailed version information **vversioninfo - View Version Information** from **Security > Manage Users > Configure Roles** should be enabled for the role.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/V16RUo7bi1iqf11NH42M" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/bkC3gfGAc8UpwiiJWU3w" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When the **vversioninfo - View Version Information** is enabled for the role, **Detailed Help Information** link appears on the Version Information screen.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/zqNL598JFD5EiI4WAZU3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click on **Detail Version Information** to see the detauled versions of the software on Commander and POS.&#x20;

<figure><img src="/files/SaaQfsJBnoOaJ6edXsrc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/rYwiS6lUwrLLF2lp0YMD" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="/files/hPAptWx2bpFW4OmZXqCi" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Support

This screen contains the service ID entered during installation and the help desk phoe number.

The help desk phone number can be edited on configuration client from **Initial Setup > Maintenance Configuration > Telephone & Postal Code**.

<figure><img src="/files/YDFxrxyPjITkbZPLfNWR" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Auto Upgrade and VRSD

The Auto Upgrade feature allows a site to initiate a complete software upgrade without requiring the presence or expertise of a technician (VASC) or intervention from the Verifone HelpDesk.

### Overview

The Auto Upgrade feature allows a site to initiate a complete software upgrade without requiring the presence or expertise of a technician (VASC) or intervention from the Verifone HelpDesk.

The software is transferred to the system either by using the Auto\_Upgrade.jar program or by an automated remote software download. Verifone Remote Software Download (VRSD) is the name for Verifone's implementation of the automated remote software download.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Auto Upgrade*](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/auto-upgrade) *feature reference documentation for information on this feature.*&#x20;
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
*If a site is upgrading from release 53.26 or lower to release 55.02 and higher, it is recommended to use the following instructions instead of the Package Sender (Auto\_Upgrade.jar):*

* *Back up the site data using the SMS Import/Export Utility.*
* *Perform a manual reload using the Petro Suite Installer.*
* *Restore the site data using the SMS Import/Export Utility.*

*The alternative software loading methods are VRSD and USB. See the Verifone Commander and POS Software Installation Guides for more details.*
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
*Updates to Auto Upgrade feature in Verifone Release 55.02:*

* *Auto Upgrade feature optimized to complete faster:*
* *If there are no changes to Operating System (OS), the OS is not reinstalled. This enables the auto upgrade to be completed faster depending on the devices at the site.*
* *If there are no schema changes, Totals Database is updated using a shell script instead of using XML and enables the auto upgrade to complete faster depending on volume of data at the site.*
* *For optimal troubleshooting of any errors occurring* during/*after Auto Upgrade, the history of Auto Upgrades are retained on the system.*
  {% endhint %}

### EOL Devices

From Verifone Commander Release 56.00 software upgrade or software install is blocked on EOL/Legacy Devices (Ruby 2, CommanderCi, Commander 16, RubyCi,Topaz 410) for North America regions.

From Verifone Commander Release 57.00 software upgrade or software install is blocked on EOL/Legacy Devices (Ruby 2, CommanderCi, Commander 16, RubyCi,Topaz 410) for Latin America regions.

AU fails if any legacy/EOL devices are found in the echo system with the following messages depending on the devices found:

![Verifone Petro Suite Installer](/files/50438b74cc1fb928ec34bd8fca13f117b691e604)

![](/files/500ef7c59923a337d25560a91002325dc7712e65)

![](/files/f4c3f91d41eeb400f30a89f44eac4ab0875b394e)

![](/files/f30bb577270da6681b34d9461b07073cbe34124b)

![](/files/2f87f0b29e7e2204a9c9a7f7f0e25c44d76d54e4)

![DevTools 1270018080appselectorclientplatformpythonLargeappModepos](/files/bce0359d6f16281a40da7558253726648328da95)

![](/files/fab0cb3da6c6d08a702c40e14783021192c34ca9)

### **Installing With Older PSI**

In case software is installed with older PSI, the following message appears:

<figure><img src="/files/mw4p3g1EE3LmTGi6pSAT" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# Car Wash

Car Wash feature is used to buy a Car Wash by different methods, at the POS, at the dispenser or at the car wash controller (if the site has the option available).

## Overview

Car Wash feature is used to buy a Car Wash by different methods, at the POS, at the dispenser or at the car wash controller (if the site has the option available).&#x20;

When a customer purchases a car wash the system that is used for the purchase is forced to print a receipt because it prints the Car Wash code on the receipt. Car Wash code is entered at the Car Wash Controller when the customer decides to redeem the code for the Car Wash.

When Car Wash is integrated with Verifone Commander™ Verifone Commander the following is some information on how this works:

* Car Wash “items” must be sold as PLUs.
* Car Wash items can be sold at POS or at dispenser where consumer is led through the required steps for purchase.
* Car Wash code (for redeeming the car wash) prints on the receipt and so ticket printing is forced.
* The PLU Promotions feature may be used to automatically discount Car Wash when the configured requirements for fuel purchased in the same transaction are met.

## Using Car Wash

Transactions with Car Wash purchases print the Car Wash code on the receipt and so will always force a ticket print.

Car Wash sales may be configured to offer a promotional price based on characteristics of the transaction.

{% hint style="info" %}
*This is an example of an automated discount and requires no special handling by the cashier.*
{% endhint %}

A Car Wash sale is a PLU sale and can be sold at the POS by the following methods:

* The PLU number
* A PLU soft key set up with a Car Wash PLU
* A menu key set up with Car Wash PLUs

{% hint style="info" %}
&#x20;*A Car wash cannot be sold as a department sale*.

*Car wash items can also be sold through a dispenser card reader.*
{% endhint %}

### Car Wash Sale at the Dispenser

Prompts for the customer to purchase a car wash and to select a type appear before or after the customer begins fueling, depending on the POS settings.&#x20;

The following exceptions may occur:

* **Car Wash Disabled**: The DCRs do not display the car wash prompt.
* **Cash Acceptor Sales**: With cash acceptors, the car wash prompt is always displayed before fueling.
* **POS/Car Wash Controller Not Communicating**: The DCRs display the prompt **"CAR WASH UNAVAILABLE"**.

The steps involved to sell or decline a sale of a car wash are as follows:

{% hint style="info" %}
*The steps indicated depends on the type of fuel dispenser, the POS settings, and the type of DCR. A receipt always prints if a customer purchases a car wash at the DCR.*
{% endhint %}

1. The car wash sale prompt appears if it is set for the beginning of the sale, otherwise, go to step 2

* Touch \*\*\[YES]\*\*to buy a car wash and choose from a list of wash options
* Touch \*\*\[NO]\*\*to refuse a car wash

2. The car wash sale prompt appears if set to display at the end of the sale and the customer has not already purchased a car wash.
3. The DCR processes the receipt.&#x20;
   * If the customer purchased a car wash, a receipt prints
   * If no car wash is purchased, standard receipt procedures occur

{% hint style="info" %}
*If the site has cash acceptors the car wash prompt will be at the beginning of the sale.*&#x20;
{% endhint %}

### Car Wash Sale at the POS

Car wash items are sold in the same way as any other PLU at the POS.

1. Enter Car Wash sale using one of the methods defined in “**Using PLU Sales**” section
2. Press \*\*\[TOTAL]\*\*to see amount due with car wash discount (if any) applied

If the car wash is not working at the time the customer made the purchase you will see one of the following messages appear on the screen:

#### “CAR WASH DOWN. CODE AVAILABLE PROCEED WITH SALE?”,

Click \*\*“**Y**”\*\*if customer wants a rain check with car wash code or **“N”** if customer decides not to purchase the car wash.

#### “CAR WASH DOWN. CODE UNAVAILABLE PROCEED WITH SALE?”,

Click \*\*“**Y**”\*\*if the customer wants to proceed with the sale and willing to return to get a code at a later date or \*\*“**N**”\*\*if customer decides against the car wash purchase.

The POS processes the receipt

* If the customer purchased a car wash, a receipt prints
* If no car wash is purchased, standard receipt procedures occur

### Car Wash Receipt

When a car wash is entered into a transaction, the POS prints a car wash code on the receipt. The customer can then use this code to run the car wash. When more than one car wash is sold on a ticket, a code prints for each one. Because each car wash sold must have a code to go with it, enter each car wash sale separately. The \*\*\[QTY]\*\*key cannot be used.

<figure><img src="/files/Qii6TOYRgRsos7IUXyQY" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Configuring Car Wash

Use **Devices > Car Wash**to configure car wash.

The Car Wash Configuration form is used to set up and edit car wash functions.&#x20;

See **Store Operations > Restrictions > PLU Promotions**to set up car wash promotions.

Use **Tools > Managed Modules > Car\_Wash\_Configuration**to assign port and configure the communication parameters for Car Wash.

{% hint style="info" %}
*After any changes are made to Car Wash, POP, or Network parameters including Loyalty, the command “Tools > Refresh Configuration” needs to be executed for the new settings to be applied to fuel and DCRs.*
{% endhint %}

<figure><img src="/files/RZkmfMcxIyG6iWcdnyep" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Car Wash Configuration

| Field/Button                                                        | Allowable Value/Function                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
| ------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Enable Car Wash                                                     | Select to enable car wash.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    |
| Car Wash Department                                                 | Select the car wash department.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| Days Car Wash Code is Valid                                         | Enter the number of days a car wash code is valid. A zero value denotes non-expiring card wash code. An expiration message is not printed on the receipt if the value is zero.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| Display Order (by Expense)                                          | <p>Select ‘None,’ ‘Ascending,’ or ‘Descending’ (according to price) to establish the order in which car washes appear on the DCR display.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p> |
| **Car Wash DCR Attributes**                                         |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| Prompt at Beginning of Sale                                         | Select to prompt for a car wash before the customer begins fueling.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| Prompt at End of Sale                                               | Select to prompt for a car wash after the customer has finished fueling.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
| Menu Presentation                                                   | Select to display the car wash prompt in menu form. The customer can choose a car wash item by keying the item number and pressing \[ENTER] on the DCR keypad. (If not selected, the car wash prompt displays in a series of Yes/No questions.)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| **Car Wash Key Setup**                                              |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| PLU                                                                 | Enter the PLU number of the car wash.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
| Modifier                                                            | Enter the modifier for the PLU.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |
| <img src="/files/qfQLb9HoIMDr7AEMWn0b" alt="" data-size="original"> | If the PLU is valid, a small yellow index card appears. If the PLU cannot be validated, a black ‘X’ appears.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
| Outdoor                                                             | <p>Select the car washes that can be purchased at the DCR.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p>                                                                                |

### Valid Dates

The receipt contains a code the customer can use to start a car wash. The last date that the code can be used follows the code. This date depends on the type of car wash controller and the site’s policy.

### Discounts

Car wash discounts are set up as promotional items. This means that if the customer purchases a car wash and has met the criteria for the promotional price, then the correct price is automatically applied after the cashier presses ***\[TOTAL]***.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Until the cashier press \[TOTAL], the Operator Display and the Customer Display show the running total with the undiscounted price for the car wash.*
{% endhint %}

If the discount is set for the same price as the car wash item and the purchase requirements are met, then the car wash is free. The customer must request the car wash and the cashier must enter it into the transaction. The car wash promotion prints on the receipt and on the journal.

Whether or not a car wash discount is available depends on three conditions:

* The type of discount that has been set up.
* Whether the customer prepays or postpays for the fuel.
* When the customer requests the discount.

The following table displays how these conditions affect one another:

| Discount Type                                    | Prepay Sale                                                                                                                                            | Postpay Sale       |
| ------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------ |
| Minimum Quantity Purchase                        | No discount                                                                                                                                            | Discount available |
| Minimum Dollar Purchase of Specific Fuel Product | No discount                                                                                                                                            | Discount available |
| Minimum Dollar Purchase of Any Fuel Product      | Discount available if a customer purchases at least the minimum dollar amount set up in the PLU Promotion File and requests a discount before fueling. | Discount available |

## Reporting

The Car Wash Report summarizes car wash sale activity and totals.

<figure><img src="/files/RguUGsxoEOqAD7M4cnIV" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Report Details

* COIN: The total amount collected at the coin box outside the car wash.
* TOKEN: The total dollar value of tokens collected at the coin box outside the car wash.
* USED: The total amount of car washes.

### Troubleshooting

| #                        | Message                                                                                                                                 | Description/Action                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
| ------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| E1174                    | NO CAR WASH COMM                                                                                                                        | The POS and car wash controller are not communicating. Check that the controller is plugged in and connected to the correct POS COM port.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
| E1170                    | CARWASH QTY SALE NOT ALLOWED                                                                                                            | Car washes can be sold only one at a time.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
| E1171                    | NO CAR WASH KEY DEFINED FOR PLU                                                                                                         | <p>A key for this car wash item must be defined. Set up a car wash PLU</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p><p>To pick up a draggable item, press the space bar. While dragging, use the arrow keys to move the item. Press space again to drop the item in its new position, or press escape to cancel.</p> |
|                          |                                                                                                                                         |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
| E1210                    | CAR WASH DOWN. CODE AVAILABLE                                                                                                           | The POS is not communicating with the car wash controller but can still provide a car wash code. The code is valid for a specified time.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
| E1211                    | CAR WASH CODE UNAVAILABLE                                                                                                               | The POS is communicating with the car wash controller and no car wash code is available. The servicer should investigate the problem.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
| E3033                    | ERROR IN CARWASH SETUP                                                                                                                  | The car wash parameters have not been set up correctly and the Discount Type prompt displays in the PLU Promotion File function. Check the car wash parameters.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
| E4003                    | INVALID CAR WASH DEPARTMENT                                                                                                             | A car wash department in the Car Wash function has been specified and the number entered has no department setup. Check the department number and re-enter the information.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| E4004                    | INVALID DAY                                                                                                                             | Displays if the Car Wash Controller returns an invalid day.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| E4005 Either may appear  | INVALID INPUT                                                                                                                           | Entered an invalid value. Wait for the prompt to clear and enter the correct information.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
| ERROR DISABLING CAR WASH | An attempt was made to disable the car wash but was unsuccessful. Check the connections. Call the servicer if the connections are good. |                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
| E4006                    | ERROR ENABLING CAR WASH                                                                                                                 | An attempt was made to enable the car wash but was unsuccessful. Check the connections. Call the servicer if the connections are good.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     |
| E4007                    | PLU ALREADY USED                                                                                                                        | Attempted to assign a PLU to a car wash but it has already been assigned. Assign another PLU.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| E4008                    | NO OPEN PLUS ALLOWED                                                                                                                    | Attempted to assign an open PLU to a car wash. This is not allowed.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
| E4009                    | UNABLE TO READ CAR WASH FILE                                                                                                            | Attempted to assign a PLU to a car wash but the car wash key file cannot be read. Have the servicer investigate.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
| E4010                    | ONLY CAR WASH ITEMS ALLOWED                                                                                                             | Attempted to assign a PLU to a car wash when the PLU has not been assigned to a car wash department. Assign the PLU to a car wash department then assign the PLU to a car wash.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            |
| E4011                    | C/W PORT CONFLICT                                                                                                                       | Alarm Line Only: Another device has been assigned to the car wash port. Check for correct port assignments.                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                |
| E4012                    | CAR WASH COMMUNICATION ERROR                                                                                                            | <p>Alarm Line Only: The POS was unable to communicate with the car wash device. The servicer should investigate.</p><p> </p>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               |


# Car Wash Pay Point

This feature supports up to 4 Car Wash PayPoints; allowing customers to pay for a car wash at the car wash itself with cash or card.

## Overview

This feature supports up to 4 Car Wash PayPoints; allowing customers to pay for a car wash at the car wash itself with cash or card. Cash payment is handled at the paypoint and credit/debit payment is handled through the POS card processing network. All sales made using this feature are made available to the system for reporting.

{% hint style="info" %}
*Refer to the* [*Car Wash Pay Point* ](/feature-references/features-and-products-references/car-wash-pay-point)*feature reference documentation for information*&#x20;
{% endhint %}


# Cash Acceptors

Cash Acceptors can be used to allow customers to purchase fuel using cash at the DCRs.

## Overview

Cash Acceptors can be used to allow customers to purchase fuel using cash at the DCRs. This is for cash acceptors that are internal to the dispenser.

The cash sales are reported along with the outside sales on the POS system.

## Using Cash Acceptors

1. To begin a transaction, insert a bill in the Cash Acceptor
2. Continue to insert bills until the desired amount of fuel to be purchased is reached
3. Press **\[Enter]**
4. Dispense Fuel
5. The standard receipt procedures occur

## Configuring Cash Acceptors

The Cash Acceptor Configuration form is used to set up and edit cash acceptors at the site. Site Information determines the behavior of all cash acceptors at a site. Attributes determines the behavior of a specific cash acceptor at a specific fueling point.

![Cash Acceptor Configuration](/files/ed6a8c8e63e781dd26e60d3d779dd3e6c95e6295)

<table><thead><tr><th width="258">Field/Button</th><th>Allowable Value/Function</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Disable If Cheated</td><td>Select to turn off a cash acceptor when someone tries to cheat it.</td></tr><tr><td>Disable If Paper Low</td><td>Select to turn off a cash acceptor if the receipt tape is running out.</td></tr><tr><td>Disable If No Printer</td><td>Select to turn off a cash acceptor if the printer is not working.</td></tr><tr><td>Prompt ‘insert cash’</td><td>Select to have the phrase “OR INSERT CASH” appear at the end of the idle prompt.</td></tr><tr><td>$1 Bill Enabled</td><td>Select to allow acceptance of one-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td>$2 Bill Enabled</td><td>Select to allow acceptance of two-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td>$5 Bill Enabled</td><td>Select to allow acceptance of five-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td>$10 Bill Enabled</td><td>Select to allow acceptance of ten-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td>$20 Bill Enabled</td><td>Select to allow acceptance of twenty-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td>$50 Bill Enabled</td><td>Select to allow acceptance of fifty-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td>$100 Bill Enabled</td><td>Select to allow acceptance of one hundred-dollar bills.</td></tr><tr><td>Bill Orientation</td><td><p>This parameter does not apply to Tokheim dispensers. Select to require that bills are inserted face-up with the black-seal end first. (If not selected, bills can be inserted face-up in either direction.)</p><p></p><div data-gb-custom-block data-tag="hint" data-style="info" class="hint hint-info"><p><em>The black seal appears on the front of the bill to the left of the face.</em></p></div></td></tr><tr><td>Timeout [Seconds 10-99]</td><td>Enter the time (in seconds) between when a customer inserts a bill and when the pump shuts off if no fuel has been pumped (10 - 99).</td></tr><tr><td>Cash Acceptor Attributes - Cash Acceptor</td><td>Select the number of the fueling point.</td></tr><tr><td>Duplicate Acceptor</td><td>Click to copy the current cash acceptor’s attributes to any number of other cash acceptors. In the Duplicating Acceptor form, select the cash acceptor(s) to which you want to copy and click Done Duplicating.</td></tr><tr><td>Cash Acceptor In Dispenser</td><td>Select to indicate that the fuel pump has a cash acceptor.</td></tr><tr><td>Reset Printer Error</td><td><div data-gb-custom-block data-tag="hint" data-style="info" class="hint hint-info"><p><em>This parameter is not currently supported.</em> </p></div><p></p><p>Select to enable the printer after the cash acceptor has been disabled and brought back online.</p></td></tr><tr><td>Print Totals Now</td><td><div data-gb-custom-block data-tag="hint" data-style="info" class="hint hint-info"><p><em>This parameter is not currently supported</em>. </p></div><p></p><p>Select to print the amount of money in the cash acceptor.</p></td></tr></tbody></table>


# Cash Credit Pricing

Cash/Credit Pricing is used to allow a site to sell fuel at different fuel price levels based on whether the sale is paid by Cash or Credit.

## Overview

Cash/Credit Pricing is used to allow a site to sell fuel at different fuel price levels based on whether the sale is paid by Cash or Credit (e.g. sites will often set the credit fuel price higher than the cash fuel price to offset the credit transactions fees for the site).

If the site is using different fuel prices for cash and credit, they must disable (or uncheck) the **Ignore MOP Conflict**setting in **Fuel Configuration > Site Params**.

The price level for each card type can be configured in the **Payment Controller > EPS Configuration > FEPCard**- **Cash Credit Pricing by Card Type**configuration screen.

If no configuration is done for the price level by card type, debit and prepaid cards default to cash fuel price level and all other card types default to credit fuel price level.

## Using Cash/Credit Pricing

### Prepay Transactions

**Amount Prepay**: If the transaction is tendered by cash, the customer dispenses fuel at the cash fuel price level at the pump. If the transaction is paid by credit, the customer dispenses fuel at the fuel price level configured for the card type (e.g. debit cards can either be configured at cash or credit price level).

**Volume Prepay**: For volume prepays, the cashier must select a fuel grade and a fuel price level when they ring up the fuel prepay. If the transaction is tendered by cash, the MOP entered must match the fuel price level selected by the cashier. If the transaction is paid by credit, the price level configured for the card type must match the fuel price level selected by the cashier. If there is a price level conflict, then an error message appears indicating "**MOP Conflict**".

### Postpay Transactions

When the **Ignore MOP Conflict** parameter is enabled (or checked), sales can be tendered using any MOP regardless of the original fuel price level of the sale.

When this parameter is not enabled (or not checked) and if the transaction is tendered by cash, the MOP entered must match the fuel price level. If the transaction is paid by credit, the price level configured for the card type must match the fuel price level. If there is a price level conflict then an error message appears indicating "MOP Conflict".

### DCR Transactions

Transactions initiated at the dispenser card reader are authorized at the fuel price level that has been configured for the card type that is used.

## Configuring Cash/Credit Pricing

If the site is using different fuel prices for cash and credit, disable (or uncheck) the **Ignore MOP Conflict** setting in **Forecourt > Fuel > Site Parameters**.

![](/files/120f4cce0b91c620e6ae30787e6674d684397f34)

Configure cash and credit price amount for each fuel product service levels in **Forecourt > Fuel Prices** form.

![](/files/e69bfc5bb745ce8ddc6081363b42c8a71673bda4)

Price Tier allows credit cards to be setup for cash pricing for fuel. Configure **Price Tier** in **Payment Controller > EPS Configuration > > FEPCard Type** form.

![](/files/f6f9f5414492b5cc3b5ea1f9f32072e596091adc)

{% hint style="info" %}
Refer to[ Fuel Prices](/commander-user-reference-guides-1/commander-user-references/commander-user-reference-57.00/configuration-client-forms/forecourt#fuel-prices) for more information.
{% endhint %}

{% hint style="info" %}
*The price tier will be determined by the matching card table entry. If the card table entry does not specify a price tier, then the payment method determines the price tier. For example, Debit method of payment will map to CASH price tier.*
{% endhint %}

### Configuring Fuel Prices for 2 Decimal Places

1. Go to **Forecourt > Fuel > Fuel Config Pending > Site Parameters**and disable “Force .9 Cents Per Gallon”.

![](/files/be5bc4944a6f909c55e09d14ad001454ae8b7a88)

1. Go to Forecourt > Fuel Prices Pending and change all existing product prices with third decimal place to 0 (eg: from $2.152 to $2.150).

![](/files/6dc92befff34fac25e695654e3d7f2a7991751e6)

1. Go to **Forecourt > Fuel > Fuel Config Pending > Site Parameters**and change “PPU Decimal Position” and “Total Decimal Position” to “2”.

![](/files/e562a73da02f253ad4d733e568cbfd0453f6f1f2)

1. Go to Forecourt > Fuel Prices Pending and change the prices of the product per gallon to the $XX.XX format for both Tier One and Two Prices.

![](/files/5aab9835c798d7b9875345e62a150d4b77eb18b0)

### Feature Limitations

* * Sites can be configured to take fuel prices with either two or three decimal places; $xx.xx or $x.xxx. Sites cannot have mixed decimal positions while using a single Verifone Commander.
  * At two decimal sites, prices that have 3 decimal places (eg. $4.299) will only be calculated at the 2 decimal amount (eg. $4.29).
  * By default, sites are configured for 3 decimal places in $x.xxx format.

## Troubleshooting

If the site is using Cash/Credit pricing and did not ensure the Ignore MOP Conflict parameter is disabled (or unchecked), customers are able to select cash price level at the pump and pay with credit MOP for postpay transactions. This would result in the customer receiving the lower cash price even though they are paying by credit.


# Combined Discounts

Discounts can be applied in varying ways to the transaction.

## Overview

Discounts can be applied in varying ways to the transaction and are distinguished at the following levels:

* **Price Per Gallon (PPG) Discounts**: These discounts reduce the price of fuel at the dispenser prior to fueling.
* **Line Item Discounts**: These discounts are amount discounts that apply against an individual line item for a transaction.
* **Ticket Level Discounts**: These discounts are amount discounts that apply to the entire transaction.

Discount Categories

* **Local**: Local discounts are configured and applied on the POS system.
* **Host**: Host discounts are applied by the loyalty or payment host.

### Local Discounts

* **POP Discount (PPG and Fuel Line Item)**: Only one POP discount allowed per transaction.
* **VIP NAXML Discounts (Line Item)**: Multiple VIP NAXML discounts may be applied per transaction.
* **Car Wash Promotions (Carwash Line Item)**: Only one Car Wash promotion allowed per transaction.
* **Special Discount (MOP Ticket Level)**: Only one Special discount allowed per transaction.
* **Manual Discount (Line Item)**: Multiple Manual discounts may be applied per transaction.

### Host Discounts

* **EPS Loyalty Discount (PPG, Ticket Level, and Line Item)**: Multiple EPS Loyalty discounts may be applied per transaction.
* **Payment Host Discounts (PPG, Ticket Level, and Line Item)**: Multiple Payment Host discounts may be applied per transaction.

## Using Combined Discounts

* Multiple ticket level discounts may be applied in a single transaction.
* A line item may receive multiple discounts depending on order of the discounts within the transaction and loyalty host response.
* Depending on configuration, multiple PPG discounts can be combined in a single transaction as a stacked PPG. This means that the multiple PPG discounts may be combined to a single PPG discount in fuel price. The combined discount cannot lower the price per gallon at the dispenser to lower than the minimum Price Per Unit (PPU) setting in Fuel Configuration.
* When combining Payment Host and EPS Loyalty discounts, the Payment Host discounts have a higher precedence than EPS Loyalty discounts.

## Configuring Combined Discounts

For the discount to be applied, the discount feature must be enabled and configured. Refer to the configuring section of the appropriate topic for further details.

{% hint style="info" %}
The "EPS PPG precedes POS PPG" parameter is located at:

**Configuration Client > Payment Controller > POS configuration > POS > Loyalty**

* When enabled: EPS Loyalty PPG discounts are applied before considering any POS PPG discounts.
* When disabled: POS PPG discounts are applied before considering any EPS Loyalty PPG discounts.
  {% endhint %}




---

[Next Page](/llms-full.txt/1)